0% found this document useful (0 votes)

302 views809 pages

Advanced Optical Design Using Zemax

Uploaded by

Ngô Quang

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as DOC, PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

302 views809 pages

Advanced Optical Design Using Zemax

Uploaded by

Ngô Quang

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as DOC, PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 809

optimXesearch

Advanced Optical Design Using

7РМДУ
X.L.I l / \ / \

16th - 20th February 2009

Course Instructors:
Neil Barrett
Leo Chen
e-mail: neil.barrett@optima-research.com
leo.chen@optima-research.com
support@optima-research.com

Optima Research Ltd.

8 Riverside Business Park,
Stoney Common Rd,
Stansted CM24 8PL, UK
www.optima-research.com
Tel: +44 1279 810911
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 2 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

Advanced Optical Design

Using ZEMAX®

ZEMAX Is a Registered Trademark of ZEMAX Development Corporation

optiiro^^
research

COURSE OVERVIEW

This course is going to cover:

• Use of ZEMAX
• Design of many optical systems
• Optimization and merit function construction
• Basic and intermediate analysis
• An introduction to toierancing
• ZEMAX tools and modeling capabilities
• User interface tricks

Many of the more advanced features and analysis are only available in the EE
edition of ZEMAX.
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 4 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optlmaY-*
research

SUMMARY OF SLIDES

1-2 DESCRIPTION OF ZEMAX

1-26 THE ZEMAX USER INTERFACE
1- 47 ZEMAX DIAGNOSTICS
2-1 SOLVES
2-9 FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTIMIZATION 2-34
GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
2-47 OPTIMIZATION TIPS
2-63 DOUBLET DESIGN
2-83 GLASS OPTIMIZATION
2-94 AFOCAL ANALYSIS
3-1 COORDINATE BREAKS
3-30 IMAGE ANALYSIS
3-43 F-THETA LENSES
3-52 GRADIENT INDEX LENSES
3-68 THERMAL ANALYSIS

optima %_ research

SUMMARY OF SLIDES (continued)

3-87 DIFFRACTIVE OPTICS
4-1 POLARIZATION RAY TRACING
4-35 BIREFRINGENCE
4-42 USER DEFINED SURFACES
4-71 ZEMAX PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE
4-77 ZEMAX EXTENSIONS AND EXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS
5-1 GAUSSIAN BEAM ANALYSIS

5-21 FIBER COUPLING EFFICIENCY

5-37 PHYSICAL OPTICS PROPAGATION
6-1 DEFINING POP BEAMS
6-18 POP EXAMPLES
6-73 QUANTITATIVE BEAM ANALYSIS
7-3 TEST PLATE FITTING
7-14 ERROR SOURCES AND BUDGETING
7-23 TOLERANCE OVERVIEW

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 6 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima д* research
SUMMARY OF SLIDES (continued)
7- 33 TOLERANCiNG WITH ZEMAX
8- 1TOLERANCE OPERANDS
8- 49 COMPENSATORS
9- 1TOLERANCING A SINGLET 9-19
USER DEFINED TOLERANCES 9-29
TOLERANCiNG A COOKE TRIPLET 9-51
SCRIPTED TOLERANCING
10-1 TOLERANCING IN DOUBLE PASS 10-16
TOLERANCING ZOOM SYSTEMS 10-24 SPEEDING UP
TOLERANCING 10-42 OPTIMIZING FOR
MANUFACTURABILITY 10-47 ALIGNMENT ANALYSIS
10-60 ALIGNMENT ANALYSIS AND ZERNIKE SURFACES

optima'4*^
research

COURSE PACE

This is an advanced course. As such, the pace of this course is rather rapid in
order to allow us to cover a wealth of material over the five days that this course
comprises.
As we proceed through the ZEMAX examples throughout this week, you may find
that you are falling behind at certain points. If this occurs, feel free to stop me so I
can help you get caught up.
Alternately, you will find that there are “catch up” tiles at various points in most of
the exercises. Whenever you see a comment like the following:
Need to catch up? Open sc_singiet1

at the bottom of a page in the notes, you can open the file listed to get caught up.
All of the files are stored in the \ZEMAX\Samples\Short course directory.

Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 8 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima т research

GOOD BOOKS

introduction to Lens Design: With Practical ZEMAX Examples. Joseph Geary.

Willmann-Bell. A graduate level optical design course. ISBN 0-943396-75-1
Optical System Design. Robert E. Fischer & Biljana Tadic-GaSeb, McGraw-Hill. An
optical design and engineering reference many examples using ZEMAX. ISBN 0-07-134916-2
Modern Optical Engineering, by Warren Smith, McGraw-Hill. This is a very good
general purpose optical engineering reference. ISBN 0-07-059174-1
Elements of Modern Optical Design, by Donald O'Shea, John Wiley. An introductory
book, and is useful for defining basic concepts and techniques. ISBN 0-471-07796-8
The Handbook of Optics, sponsored by the OSA, McGraw-Hill. An encyclopedia of optical
science, Comprehensive and readable, this is absolutely the best book of it's kind available.
An absolute must. ISBN 0-07-047740-X
Introduction to Fourier Optics. Joseph Goodman, McGraw-Hill. The standard reference
on linear diffraction theory. ISBN 0-07-024254-2
The Art and Science of Optical Design. Robert Shannon, Cambridge University
Press. A good modern book on optica! design. ISBN 0-521-58868-5
Practical Computer-Aided Lens Design. Gregory Hallock Smith, Willmann-Bell. An
easy to read book based entirely on ZEMAX. ISBN 0-943396-57-3
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 7 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

optima”™
research

ZEMAX & OPTIMA RESEARCH LTD

ZEMAX is a product of ZEMAX Development Corporation, Bellevue, WA,

USA
Optima Research is the authorized European distributor of ZEMAX We
provide
• sales of ZEMAX in Europe
• post-sales technical support on the use of ZEMAX
• training courses in using ZEMAX
• other professional services involving ZEMAX
о user-defined surface, extensions writing

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 12 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

TWO PEOPLE PER COMPUTER

The ideal arrangement for this course is for two people to share a
computer
Because we’re too mean to buy more PCs?
• No!
The exercises will work best if two people work together
• one doing data entry
• the other following Instructions from the tutor, and doing error-checking
We know from prior experience that users working alone find the
exercises more difficult than those working in pairs

\y
optima " *"■
research

OBTAINING TECHNICAL SUPPORT

After the course, you will still have questions!

• support@optima-research.com
# include your key number with your question
# please attach sample file - we can't fix your problem unless we
can reproduce it
We also provide an web discussion forum
• Ail European ZEMAX users
* no pre-sales
To join, go to:

www.optima-research.com/forum

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 12 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^ •*e
research

ADMINISTRATION

Start & end times

Lunch & breaks
Course dinner
Smoking Fire drill
Please ask questions!

optima X research

COURSE NOTES

This book of notes contains material for about 5 days of lecture. Material will be
skipped or expanded upon as time allows.

The material is copyright ©2007 by ZEMAX Development Corporation, piease don't

copy more than 2 pages of it without our written permission!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 4 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X researc^
7
WHAT IS ZEMAX?

ZEMAX is a ions design program that uses ray tracing to mode! refractive,
reflective, and diffractive sequential and non-sequentiai optical systems.
ZEMAX uses a "surface" model for sequentia! ray tracing, and a "component” or
solid object model for non-sequentia! ray tracing. The non-sequentiai
component (NSC) capability is only available in ZEMAX-EE.
Sequential and non-sequentia! ray tracing are fundamentally different, and there
are advantages and disadvantages to each. ZEMAX may be used in any of three
ways:
# Purely sequential
о For classical lens design, and most imaging systems.
# Hybrid sequentiai/non-sequentiai (aka NSC with ports)
о For systems with significant sequential portions, and some non-sequentia!
components (like prisms or pipes), о This mode uses
"ports" to get in and out of NSC groups.
# Purely non-sequentiai (aka NSC without ports)
о For illumination, scattering, and stray light analysis. Launch the rays and see
where they go!
о This mode does not use ports.

optima xresearch

SEQUENTIAL RAY TRACING

What is sequential ray tracing?

* A ray starts at the abject surface (always surface number 0)
• The ray is traced to surface 1, then to surface 2, and so on.
♦ A ray never goes from surface 2 to 6 to 3 to 1. That would be non-sequentiai!
* Each ray goes to each surface in a specific predetermined sequence.
* if a ray cannot be traced to the next surface in the sequence, the ray trace for that ray is
terminated with an error,
• Rays may trace forward or backward through real or virtual optica! spaces.
Sequential ray tracing uses a “surface” model:
* Each transition from one optical space to another requires a surface.
• Each surface has an object space side and an image space side.
A simple lens model typically has four surfaces:
* The object surface
• The front surface of the lens
* The back surface of the Sens
# The image surface

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 6 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
\/
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^ ™
research

SAMPLE SEQUENTIAL SYSTEM

Most optical systems, and virtually all imaging systems, are well described by the
sequential surface mode!, it is fast, efficient, and lends itself to optimization and
detailed analysis.

optimaVresearch
/''X

NSC RAY TRACING WITH PORTS (MIXED S/NS MODE)

What is NSC ray tracing with ports?

• A collection of 3D objects are modeled as part of a non-sequential group,
о All objects are 3D shells or solids
о Each object has defined properties in a 3D coordinate system
* Rays enter the non-sequential group at an input port.
• Rays are traced forward, in a physically meaningful direction only.
* Rays trace until they intersect either:
о Nothing
<=> The ray trace is terminated with a “ray miss" error о The exit port of the
non-sequential group
^ The ray continues sequentially through any remaining sequential surfaces
о An object within the non-sequential group
=> The ray either refracts, reflects, or is absorbed; then continues forward

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^"*"®
research

SAMPLE NSC WITH PORTS SYSTEM

Non-sequentiai optical systems include objects such as light pipes, roofed prisms,
Sens arrays, beams that overfill optics, optics that rely on TiR for proper operation,
beamsplitters, and many more. These systems are generally non-imaging; although
some non-sequential prism systems are imaging.
• Open the file: Samples > Non-sequentiat > Miscellaneous > Demo 1,zmx

optima Xresearch

PURE NON-SEQUENTIAL MODE (NSC RAY TRACING WITHOUT PORTS)

What is pure NSC ray tracing?

* A collection of 3D objects are modeled as part of a non-sequentiat group.
о All objects are 3D shells or solids
0 Each object has defined properties in a 3D coordinate system.
* Sources are defined and placed to emit rays
* Detectors are defined and placed to collect rays
* No ports are used!
* Rays are traced forward, in a physically meaningful direction only.
* Rays trace untii they intersect either:
о Nothing
*=> The ray trace is terminated о An
object within the non-sequential group
=> The ray either refracts, reflects, or is absorbed; then continues forward
=> The object may be a transparent or absorbing detector
In this mode, ZEMAX can split and scatter rays as well as diffract (into multiple
orders), refract and reflect.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optirra^search

WHAT ZEMAX CONSIDERS AND IGNORES

ZEMAX considers:
• Exact ray paths
• Refraction & reflection
• OPD, phase
• Aberrations, image formation
• Polarization
• Transmission and absorption of coatings
• Scattering
• Statistical ray splitting

ZEMAX ignores:
• In sequential ray tracing only, whether or not a ray path is physically realizable
о Examples: negative edge thicknesses, virtual propagation
* Diffraction from tens edges {except when using Physical Optics Propagation)

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 12 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
optima TYesearch
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
x
WHAT CONSTITUTES A LENS?

The following data must be provided by the user for ZEMAX to have a
complete sequential lens description:
* The number of surfaces
• The relevant data for each surface
• The system aperture
• The wavelengths
* The field points

For optimization, ZEMAX also requires;

# A set of variable parameters
* A merit function

For a pure NSC system, ZEMAX requires:

• All relevant object parameters and positions
* All source and detector parameters and positions
• The wavelengths

optimV?esearch

SURFACE DATA

The radius of curvature

• Sign is positive if center of curvature is to the right of surface vertex
• Sign is negative if center of curvature is to the left of surface vertex
The thickness of the surface
• This is the relative distance to the next surface,
• Sequential mode does not use a "global” coordinate system, but a "local" one.
The glass type of the surface
• A blank entry is considered "air" with an index of unity.
• A name may be directly entered, such as "BK7n. ZEMAX wili then look up the
dispersion data to compute any required index.
The semi-diameter of the surface (optional)
• ZEMAX uses the term semi-diameter to describe the radial size of the surface; this
awkward term is chosen to distinguish it from radius of curvature.
• By default, the semi-diameter of each surface is calculated automatically; an
additions! margin can be optionally specified
• if the semi-diameter is specified, a circular aperture will aiso automatically be
added.
Other data (called parameter or extra data by ZEMAX)
• To be described later.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
т глПЙ
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X1research

THE SYSTEM APERTURE

The system aperture is an extremely important concept. The system aperture

determines how large the entrance pupil is. The size of the entrance pupil
determines how much light the optical system collects in object space.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 13

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optin A,
«» л .
esear SYSTEM APERTURE TYPES
ch
Entrance Pupil Diameter:
* Direct specification of the size of the entrance pupil.
Image Space F/#
* This is the paraxial image space F/# at infinite conjugates. Only useful for systems
with an infinite object distance.
Object Space N. A.
* Useful for keeping the N. A. constant, no matter where the entrance pupil is.
Float by stop size
* EPD is determined by the magnification between the stop surface and the entrance
pupil.
Paraxial working F/#
# The F/# at the given conjugates, ignoring aberrations
Object Cone Angle
• The half-angle of the marginal ray, may exceed 90 degrees

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^*™
research

FIELD POINTS

ZEMAX always uses point sources for defining field or object size:
♦ Extended sources can also be modeled once the point sources
are defined.
* ZEMAX allows definition of up to 12 field points per configuration.

■ . . ............ :■ Г,--: ■; Vjvrj :■ '. i

НвиВ ■■■ ifjtlill
ifllilll gialiig illlllSi
тшшшш 1|
ттттят 111Я1 1ш
IS!
|1§11Ш|1§Ш| ....... | р ИШ:.
я
1
Txtv;: }■:; ОЗДЕ* ■
:...... :..................

.......~. . . ......
№
Copyright© 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 15 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optimaVfl
researc
h
FIELD POINTS

ZEMAX supports 4 different models for field definitions:

Field Angle
* The angle the chief ray makes when projected to the XZ and YZ planes, measured
with respect to file entrance pupil. Most useful at infinite conjugates.
Object Height
* The X, Y, height on the object surface. Most useful for finite conjugates. Note that
the object surface may be curved; the X, Y coordinate therefore implies a Z coordinate.
Paraxial Image Height
* The paraxia! image height on the image surface. Useful for fixed image size
designs, such as camera lenses. Only works with systems described by paraxial
optics.
Rea! image Height
* The real image height on the image surface. Useful for fixed frame size designs,
such as camera lenses, ZEMAX iterates to compute equivaient field coordinates.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 18 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimal-»
research

WAVELENGTHS

ZEMAX allows definition of up to 24 wavelengths per configuration. A primary

wavelength must be specified. Wavelengths may be weighted according to
importance.

■re.».::
055 DUMB -r :"
V1
J- ■! jasssooSjo
::
JasisSoaob
|аб5шж»
■Сл..1

}0_'07
:
' г. . .
ЙЙ1МШ5111 штат 'г ж'
mmmtm
gfftlllllllB. 'Г '21'
■
■ :ГГ:;а2
шттташшштмтм0шм 'рЙШга
т т........................................- ..........................
......... !1; tffijiiills...... Л
_ _

optirmV*researc
h
/" X
WAVELENGTHS

ZEMAX allows definition of up to 24 wavelengths per configuration.

Each wavelength is always defined in units of microns.
ZEMAX can in principle use any wavelength, however, the glass catalogs have
dispersion formulas which are only accurate for a limited range of wavelengths.
You are responsible for checking this!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 19 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
opt I
ma^research

SURFACE DATA

Most surface data is entered in the Lens Data Editor (LDE) and the Extra Data
Editor (EDE).
' -.i" 'f-sid L M'I

Th.ic.bftess' у.-;. ::y&itUs

; йЖй.оифаеоецора
•
S: npooffopoftocio:
.8
■ШШ: /
'. г* . . B i n a r y . : . ' -l^?T:7?4€S5SSdjL|.-- :s5Q,-730345e?qcN5 ISliilillSill 8»
: .•sp.LQtHtoapcrebp 3 ' 8
£ CiO 1
Itti
iP.-.’ggociaogooeoEr;. -

ОеыЗБСиэсюоесоГ
&___^
-.•! .J.x. HI

I
.• • к&т-.ййьиа • • ••\.Сййн££, .on p-z ■ | . .c««££. uttpA« .kot:-Us ай. 6 . .. J iM
■ад
iSISIT' ■ :: .-2.553,832
;■
:: *'1Э.£ L. ОДДО8 S4.7P ~$3. .3 £*05434300
si i '

ЕНЬ .•.•Sf.imrtBjrrf ■ :V ::

i: ' ..................................- - ' ' Г' '

optima ^research

GLASS CATALOGS

Glass data can be input into ZEMAX using a variety of dispersion models.
A comprehensive thermal mode! is also supported.

шшшф-.- x-, „ ......... . .........

...1 '■ >; >• П.г " v.. :'.i " u-'-ri
>■■■; v
i i'1
■ ... S.STT"
................
A'.'tv.v::1.?. .'if'.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 ticai Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
■.
optima X research

GLASS CATALOGS

ZEMAX can account for variable transmission of glasses.

Tr-iinimibsion D-jt.j
i n;.v.'.- ПГ.Г-!7ГЛРП

i Nun Lwtae T.nick

■ 'Ж&УЗЗ' ,0 «нги ipalooc :o

....................%
z jintoiu jiri rctcrti" ‘

'■ |п'зл:о:о {шоооооо ■

.0 7710C0
jU.UhU.l-. LI pu.uj;j.u
UiUJJjiJ
:O.JUOU.O Li.jtmjj ho.o:uo:o‘"

.0 \tUi\Xi ■ |10.000000 '

7 ;ii. ............ ii'i-Mi i: j-ir'i ira'-'i !".'-; -V

'
[ EavfHUp ; .rx-gcUo : JM..................;
j C.;r:!l.'Vi • 1 onff L>> :| nr .. !
©■ ■. . . . . . . 1
Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 21

optima ^research

GLASS CATALOGS

Dispersion data can be fit using several dispersion formulas.

1
L.:,--UuzJ лГДСД
< :.иЛ:."" ".Vj:. . . . . . -■
■' : !.'i ■■ ..................
1
вшт. )ГгйшГ''' AT
: Г Май ЩШжж . i::-
j.foTtJOODGQ
. 5. jaooDora™
jaodoKffi ■
i: :■■■■ .v .......""..........:
!
" :■■■■.i
............ ..... ........ V 7Г
..... ..............................."3"
:
' \ "7....=«;?_•.
JV : ....^■*=.= i ..
- ■■ ' -■«.№«_ •■-..У- :!■■■ ;
| ; "П : *i -■*

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 ticai Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optlm»y«Mareh

GLASS CATALOGS

You can use any of the glasses in the glass catalogs when modeling your optical
systems in ZEMAX. You must tell ZEMAX which catalogs you want to use for each
lens file.
This done via the System menu > General dialog > Glass Catalogs tab.

optima Г research
J* \
VARIABLE PARAMETERS

What are variables?

Variables are "free” parameters, usually numbers, that ZEMAX is allowed to adjust
in an attempt to find a better design.
Variables may include radii, thicknesses, indices, V numbers, partial dispersions,
conic constants, tilt angles, or even fields and wavelengths. Virtually everything
in ZEMAX can be made variable.
ZEMAX adjusts these variables during optimization.
Variables usually need to be bounded to be optimized successfully. Boundary
constraints include minimum and maximum thicknesses on glasses, for example.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 ticai Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirr ssearch

MERIT FUNCTIONS

Merit functions define for ZEMAX how good a system is. The term "merit function”
applies to both the collection of design goals and boundary constraints and the
numerical summary of those calculations.
ZEMAX uses the merit function value to decide which of two systems is superior
during optimization.
We wii! devote a great deal of the rest of this course to this subject.

THE ZEMAX USER INTERFACE

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima-f ^
research

ZEMAX INTERFACE

The user interface is the result of many years of effort to make optical design
straightforward, easy, fast, and even fun I
These notes will provide just a brief overview of the interface,
A little more detail will be provided on getting data out of ZEMAX, since this seems
to be more puzzling to most users than using ZEMAX itself.
The best way to Seam the interface is just to use the program, as we will in the
remainder of the course!

optima X research

ZEMAX USER INTERFACE

The default display shows the main menu bar, the button bar, the lens data editor
(LDE) and the status bar. A modified interface is available for NSC systems.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 30 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^ **«
research

TYPES OF WINDOWS

ZEMAX has 4 main types of windows:

Editors, which are used to define and edit surface and other data
Graphic windows, which display graphical data Text windows,
which display text listings
Dialog Boxes, which are used to edit and review data about other windows or the
optical system, and for reporting errors, and other purposes.

optima д research

THE ZEMAX EDITORS

There are several “editors” in ZEMAX that are essentially spreadsheets customized
for the needs of a tens design program:
Lens Data Editor
• The basic lens data, including surface types, radius, thickness, glass, etc.
Merit Function Editor
• Where the merit function for optimization is defined and edited
Multi-Configuration Editor
• For defining a change table for zoom tenses and other multiple configuration systems
Tolerance Data Editor
• For defining and editing
tolerances Extra Data Editor
• An extension of the Lens Data Editor for surfaces that require many parameters Non-
Sequentia! Components Editor
• Where NSC sources, objects, and detectors are defined

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 31 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 32 Advancer) Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research

ZEMAX EDITORS

optima X research

GRAPHIC AND TEXT WINDOWS

When a certain analysis is requested, such as selecting “2D Layout" from the main
menu bar, the output will be sent to a window.
Some features (such as a layout) support only graphs, some support only text (such
as a listing of the Seidel aberration coefficients) and some support both (such as the
ray fan piot).
Sf a feature supports both text and graphical output, ZEMAX always gives you the
graphic first, and then the text will be displayed if you click on “Text” in the menu
bar.
When a feature is selected, ZEMAX actually makes a temporary copy of the lens
first This allows you to make other selections or edits while the computation is
running. Note ZEMAX displays an hour glass when the cursor is placed on "active”
windows.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 32 Advancer) Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 34 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
rirnsN'*'**
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima Д research

GRAPHIC AND TEXT WINDOWS

Most, but not ali graphics plots can also provide text information.
'.j-i-sLc ^sL:s;* fc-rA
1.ЬWч Ч-к!i'I:K !■■ !■ 'V'dr V ■■ f-i cor■■
. . ............. .... •....... .

^ *'*
■. я азеtg THIBET. :'••'• ft cmi COCKE- ТВДЧЛгТ. ... ■ ■
: TiyTflL LSWiOTHJ ' ЫИ. i76V% Ш **■
5ш»те4"'5идзЕ:- ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

opt s se arc h

GRAPHIC AND TEXT WINDOWS

To view the text (numericai) information, simply click on the “Text" menu item.

■ |и {y’m: ■# ;

i
.•' г.,-а
i' ‘ ‘ -
•••••;?
,е *...

п'
i....... ......................................•• -,4
I •■•
Jtor. G, 4000 . O-.OSOO irai,' •
.Tw*g« : ...
S^afciai ггйфяа&егу «hit-# • jfc*«t «.yel** • ;
t -6 HBdulatr'icw ' iK.. tr«ls£lve -to' 1:0-''
t.--S 4j l. :■ ■ ■ ^
ш'-Ч i
• Fields ••••8<0Q ••£*£•••......... ....................... ...................
i В$н8А14.лД.. .. ■ ttangft&fclaX. - £д$±ЗД-&1
; ^ .3 : ! 1 i
i 0.000000 . .:•• I s OOOOOO 1.000000
■;*■ •:• '5:000006 :•:■ : o.mtzi
10,05000$ • '' 0.93*354 • •• ••• б'.9Ш$4'
iS.CBOOOO О.ОШ96 •:•• • '• :0,00989$
в.ш ••.••••••20g-*24. ...........................49:: Z0.000000 0,03136? 0.&3I3S?
: '. .SPftHfiL PR60U6NC*-' IK'.CVCLSS ВДЦДОГЗД . •.•• .. 25.000000:: <з,?б$о$4- :•'. : O.mCrM
:эо;оооооо": •."'•'•0:- .:-'0.'$030$0
; •• ••• •• • • •■ • . : • :PDLYEMBOHHT--EC-ПТРРИМТЕО» HTF S9'30SO'•'•:•
Я SIMPLE CdC3Ke. lSIPi^v.-. a.meia O.S17SIO
ШТД РОа ^гЧ1И№. ТО-&<6БВв-&/*■■■■■ ; 40.000008 . .• •.O. S41604-..-. Q „*4*604
syra=RCE! *№&£. 45.000.000:': 0.466T06 .••••0-.4.eS7OS
: SO.000030 :••••': .0сЭ9$00$--'- . 0i,395G»5'
••

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 35 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2QG7 ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X re search

GRAPHICS WINDOWS FUNCTIONS

Update: Recomputes the data in the window

Settings: invokes the custom dialog settings for this window
Print: Prints the contents of the window
Window:
• Annotate: Add lines, boxes, and text to graphic
• Copy Clipboard: sends contents to the Windows Clipboard
• Export: sends contents to a WMF,EMF, JPG or BMP file on disk
• Lock: Freezes the window, useful for before and after studies
• Unlock: Unlocks a window previously locked
• Clone: Makes another window just like this one!
• Aspect Ratio: Choose screen X/Y ratio as appropriate
• Active Cursor: Displays numerical data for most graphics
• Configuration: Choose the configuration to display the data for
• Overlay: Overlays open graphic windows
Text: Generates text corresponding to graphical data if available
Zoom: Zoom in, out, area, last, pan, etc...
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 35 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

USEFUL TEXT WINDOWS FUNCTIONS

Update: Recomputes the data in the window

Settings: invokes the custom settings for this window
Print: Prints the contents of the window Window:
• Copy Clipboard: sends contents to the Windows Clipboard
• Save: sends contents to an ASCII TXT file on disk
* Lock: Freezes the window, useful for before and after studies
* Unlock: Unlocks a window previously locked
• Clone: Makes another window just like this one
о Same settings, zoom, size, etc
* Configuration: Choose fine configuration to display the data
for

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 38 Advanced Advanced Optical Design

Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 38 Advanced Advanced Optical Design

Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
DIALOG BOXES

ZEMAX uses numerous dialog boxes to prompt the user for more information, for
defining additional data such as the system aperture data, and for providing a
consistent interface to the various tools and features of the program.
If you are familiar with Windows programs in general, the dialog boxes will feel very
natural and easy to use.

optima X research

DIALOG BOXES

The System General Data dialog box is used to

define the system aperture, as well as other
information.
S

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 38 Advanced Advanced Optical Design

Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV^
research

SETTINGS DIALOG BOXES

Most graphic and text windows in ZEMAX have “settings” which define the
custom options for that window. Each of these settings boxes typicaiiy have 6
buttons:
• OK: Accept these settings, Exit, and update the window,
• Cancei: Go back to my last settings; Exit, and do not update the window
• Save: Accept these settings as the default for this lens, Exit, and update the window
о The new settings also become the new default for any lenses that have no settings
of their own yet,
• Load: Reload my last previously saved settings, Exit, and update file window.
• Reset: Go back to the "factory default” settings, and return to this dialog box.
• Help: Show the page in the help that corresponds to this feature.
N 1 м1Г Swivim Sfilinv>
■сяшйа-- V.Vf.Wi-;--.
M£. i J _ JUU. _ ■> r.;
■" r ij ■ ■. ■: lleiii! ■ inrl .'-- ....T
:-.w’■?:■ ior i
...-i
i. .4r.. 1 Ч':-:.-. ■■ .. .! ..I*.*:____

optima X research
уX
THE MENU CONCEPT

The main ZEMAX menu bar is divided up into general categories of operations:
(шшшштшЕ
j ; л»! вд.-ВШ.Ша!

File
• The usual save, save as, new, etc...
Editors
• Activates the various ZEMAX editors.
System
• Access to the dialog boxes that control data for the system as a whole, like fields,
wavelengths, etc. ..anything not associate with a particular surface.
Analysis
• Graphic and text computations that are computed based upon the lens data, but
don’t change the Sens data
Continued....

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 41 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 42 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

THE MENU CONCEPT, CONT.

Tools
# Features that might change the Sens data, tike optimization,
tolerancing... Reports
* Summaries of the system
Macros
* Runs ZPL macros
Extensions
• Runs ZEMAX Extensions
Window
• A list of alt open windows for quick access
Help
• Access to the online help system

optima'^"’
research

OUTPUT TO THE CLIPBOARD

By far the easiest way to get data out of ZEMAX and into another application is via
the clipboard.
ZEMAX supports easy cutting and pasting of single cells, or entire rows of editor
data, using the normal Ctrl-C and Ctri-V commands.
Graphics and text windows are copied to the clipboard using the Window, copy
clipboard menu option. The notes for this course were made using PowerPoint with
graphics cut and paste from ZEMAX and other programs.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 43 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 44 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
research

POST PROCESSING OF DATA

One common application is to take diffraction image data out of ZEMAX and
perform post processing in another application. This is easier than ever with the
clipboard. Here is diffraction image analysis data copied to the clipboard and pasted
into Excel, and then plotted in Excel.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 43

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

opti
ma^research

OUTPUT TO CAD PROGRAMS

ZEMAX supports DXF, IGES, STEP, SAT and STL formats for exporting lens
mechanical data (see Tools > Export Data menu)
• Shape, size, position of tens elements

DXF:
• The support for DXF is fairly “weak" because DXF is a file format, not a
standard.
• Aspheric surface shapes approximated, sometimes crudely
• DXF export now considered obsolete given otter options now available
IGES, STEP, SAT, STL:
• Genuine standards
• True 3D solids with edges
• Exported as NURBS entities
• Rays can exported as a separate layer
• Apertures also exported
• Can optionally be exported as lines

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 45 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 46 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optiima^research

SHORTCUTS

Summary of ZEMAX shortcuts:

• Cirl-Tab to move within ZEMAX windows
• Ctrl-Cursor to navigate editors
• Right mouse click to invoke settings
• Double left click to update window
• Button bar
• Alt commands on menus
• Alt commands on dialog boxes
Most useful Windows shortcut:
• ALT-TAB to move within applications

optima ^research

THE SESSION CONCEPT

ZEMAX has a concept of a “session*. A session consists of a lens file, ait the
various graphics and text windows, editors, and their positions and sizes on the
screen, and ail the settings for each and every window.
All this data can be saved at once in a session file, and if reopened, the entire
ZEMAX “session" is restored so work may resume where it was last stopped.
Try a simple session save/open now.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 47 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima researc
] h

ZEMAX DIAGNOSTICS

optima***®^
research

TANGENTIAL FANS

The tangential fan shows a series of rays starting at each field point incident on the
Y axis of the pupil.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 49 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 50 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research

SAGITTAL FANS

The sagittal fan shows a series of rays coming from each object or field point which
fall along the X axis of the pupil.

optir jsearch

OPD FAN PLOTS

OPD is an abbreviation for Optical Path Difference, The ’’Difference 1' implies that
the wavefront aberration is referenced to the Chief ray. The OPD is the difference
between the real wavefront phase and the chief ray centered reference sphere
wavefront.
An extremely useful and widely used diagnostic tool is the "OPD Plot".
The OPD Plot is simply a graph of the OPD as a function of the normalized pupil
coordinate.
Since the pupil is two dimensional, usually two "fans” are presented; the "tangential"
fan and the "sagittal” fan. The word fan comes from the shape the rays form as they
fill the entrance pupil.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima research

О PD FAN PLOTS

The OPD fans can be opened via the Analysis menu or the “Opd“ button on the
button bar.
i Tocfe/Reports Macros Ыйедот» v

■: Spat Diagram; ...: Ray Aberration,: CtrM R

MTF:.......
PSP Pupil Aberration/
: .Wavefront ■■■■■
■. Surface.. .■......
;RMS.
:
EfttfrdsrfBverciy.
^Illumination,■■■■■■■■
Image Martysfe-.:.....
Bicester Analysts ■.....
Ptisceyapapus
■ ■ ■ Abasraeort
Coefficients, ■
vcatoufadM-.--"
Glass and Gradient Index

\x
optima^™
research

SAMPLE OPD PLOT

This is an OPD fan generated by ZEMAX. Notice that there are two fans, one
tangential and one sagittal for each field point Additionally, each plot contains
separate fans for each design wavelength.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 53 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 54 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima'*»*1
research

SAMPLE OPD PLOT

Using the settings box, you can look at each field and/or wavelength individually.

"i ,■ ■ .T ‘-a.-. -,;J П.щ Г"1 Г“Ь 1 ! i f

..........;■ ■ --
■ ; ;i ■ T.
■i 1 ■ jlf r.-.;fj .
;i. i \ im>! | ; ^I
--------------------втвЕгятг
n SI*T_E COOKE tftmxr.шт&ш-----------------------
swum t B.M* urns»,
JSSEsiLlggE................:..........................

optima “ ™
research
/*‘4,
SAMPLE WAVEFRONT MAP

A Wavefront Map is a 3D hidden line piot showing the entire pupil. Wavefront phase
error is shown as an increasing Z coordinate.__________________

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 55 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Deveiopment Corporation 56 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
optima research
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
WAVEFRONT MAP

The wavefront map can be opened using the Analysis menu or a Wavefront Map
(Wfm) button can be put on the button bar,
4* ■' mi \ i%:Oi'l^.'A?rVS(MN;rli-4^v*{&iviitiii№?
iij
[ . bJefK»№ ..-
*3 Layout Wi'ite -Ш!р
ЗрсШадгда*
fit ИГР'

Eixtrcted
ErtEigy
Sltarrtinattei
Snags Analysts v m
ESenjIar Analysis 1 ■ ■ж.гз&ьшягщ v\
MfcteSlanerws ; -3.«M«SB4S4

Aberration Cdetficient?; 1 “ie. 3^5 3^26 6M4: 4

CaioiatiGns 1 Infinity
Glass and-Sradsent Irite
L№»rsd PlM felareston
Coabrsgs’:
Physical Optics

55
Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optimaV^
research

WAVEFRONT MAP

The wavefront map describes the wavefront at the exit pupil for a selected wavelength and
field position, which is selected on the settings dialog. Additional display options are also
available.

-
■hi« m . ..т: 4
F Щ
1
T~ ||

--
Ztt
llfe^ FsteSt
i J
■j?* ■■■(■■ ■■■
ф, ■.* . !l.. ly
■. ?■ . ..
; 1-.»: ■" >■ Ima
e" A i

i
ge::
i ■................I

Ilf

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 58 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optim^Vresearc
h

RAY FAN PLOTS

Ray Fan Plots are very similar to OPD plots. However, unlike OPD plots, they are
not a complete description of the aberration.
• This is because ray aberrations are vectors, while OPD is a scalar,
о The tangential fan is a plot of ey vs. Py, о The sagittal fan is a
plot of sx vs. Px.
Note that it is not always a complete description, because there is no data shown
for sY as a function of Px, and no data for ex as a function of Py. This is only
important for some non-symmetric systems.
ZEMAX does optionally plot the "other" vector component.

optima X research

RAY FAN PLOT

The ray fan plot can be opened using the Analysis menu or the "Ray" button on the
button bar. 3? 't CfsProgr.af-rt ЕРмШМХШт
AtMpsi:. _
Taafe- ftspotts: .наш- -\
Wrawlathis
layout
SpotDiagrams: Shift+Ctr
WTt=- . Ptpl АЬЙГС'ЙЗРИ
> :
riSFo
VJavsfrert
Surfaca >? "Tctflrdtiy Гf
ВД5 ^£ ■■ Vri!
gwScletS Energy >I sa
Image
ftnatysis :
psjcufa?-
Ап.#/5В
Aberration Coaffetwfe
CakuSatioris

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 59 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
°ptima/4esearch

SAMPLE RAY FAN PLOT

The ray fan plof is similar to the OPD plot, but the ray fan shows the aberration
derivative, rather than the direct aberration. Ray aberrations are measured at the
image surface or any other surface.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 59

ZEMAX

optimaVresearch

RAY FAN PLOT

The cross-direction aberrations can be selected on the settings box.

pU-' ■I.:.*
.'-7
■T

iryw;i4dist

■-*» хуаюа.-:
—£j.....................................

'* 'ши COOKЖЖКЖК A СИЛ

UTOLSTT COOKS
ГЯПЯР£Млтт' ТЮТЧлТ<

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 61 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX DevOvpmen: Co-paraiic-r d Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimresearch
aN^
SPOT DIAGRAMS

Spot diagrams are plots of ray intercepts at a specified surface. For each ray, a dot
or cross is made to indicate where the ray landed.
The spot diagram is the most intuitive indicator of the actual appearance of the
images formed. There are limitations to how realistic the spot diagram images are,
primarily because of the effects of diffraction. The effects of diffraction will be
covered later.
The view of the spot diagram is looking towards the object, with the x-axis positive
to the right and у positive up.
A spot diagram is usually drawn for each field position, with a separate reference
point for each field independently.

optimaV/esearch

SPOT DIAGRAMS

Spot diagrams are opened using the Analysis menu. Optionally, button bar entries
are available for each of the types of spot diagrams.

Standard i
MTF Through Foots, i Fii
■PSF Field l Matte
Wavefront
S'Jrfate
RMS
EfrcocSaO £ б.шт-su
Ermqy ■ :
; V?:
lifuratratJon: ...: •
'■IffiSiae'ArdyS ► ШЯЯЯША я МЙПН1
S-'
Bsotiiartftnafjr зге 0304 я
ss-
Gtess erci Огж$иЙгйех

"■ I'r: "5

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX DevOvpmen: Co-paraiic-r d Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 64 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV'C
research

SPOT DIAGRAMS

The appearance of spot diagrams is influenced by the selection of rays which are
traced. Unlike fan plots, which only trace rays along a one dimensional line in the
pupil, spot diagrams trace a full pupil of rays.
Dithered ray pattern Hexapolar ray pattern
'ШШШ.................................... тщлт * щлт
* * t om Т ■«.мяв. % 7* *7 *
*R * i* % 2 li

й "л**
• 1% ... ** *
ч
j' * ***/. * I' *, V*

SWJt
FgU). * i
85 иМ 1 ЬШ №Ш!
ШЖ-i_______£___________иш ‘ ашт_____________________________ -itf-j_________a!__________-------------------------------------- --------------
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 83 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

\/
optimaxT
research
SPOT DIAGRAMS

The ray pattern, reference point, and several other options are available on the
Settings dialog box. The options are similar for the different spot diagram types. Ray
distributions can be checked at any surface. Some options can only be used with
ZEMAX-EE.
ш?*яш «»я«вр * **mm
v * «.«ae

PVI-.- ■ t-:''Г'1.Ч5К -1 '■ - -I sшщ

V -! r'-! i;
‘................................... ! ".!.!? »: ш*жт ша.тт Ж1 *мж

= •/ U c.- ■' ^ li:. :.n I\-,VS-';T i

7.| .■■■■■■
-i ''
L^J i i ■ ^-.v.: ...... *****
Я UMMMU; ili/Uh*
мГ jai tul irif
ШЯК * HR КНмМЭЕ * QucF МТ

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 65 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
^V
optima ^ ***research

MATRIX SPOT DIAGRAMS

The Matrix spot diagram shows each waveiength separately.

The Configuration Matrix spot diagram shows each configuration separately.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 67 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima “ rc
research

LAYOUTS

Used to visualize the iens system:

• 2D Layout: Axia! system cross section
• 3D Layout: 3D wire frame type
• Wireframe: A more sophisticated wireframe display
• Solid Model: Like wireframe, but hidden lines removed
• Shaded Model: Full color solid shaded model
• ZEMAX Element Drawing: A shop type drawing for surfaces, singlets, doublets
• ISO Element Drawing: Shop-type drawing in 1S010110 format

There are 2 layout plots specifically for NSC systems not using ports:
• NSC 3D Layout: 3D wire frame type, but only shows NSC objects and sources.
• NSC Shaded Model: Fuli color solid shaded model
о There are additional controls for data analysis on these plots.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 70 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^*™
research

OTHER ANALYSIS TOOLS

The Miscellaneous item on the Analysis menu lists several important analysis tools.
Each of these toots can also be set as a button bar item.
-Help

....
T&a

; JS -V
v:.
Ш
| 2Q1Z5132.41£S2:?3 :v 4.ЭЕ040В

■ MCuHtfDfct:.- "
"AberraHafi Distortion .■FooipfWi Diagram
CoefficiertS; " ■ tarigffiudiiiat-Abenraitipnr
;<jfcufeEfons lateral Color
Glass aid- Gratfcrt Y-¥bar Drawing JChroraaticirocat Shift-
index :.-Шйвгзв1Яа ■Эу&еф SiMitary Gfaprfc Surface -
Магвайда Analysts
Coatings
iPfiys^tGpfe..
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 69 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

\. y
optima^™
research

FIELD CURVATURE & DISTORTION

These plots show the field curvature and distortion of the optical system. Both are
plotted against the normalized field height. The contribution at each wavelength is
calculated separately.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 71 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 72 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima

GRID DISTORTION

The “grid distortion” plot shows distortion as generalized for non-radialiy symmetric
systems. Conventional "paraxial” distortion is defined by:

j-y У real У reference QQ

У reference

The reference ray height at the image surface is determined by tracing a ray from a
very small field height (parabasal ray). The height of this ray is then scaled by the
system magnification to cover all parts of the field of view.

optima X research

GRID DISTORTION

Once the ideal and real coordinates are determined, the pairs can be plotted on a

X i& 1- 3L La
Ss X c : » it cE £3
) IT X к ;
П :) X X
i*
•м (X Г r tu. ~~ X
X j_, !“5 rt "
*i З sr*“
")E r* X* *"* f» "X
h
LX h- hH !# 2L
4 X
X <x JL. Ци UJ _» Л 5
r*
** X 1*; SJ i_! X X %
X* t ;) H
IA JT
V
К
s
: si
X 5 Г XJt P* ■

....................................................СКШ DISTORTION................................................................
in mt итак кwe там LENS

якдшыг
SCflLEi UHt. HRmSNBTHt вТБвТЯ Д»

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 73 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 74 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research

FOOTPRINT DIAGRAMS

Footprint diagrams show the size of the beam on any

surface, along with a drawing of the current surface
shape, size, and aperture.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 73

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima research
/'■
DISPERSION, GLASS MAPS

These are for glass data, rather than lens data;

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 75 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 76 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
research
’V

MTF PLOTS

The MTF Plots include:

* The usual MTF vs. spatial frequency in Ip/mm for T and S orientations
* Through-focus, which shows MTF at one spatial frequency vs. focus shift
* Surface, which is an isometric "30“ view of the MTF as a function of two
simultaneous spatial frequencies, the T and S orientations, and ail orientations in
between.

optima^
research
MTF SAMPLES

Here are the various ways to display diffraction based MTF; other plots exist for

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 77 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
V/
optima ^research

POINT SPREAD FUNCTION (PSF)

The PSF plots show the diffraction images of point objects:

* FFT PSF: Uses FFT based calculations to compute the diffraction intensity
(ignores image tilt)
* Huygens PSF: Uses direct integration, slow, considers image tilt and
propagation effects near the imaqe point

4.' HpygensPSF -Lsqe HuygeLfts-

PSFlCtXrEftSeaich: ЩШ&

4 frftaoe Analysis I, ■ ...

4
4 ft^ltanaous-. > •L£,3££.
1 >. Ш
1 Citaifstcfs ► i: : ,
y.

$j■ .'-.'..VS.-i-i-f!:
Щ
* £7,514
7
5. Physical-oaes* /.r&Swii&y

optima's*/™
research

PSF SAMPLES

PSFs can be shown as gray scale, false color, contour, or isometric plots.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 79 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 80 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
opti ma^jresea rch

ROOT MEAN SQUARE (RMS) PLOTS

RMS plots conveniently show RMS wavefront, spot radius, spot x, spot y, or
Strehl ratio as a function of either field, focal shift, or wavelength.

optima^ research

ENERGY CALCULATIONS

Several items analyze the distribution of energy in the system.

РЙЯНГЙЙЕКУ images-
Analysis.- Ш-xutar
Analysis №cel!
anecus:.- Abettstten-
Coeffreignts
CafculaUdns

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 81 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 82 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optlma^rasearc
h

ENCIRCLED ENERGY

Encircled energy plots are computed via the integration of the PSF
plot; the data is the fraction of energy “encircled” within a given radius
as compared to the entire

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 81 Advanced Optical

Design Using ZEMAX

optirr^^esearch

IMAGE ANALYSIS

ZEMAX models extended sources and makes both geometric and diffraction based
predictions of the appearance of these sources when imaged through the lens.
V s'".,..: tf- ' .Si w*- ■■ i i ■ l : ■ :■ I .. !.-i

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 83 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima jQ-esearch
BITMAP IMAGE ANALYSIS

The Bitmap !A uses standard Windows 24 bit coior BMP Ше$ as sources; then
creates a coior image of the detected scene. This is very useful for simulating the
quality and appearance of the detected image.

aiuw iiiM nwiuaui EI7WRP IJIRGE ft!«S_Y5IS

П Em£ С0П Й SaPLS НККЁ Ш!Ш<
дтm3?вшам, atголлmt, DKtsct МЕГШТ je дат*
UMP RJU5 Ш ВВ9ПГ>ЯР>

optim^esearch

SURFACE SAG/PHASE PLOT

This plot shows a color or contour map of the surface height (sag) or phase (if the
surface is a grating, hologram, or other diffractive optic).
. . .мим* m з.эете-ав!
HiHiiHH
111111
1111 i

1473 _eai
11 ^ Ш^*13йС-аад

Ш 1 еа**мв
Щ ~; , оддоое

IMUIH, LW
са РШОР
Затея^'ккшыов.
§3т*&|'яетв а* п втял еюь яюн«-4*. моим кг*
»ч,г. taaaaafe_______________________ «. * * « юлж&л,

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 84 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 86 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^re
researc
h
UNIVERSAL PLOT

The universal plot will show any of the roughly 300 optimization operands as a
function of any parameter in the iens system. Here is a piot of the merit function as
a whole as a function of back focus. Universal plot formats can be saved for reuse.
ШШ
iSfpyt: Lap] Ш|
Fans
Spt^.'iOragr
ams
№.
PSP-
Wavefront:'
Surface ; - ■■■ v
Щ.
Eihsr '-495.7$a43£l$*? V
cfr .у'ЮЙНМШ1»
lljurbir^& » 2Q^.-2?i924^S2?3
n Image Arrays ШшшжЩ
0к)си1? 4
*ia.3$s^ect304
к'АпЫу^
№scelbneous:.
Abakan .CocfftC-ierits
Ч2Л
Cafculabons ткгскмева 2N тлзжттл m SUSFRCS Ь
: Glass and Grarfeent Incfex f? КИМ COOKS ШШ,

resear
ch
INTERNAL TRANSMITTANCE

Plots internal transmittance (ignores Fresnel and coating R&T effects) as a function

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 87 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 88 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^
research

POLARIZATION PLOTS

Here is a pupil map of the polarization state. It shows the transmitted

polarization

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 87 Advanced Optica!

Design Using ZEMAX

\/
optima ^rc
research

COATING TRANSMISSION

Plots are available for transmission, reflection, absorption, diattenuation, and

retardance, as a function of either angle or wavelength, for any coated or
uncoated Surface-

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 89 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 90 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
\У
optima research
/ ""
REPORT GRAPHICS

The report graphics display will show any 4 or 6 ZEMAX graphics on a single page,
to create archival reports or performance summaries. Defined parameters may be
saved for future use.

optimaN^
research

SLIDER TOOL

The slider tool allows nearly continuous interactive control over almost any design
parameter (radius, thickness, parameter, extra data, etc..) while updating any 1 or
all windows in (nearly) real time.
This is easier to do than describe;
* Open SCmSLIDER.ZMX.
* Open a 3D Layout and Spot Diagram
* Open the slider control (Tools > Miscellaneous > Slider)
о set the data to surface 3, parameter 2 (Decenter Y), range -2,0 to 2,0,
* Select Window; Ali
* Cfick on Animate.
You can also use the slider interactively, and optionally choose to retain the new
settings for the modified parameter.
To modify multiple parameters, use multiple Slider controls.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 91 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima)^research

SOLVES

What are solves?

* Solves are a special status some values in ZEMAX may be assigned. A solve
enforces a specific condition on a number, such as a thickness or radii, that ZEMAX
automatically adjusts as the Sens changes.
There are many applications for solves:
* Maintaining F/#; Use MRA or F/# curvature solve
* Maintaining paraxial focus: Use MRH
♦ Maintaining edge thickness
# Unking vaiues together: Use a pickup solve
• Holding a distance between surfaces: Use Position solve

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 4 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
\y
optim researc
a h
/ MARGINAL RAY ANGLE OR F/#

The marginal ray angle determines the F/#, since F/# is by definition
1
F «----------
2NA
where
NA - nsin0m

where 0m is the marginal ray angle to the Z axis. Note that if the lens system is slow
(F is big, say F/10 or slower) then the FI# goes as
20
2nsin8m

if the system is in air.

The MRA solve in ZEMAX adjust the radius of any surface (but typically the last
glass-air boundary surface) to meet this requirement. As the lens optimizes, ZEMAX
enforces the F/# to be fixed.
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 3 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

optima X
research
/ MARGINAL RAY HEIGHT

The paraxial marginal ray crosses the axis at a focal plane.

The MRH solve adjusts the thickness of a surface such that the marginal ray has a
specified height on the next surface.
Most common application: locating the next surface at a paraxial focal plane.
ZEMAX allows any marginal ray, including paraxial or real ray in any pupil zone to
land at any height on the next surface.
Other applications: locating a field lens.

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 6 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaVw»
researc
h
CHIEF RAY HEIGHT

The CRH solve is used to locate a pupil plane in much the same way that the MRH
solve locates an image plane.
Applications:
• Fixing a reference plane to be at a pupil.
* Locating the entrance, exit pupiis

PUPIL POSITION
This thickness solve will place the next surface at the pupil position for the optical
space following refraction from the current surface. The pupil position is determined
by tracing real, differential rays about the central field chief ray. The method used to
compute the pupil position is more accurate than using the Chief ray height solve
(which is based on paraxial ray tracing) to locate the pupil.

optima^™
research

EDGE THICKNESS

The edge thickness solve determines the spacing between two surfaces such that
the distance between the surfaces at some radial aperture is fixed to a specified
value.
ZEMAX allows user to define the radial aperture, or the current semi-diameter may
be used. User specifies the desired edge thickness.
Applications:
• Maintaining a minimum edge thickness to a lens instead of using a useless thickness
variable.

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 8 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
timaVra
optima research

PICK UP SOLVES

Pickup solves are extremely useful solves which are often alien to lens designers
who have not thought about their utility.
A pickup "slaves” one value to another value in the iens data editor (there are also
such solves in the extra data editor and multi-configuration editor).
ZEMAX allows scaling by a factor (often +1 or -1, but any number is allowed)
Applications:
• Double pass systems
• Off-axis/folded systems (i.e. systems that utilize coordinate breaks)
• Designing systems which use multiple identical elements
о Endoscopes, relay lenses
• Meeting boundary constraints

optima X research

POSITION SOLVES

The position solve fixes the distance between two surfaces by adjusting the last
thickness prior to the second surface.
Example:
• Suppose you want surface 9 to be 120 mm from surface 3. Place a position solve on the
thickness of surface 8, with a reference surface of 3 and a thickness of 120. Surface 8
will dynamically adjust to hold the relative location of surface 9 with respect to surface 3.

ZPL SOLVES
This is a user-defined solve that can be placed on any parameter. The solve is
defined by a ZPL macro, hence the solve can have a complex relationship with any
previous parameter or parameters.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima x
research

FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTIMIZATION

optima “
research

OPTIMIZATION

Overview:
• Local vs. Global Optimization
• Damped Least Squares
• Orthogonal Descent
• How ZEMAX deals with optimization
• Default Merit Functions
• Operands
• Boundary constraints
• Identifying the degrees of freedom
• Determining the goais
• Examples

Optimization is fundamentally used for sequential imaging systems, although it can

be used with NSC under special circumstances.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
IT raa

optima jf research

LOCAL VS. GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION

Optimization is possibly the most important feature in ZEMAX

* Optimization is used to find a "better" design given:
о A definition of what is better

о Variables which ZEMAX can change to yield a "better" design

Local optimization:
* Find the best design that can be reached from a given starting point
о Damped Least Squares (DLS) for almost aii problems о
Orthogonal Descent (OD) for noisy or stagnating systems Global
optimization:
* Find the best design, period.
о Gtobai Search at the start of the design process о Hammer for
exhaustive improvement of a promising design

optima
^research
MERIT FUNCTION

No matter which algorithm is used, the merit function is defined in the same
way.
2

Note that there are m

"targets' Each target is
defined by:

where v is the actual "value11, t is the "target value” and w is the

“weighting”. Optimal MF = zero

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

MERIT FUNCTION

The individual <p values are functions of the variable vector

X X has n dimensions
X defines a location in a "solution space" with n dimensions, just like a 3 component
(x у z) vector defines a point in 3D space.
Goal: find X such that Ф is a minimum value

DLS: DERIVATIVES

The necessary derivatives are iineariy approximated using a finite difference

approach.
Each of the n variables can be calculated with n+1 evaluations of Ф.
ZEMAX uses one sided derivatives for speed.
There is no advantage using "two-sided” derivatives as long as the step size is
small.
ZEMAX automatically selects the derivative increments to balance linearity and
noise suppression.
• That is why the user is not given control over increments in ZEMAX.

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
research

DLS: LOCAL MINIMUM AND STAGNATION

Aii DLS algorithms suffer from two problems:

• Solutions may be trapped in "local minima"
о These are regions of n dimensional solution space where movement in any
direction corresponds to an increase in the merit function. The optimization cannot
proceed, although a better design may exist eisewhere in solution space.
* Stagnation
о Stagnation occurs when the numerical derivatives of the targets with respect to the
variables are either sufficiently noisy or Ш-conditioned that a suitable step
direction and size cannot be determined. This causes optimization progress to
stop even though the solution may not be at a true locai minimum.
The global optimization algorithms available in ZEMAX are highly effective at
overcoming these obstacles.

optima
^research

ORTHOGONAL DESCENT

Orthogonal Descent (OD) is an alternative locai optimization technique, useful when

DLS Is “in trouble” (i.e. for cases where merit functions are noisy or ill conditioned).
Primary use in in non-sequentiai ray-tracing, in optimizing illumination systems.

Derivatives are not helpful with a

merit function space like this:

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 18 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research
7
ORTHOGONAL DESCENT

imagine you could solve an n-dimensionat problem by solving n one-dimensional

problems. That would require the n problems to be independent or -in the jargon-
orthogonal.

OD uses an orthonormalization of the variables and discrete sampling of solution

space to reduce the merit function.

The OD algorithm does not compute numerical derivatives of the merit function. For
systems with inherently noisy merit functions, such as non-sequentiat systems, OD
will usually outperform DIS.

But DLS is ALWAYS the one to start with., .try OD only if DLS gets stuck!

optima “
■’**=
research

OD: METHOD

OD starts with just one variable, all others fixed, and moves along in one-
dimensional parameter space until it finds a minimum.
It then moves along the second variable, with the first one set at its optimum and
the others set at their starting values, until it finds the minimum of the merit function
using that variable.
it then steps along every variable in turn in this manner.
it then looks for relationships between the variables and re-defines them -
orthonormaiization - such that each new variable is independent of the others.
This process continues until the MF shows no further improvement.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 18 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
\y
optima ^research

CHOOSING THE OPTIMIZATION METHOD

Choosing which optimization method to use is very simple.

Just select the method from the drop-down list:

ACni Пк; ] ■'e-gtrb- S

1 C'rc!e Variables. 4

l c udev VihaiMF C.0G2451245

| 1C Cycles
I:
Г Current M F. 0.0C2 451245

E SC Суок.-: ■ Stabs, idle

Inf. Cycles' i . Execution Т;тг-

.. Algorithm:: Damped Least »■

............._EHI.............; IU
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 19

Advanced Optics! Design Using ZEMAX

optima Д research
DEFAULT MERIT FUNCTIONS

There are more than 35 different default merit functions supported:

* RMS or Peak-To-Valley
• Wavefront, Spot Radius, Spot X, Spot Y, or Spot X plus Spot Y
• For afoca! systems: Angular Radius, Angular X, or Angular Y
* Reference to Centroid or Chief Ray
• Use either Gaussian Quadrature or Rectangular Array
# All of the above in any combination!
Gaussian Quadrature yields the best of both worlds: fastest speed and highest
accuracy; as long as the sampling is sufficient. See the excellent paper by G. W.
Forbes, JOSA A 5, p1943, 1988.
Rectangular Array is a brute-force approach which is slow and less accurate,
however, it assumes nothing about the shape of either the pupil or the aberrations.
# only necessary for extremely asymmetric/unusual vignetting apertures or when
vignetting is present in systems where aberrations are dominated by higher order
terms

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optinraVC
researc
h
DEFAULT MERIT FUNCTIONS
ZEMAX uses "physically significant" merit functions.
Most older codes use IMF's based upon experience Use rules of
thumb, classical approaches Example:
• Correct 0.7 zone to balance spherical and focus
• Correct axial color and lateral color
• Trace edge rays to control coma
These approaches are O.K...
Ultimately we care about RMS spot radius and RMS wavefront error

\y
optima^ ™research

PUPIL SAMPLING
in order to evaluate default merit functions, ZEMAX needs to "sample” the pupil with
a number of rays. To optimize efficiently, the number of rays needs to be as small
as possible. In order for the results to be accurate, however, the rays chosen need
to represent/characterize all rays that go through the pupil.

ZEMAX provides two choices for pupil sampling:

•Gaussian Quadrature (GQ)
oprovides accurate results with a very smaii number of
rays oignores effects of vignetting by apertures

•Rectangular Array (RA)

oless efficient than GG (requires more rays to achieve accurate results)
ocan be used even if vignetting is present in optical system
-only necessary for extremely asymmetric/unusuai vignetting apertures or
when vignetting is present in systems where aberrations are dominated
by higher order terms

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 26 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research
RINGS AND ARMS

Here is what the pupil sampling looks like for 3 rings, 6 arms, which is the default.
ZEMAX traces only half the pupil if LR symmetry exists, and only one arm if circular
symmetry exists.

3 rings generally adequate for most optical designs Use 4 or more rings
for aspheric/diffractive/more highly balanced designs • n rings gives exact
control of aberrations out to order

optimaV^search

OPERANDS
Operands are individual ’’targets" within MF Each
operand uses one line in the MF Examples:
* EFFL: Effective Focal Length
• FICL: Rber Coupling Efficiency
• GENC & DENC: Geometric and Diffraction Encircled Energy
* I MAE: Image Analysts Efficiency (for throughput optimization)
• REAX/REAY/REAZ: Real Ray X, Y, Z position on a given surface
* CTGT/CTLT: Center Thickness Greater Than / Center Thickness Less
Than
* PMGT/PMLT: Parameter Greater Than / Parameter Less Than
• POPD: Physical Optics Propagation Data
There are about 300 different operands ZEMAX supports

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 26 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research

OPERANDS

Some operands manipulate other operands Examples:

• SUMMi]
• DiFFij
• PROD i j
• DiViij
Constant operand is used to set constant numerical values:
• CONS

optima X
research
BOUNDARY OPERANDS
Boundary operands are different from other operands
if a boundary is violated:
* The "value" is the actual value
• The difference between target and value is the amount of
violation
if a boundary is not vioiated
• The "value" is the same as the target
* No contribution to MF
Example: Thickness surface 5 is 10 mm
• CTGT syntax: surface# target
* CTGT 5 15 wiM yield a value of 10
# CTGT 5 8 will yield a value of 8

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 18 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optm^
i BOUNDARY OPERANDS
esear
ch
Some boundary operands control a range of surfaces/parameters
Most common: MNCT {Minimum Center Thickness), MNET (Minimum Edge
Thickness)
Example: Surfaces 1, 2 and 3 have thickness’ of 5,10,15 respectively
•MNCT syntax: first surface# last surface# target •MNCT 1 3 20 will yield:
o'Value” of the operand: 20 minus (15 + 10 + 5) = -1G
This is the "target" minus each violation ©Contribution to the MF:
Target - Value = 20 - -10 = 30 =>The boundary is violated a total
of 30 •MNCT 1 3 8 wilt yield:
e'Vaiue" of the operand: 8 minus (3 + 0 + 0) = 5
©Contribution to the MF: Target - Value - 8 - 5 = 3 о The
boundary is violated by a total of 3 Values may be confusing,
but rule is simple:
•Difference between value and target = sum of al! of the violations
OPGT and OPLT constraints are very general, apply to any line in MF.
Copyright Ф 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 27 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

/
IDENTIFYING DEGREES OF FREEDOM

Degrees of freedom is the number of independent variables

Account for the number of constraints
• Focal iength, Thickness, other
boundaries Account for redundant or
ineffective variables
• Two spacings not separating power
• Varying radii of surface without delta n
Ideally, number of variables ~ DOF
Use solves instead of variable plus constraints

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 19 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 30 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
research

DETERMINING THE CRITERIA

What performance criteria is appropriate?

• RMS Spot Radius or RMS Spot X, Y, X+Y
о Best for systems with more than 2 waves of aberration
• RMS Wavefront Error
о Best for systems with less than 2 waves of aberration
• MTF, Encircied Energy
о Gives results simitar to wavefront error о Extremely
slow о Best used only for fmal design

optima X
research
DETERMINING THE GOALS

Common constraints:
• Lenses must be of finite size, cost, weight
• Edge and center thickness must be positive
• Minimum number of elements desired
• Minimum complexity in fabrication
• Inexpensive materials where possible

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 30 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 32 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optinr jsearch

WHAT IS RMS SPOT RADIUS?

RMS spot radius is a geometric assessment of image quality. Here is how it is

computed:
* A set of rays is traced from an object point to the image plane.
* The radial distance from the chief ray intercept point to the intercept point of each
ray is squared and then averaged over ail rays.
* The square root is taken,
in equation form:

Usually, RMS spot radius is averaged over the field points and wavelengths. Ali
different wavelengths are referenced to the same primary wave chief ray.

optin
й i
esearc CENTROID REFERENCE
h
Xc and Yc in the preceding equation do not need to be the chief ray
coordinates. The RMS may be referenced to any point.
An alternate, physically significant reference point is the geometric image centroid:

This is the "average" image position determined by tracing n rays.

Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima Xresearcfr

RMS WAVEFRONT ERROR

RMS wavefront error is an assessment of image quality using the deviation of the
phase in the exit pupil from the reference sphere. Here is how it is computed:
•A set of rays is traced from an object point to the image plane.
•The phase of each ray is measured with respect to the reference sphere.
•The phase is squared and averaged over the rays traced.
•The square root is taken.
in equation form: 1

Usually, RMS wavefront is averaged over the wavelengths for each field. Rays of all
wavelengths are referenced to the primary wave chief ray.
A default merit function for RMS wavefront referenced to the diffraction centroid of
the reference sphere is also available.

optir,.** *
jsearch
j-f' ^4,

GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION

Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
resear
ch
GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION

What is it?
Objective: Given a merit function and a set of variables:
* What is the optimum values for the variables?
* (Which set of values yields the lowest MF)
This problem occurs in many disciplines Optics may be
the toughest
Reasons:
* Ail variables tend to affect ali targets
* Relationship between variables highly non-linear (Snell's iaw)
* Typical problems have dozens of variables, hundreds of targets

researc
h
LOCAL MINIMA
The primary optimizer is the DLS algorithm
it uses gradients to find lower MF’s Primary
problem:
* Starts by assuming we want to go downhill
* Starting point determines solution
* Good starting point required
* Problem: How do we get the good starting point?

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 38 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research
BRUTE FORCE METHOD

Why do we need an algorithm? Just try ait possible solutions!

• Assume 3 element design
• 3 field, 3 wavelengths, 63 targets
• 6 radii, 6 spacings
• Assume one radii and one spacing fixed
• 10 variables
• Each variable can take on 100 values (coarse sampling)
• 100 to 10th power is 1E20
Assume 6,000,000 RSS (roughly a 2 GHz Pentium 4)
• Evaluate about 15,000 systems per second
• Takes about 1£16 seconds
• About 1 billion years.,..
The “curse of dimensionality"
• Every time we add a new variable, we add 2 orders of magnitude to the search volume!

optima research

GLOBAL TECHNIQUES

Global optimization algorithms are relatively new. Many methods tried;

• Simulated
Annealing » Multi-Start
• Expert System
• Genetic
ZEMAX approach;
Two algorithms: Global Search and Hammer
• Global Search used for seeking design form
• Hammer used to exhaustively improve design
Both ZEMAX global optimization algorithms are genetic with DLS; the difference
between them is the scope of the search.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaN^
research

GENETIC OPTIMIZATION
Basic concept to global search:
• Find series of candidate solutions by genetic competition
• Optimize: see if design is better than any of the 10 best so far
• Sort and reject worst design
ш Continue until user break
Advantage:
• Global Search works with any user defined MF
• Works without user intervention once search ranges defined
• Best left overnight or longer for most problems
Application:
• Help find alternate design forms

4,
optima^***
research

GENETIC AND DLS TOGETHER

Genetic optimization, like most global optimizers, will in theory eventually

produce the global optimum, however, the search time may approach infinity.
in practice, global optimizers are much better suited to an efficient “rough search” of
solution space; while DLS is far more efficient once the design is within the “capture
basin".
ZEMAX therefore uses genetic optimization to provide an efficient rough search
to find promising regions of solution space, and then switches over to DLS to
quickly find the local minimum in that region.
It can optionally switch to the Orthogonal Descent optimizer if preferred.

If all this sounds like hocus pocus, the bottom iine is that these algorithms really do
work, sometimes spectacularly weli!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^
™ research

GLOBAL SEARCH EXAMPLE

Here is the starting point for the “monochromatic quartet" problem. This is 4
spherical BK7 elements, monochromatic at d-light, with F/3,100 mm EFL, 30 deg
FFOV.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

A TRIPLET GLOBAL SEARCH EXAMPLE

Here is a generic triplet lens:

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 46 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 46 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^»"*
research

GLASS OPTIMIZATION

One of the most useful applications for global

optimization Problems with glass selection:
• Non-linearity of dispersion
• Discrete glass choices
• Sparse selections on glass map
Traditional solutions:
• Guess based upon instinct, reoptimize, repeat
• Use derivatives to get preferred direction
• Model glass as continuous variables (parametric)
ZEMAX supports all of these methods, but the newer "substitute" method is easier
to use and works better.

optima j research
/ ч,
SUBSTITUTE METHOD
ZEMAX substitute global optimization method:
• User flags which glasses ZEMAX may substitute
о This is sort of tike a "variable" status for discrete glasses
• ZEMAX makes reasonable guesses based upon
о starting glasses о glass map location о local derivatives,
etc.
• ZEMAX only chooses glasses out of the current catalog(s), which therefore may
limit the choices based upon user preference
о Optionally, a separate substitution catalog may be defined
о A template may be defined which restricts the glass choice
^ These techniques will be covered later
• Reoptimize design with 1 hammer cycle
• Repeat
Glass substitution only works in Hammer and Global Search,

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 46 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 28 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima T
research

OPTIMIZATION TIPS

optima^j^esearch

TIPS TO MAKE YOU A PRO!

Here are some basic tips for effective optimization, which appiy in almost all
optica! designs:
• Use area balanced field points
• Use solves instead of variables+constraints
• Use default merit functions when possible
• Understand and use sensible boundaries
• Exploit symmetry
• Try swapping merit functions
• Watch useless variables
• Know what to change
• Use Hammer optimization often
• Exploit prior art from patent and other date bases

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 29 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 50 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research
FIELD POINTS ARE FOR SAMPLING!
Optical aberrations are (generally) slowly varying with field:
* W13f, W222, W311, W220: linear, quadratic, cubic field dependence!
This means we do not need to characterize an optical system's performance at
1,000,000 field points; only a few sample points are required.
Key: choose the right sample points!

optima X
research
USE AREA BALANCED FIELD POINTS

Using "n" field points, we want to select the points so that the field is divided into
annular rings of equal area.

For n field points, field is divided as follows:

0, HFOV , HFOVf......, x HFOV

Vn —1 Л1П-1
л/rt-l
For example, for 3 fieid points where the HFOV value is 5, divide as follows:

41
1ЧЧ'Ц.ШШ!Ц|!
4l
1ЧЧ'Ц.ШШ! X 5 ^ 0,3.5, 5
ЩЦ Ц|!ЩЦ

V3-1 V3~T

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 54 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima^research

USE SOLVES
There are two ways to enforce a boundary condition, such as a particular F/#:
• Make everything variable, then add a constraint to the merit function
* Eliminate 1 useless variable, replace with solve
The latter approach is vastly superior and should be used when possible.
Examples:
* Use MRA or F/# solve on back curvature to fix FI# or EFL.
• Use MRH solve on back thickness to fix focal position
* Use Pick-Up solves to Sink values
• Use Position solve to control length constraints

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 54 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima***^
resear
ch
USE DEFAULT MERIT FUNCTIONS

ZEMAX uses very "smart" default merit functions

For systems with reasonably circular (or elliptical when using vignetting factors)
pupils, Gaussian Quadrature is vastly superior to other types of merit functions.
GQ uses a clever sampling scheme to integrate an arbitrary function by evaluating
the function at a few carefully selected points, then weights and sums the function
value to determine the integral over the entire range of the function.

optima
research

PICK A SMART MF

Here are some tips for good merit function selection:

* Use RMS spot radius for system which ultimately wili not be dose to the diffraction limit.
About 2 waves PTV OPD is a good cut off.
* Use RMS wavefront for systems which ultimately will have 2 waves or less PTV OPD.
* Start with RMS spot radius then switch to RMS wavefront once performance reaches
the appropriate level. Continue optimizing with RMS wavefront.
о Default merit function dialog makes it very easy to switch default merit functions
* For final optimization, switch to a merit function that is most appropriate to application
о i.e. encircled energy, fiber coupling efficiency, MTF contrast, etc.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

56Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirna^research

USE SENSIBLE BOUNDARIES

Make good use of MNCT, MNET, and MXCG,

These enormously useful controls have two very important benefits:
* 1) They yield optimized designs you can actually build!
* 2) They oreatlv enhance the efficiency of the global optimizers
о ZEMAX analyzes the MF and constraints to define allowable regions of the multi-
dimensional universe, speeding up global searches by many orders of magnitude

optima X
research
EXPLOIT SYMMETRY
ZEMAX recognizes and uses radial and right-left symmetry IF
♦ You do not use X field values
* You only use rotations liy symmetric optics
Therefore:
• Use only Y field values if you can
• Sometimes you can't

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 5S Advanced Optics! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^
rc
researc
h
DESIGNERS SECRET

if a design seems stuck, try swapping merit functions temporarily.

Switch from spot radius to wavefront, optimize a few cycles, then switch back,
reoptimize.
Why it works:
* Changing the merit function alters the local shape of the solution space. What was once
a minimum now becomes the side of a hiil. ZEMAX rolls down the newly formed slope,
then when you switch back, hopefully you roil down into a better valley.
This is not as effective as running hammer, but is still effective for a "quick & dirty"
local minimum escape.

optima X
research
WATCH USELESS VARIABLES

Whenever there are multiple restrictive boundary constraints, it is very iikely that the
optimizer will Siam some of the variables right up to the boundary limit, These are
"useless" variables that just add overhead without providing any aberration control.
If there are many useless variables, the overhead not only slows down optimization,
but may build up round-off error which leads to stagnation.
Solution: Fix useless variables.
Pitfall: Early in a design, some variables may migrate to boundary limits, but later
on, may drift away.
Solution: Always do a final optimization or hammer run to see if these fixed
parameters become useful again.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 5S Advanced Optics! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
tlmaVp
optima Д research

KNOW WHAT TO CHANGE

!f you don't know what is wrong, you can't fix it!

• Learn to recognize the aberrations which dominate your system and limit your
performance.
• The ray fan plot and it's interpretation are essential!
• Plots such as MTF and encircled energy tell you how bad it is, but tell you nothing
about what to change to make it better.
Once you know what needs fixing, identifying what tool to use to fix it:
• if you need to correct spherical aberration, add an asphere, binary optic, gradient
index, flip elements, or more elements near a pupil plane.
• If you need to correct field aberrations, consider a stop shift, or any of the above
away from a pupil plane.
• To correct chromatic aberrations, try a new glass choice.
• To correct field curvature, Petzvai, F-theta; try a new glass choice as well.
Obviously, you sometimes need a combination of these tricks.

optimN<
researc
h
USE HAMMER

The Hammer optimizer is fast becoming the most effective too! for doing moderate
to difficult optical design.
it is so good, that ZEMAX now integrates Hammer and the local optimizers (DLS
and OD), in the Hammer dialog.
Hammer works for free overnight, or on unused computers, and is highly effective at
choosing glasses and finding improved designs without intervention by the user.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 62 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
NyV''
r
optima j resear
*
ch
USE GLASS SUBSTITUTION

Glass substitution can do wonders for improving a design, because it rapidly

automates the tedious trial and error approach of choosing glasses.

Use the Glass Template and custom catalogs to assist the glass substitution
algorithm for best results.

optimaN^
researc
h
PRIOR ART

Traditionally, new optical designs are based upon previous

designs Here are some good sources of optical designs.
Books:
• Miit Laikin's Lens Design
• Warren Smith's Modern Lens Design Software
from ZEMAX Development Corporation:
• ZEBASE: 600+ designs on disk, some from Laikin's book
The software products are in (or export to) ZEMAX lens file format, and can save
many hours of wasted effort. These are the types of products that pay for
themselves the first time they are used!

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 64 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima 7 research

DOUBLET DESIGN

i:irrajfre
optima X
research
EXAMPLE: A CEMENTED DOUBLET

The doublet is an extremely important design exercise:

• Almost all optical designs are really collections of doublets!
• Many designs are improved by splitting singlets into
doublets
Doublets have the following DOF:
• Three radii {four if air spaced)
• Three spacings (four if air spaced)
• index, Dispersion differences between glasses
• Stop location
Total of about 11 DOF, depending upon how you count!

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 64 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
SPECIFICATIONS

Statement of the problem:

• Use F, d, C wavelengths
• EPD of 50 mm
• F/8
• 10 degree FFOV
• Boundary constraints: min edge/center4 mm, max center 18 mm
• Use most appropriate MF criterion
• Select appropriate glasses

APPROACH

Define the system aperture

Define the fields and wavelengths (3 of each)
Define the correct number of surfaces Start with
cemented design Add F/# solve Guess at initial glasses
• BK7, F2
Build the merit function
• RMS spot radius unti! we have reason to change
Add the appropriate constraints: MNCG, MNEG, MXCG

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 64 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 38 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirna^research

FIRST STEPS

Use the “Gen” button to access the System General data diaiog to set the aperture.

Fies : 1 .. HerrSequentM■ I Poteiartjofi1 - 1

fiafftimlngШ'с;.;■.■.|:
, : Арейшг- | tiieAJoresl. ! - -ЧИЕ® j' 'fflassСй#эд$А: U ..'Environment
АрфшХ&к
.pf
ApocfeaBonlype;. -j Uniform АрсЙгйгоп Factor: p;“v“™
Г; T.eteeei*ic; Object Space 1 ■_■

Г ate® When Updating'

■J:

11
1=
He1-;1-

optima''*’^
researc
h
FIELDS

Use the "Fie” button to open the Field Data diaiog. Specify three
field points to split the field into regions of equal area.

Copyright © 20Q7 ZEMAX Development Corporation 70 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima If research

WAVELENGTHS

Use the “Wav” button to open the Wavelength Data dialog. Press “Select” in the
dialog for the visible spectrum.

J.v г i3
y1: jil48S1327S . |1 ...
P 2 {0.5875ЕШ и Г 14 ppi&IpS i 1Ь ’
P3■ .
ЮИщ
Й1Я11ШШ11

§тшж 1 ’ }р1жп
■" - Щ111ШВЭ1ЙЖ 1«1*й ва»
'J
'■Г~ рПЖШо
пштсэ
"' iJ ;.........
:^
Г'.:,'-;

Savsv:■ ..
Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 69 Advanced Opto! Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 74 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optlmaVresearch
ADDING SURFACES
Use the 'Insert” key on the keyboard to enter the correct number of surfaces:
* Object, Stop, 3 lens surfaces and the image surface
Enter the glasses
• First lens crown, second flint
t.fins Ij.iiii 1. Jilin ■--x
S.. ‘Jifct: :"C!L-
|ж/-:--'--Заг£П?3?ре CoMtent ■■■■■Radius ■■■■■ ■ Thickness Glass Semi-Dianater
■■■■■■:' |
OBJ Standard :.Infinity : .:.:.■■ Infinity Infinity
s?o Standard. Infinity 0.0000 25.0000
- *ж.1атЛ FROST nr LI .................................... -Ш у.::-.' ^
■— ...........................................—; ■ ...............к................... ёГс:тП
Svriftu-iE:!
■■ :■ nr п~о:г.- о7' :,r
'Щ Standard ■■;X.V.;:XBACK. Ьт:,%г Infinity 0,0000 25.0000
ЙМИН 25.0000
:Standard Infinity

:
'' ' ',|Q

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 74 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^researc
h

SOLVE FOR F/#

Add the F/# constraint using a curvature solve on the last powered optical surface:
* Position the cursor in the Radius column of Surface 4 and press the right mouse
button
• Press T” on the keyboard to select the solve type^ofF/#^
• Press the Tab key to enter the required F/#.
* Curvature value adjusted, solve flag set

....1 - ■ ' «'■■■ '--J ITT

.rr V EoMieaS' г 'o'-OV.'-
OBJ Standard Infinity Infinity infinity :
3TO ". Standard:

Infinity Г'-'-О.ЕШОО--.:- - ' O ' '25,0000.: i Tnf::.-.y I.:r- >;,ii

........................................22.............м,-..................

4 L.J!. BACK OF 1,2 0.0000 25.8635

ISA- .-Scandaid
| j InClnityj j ■»[ { ! ' Г-i.'■(■■■ j

optimaN^
researc
h
BUILDING A MERIT FUNCTION
Open the Merit Function Editor (MFE)
• Use the F6 function key or Editors/Merit Function
* Open the Default Merit Function dialog
о MFE\Toois\Default Merit Function
* Select the proper MF
* Constrain glass thickness

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 74 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
op4<^reh
APPROACH
What are our variables?
* 2 radii
• 4 thicknesses

44ЁГ Need to catch up? Open sc_doublet1

optima^”»-!
research

DOUBLET DESIGN

An appropriate merit function has been defined as well as the variables, so we are
ready to optimize!

Select Tools > Optimization > Optimization > Automatic

The Merit Function Value drops to about 0.0415 This

design has actually fallen into a local minimum!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 76 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirna^^
research
DOUBLET DESIGN

Run the Hammer optimizer to see if the design can be

improved.

Select Toois > Optimization > Hammer Optimization and press the “Hammer”
button.

Within a few seconds, the Merit Function Vaiue drops to 0.0212. The spot size
has improved by nearly a factor of 2!

V/
optima ~ « research

RESULTS

Here is one possible solution. What aberrations are corrected, and which are not?
What are the dominant aberrations? What about the stop location?

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 80 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Ntv-'
optima Xresearch

ANALYSIS

important points:
• No specific chromatic targets required
• Default merit function provides good color correction on axis
• Moving stop away from Sens introduces lateral coior
• Boundaries are alt OK, only siightly violated
• We are bumping up against max thickness boundary, as expected
• Spot radius is correct MF, why?
Try to improve the design:
• Move stop toward lens to reduce iateral color
о Set the Thickness of the STOp surface to 20 and remove the variable status
о Optimize!

optima ~ ™
research

REVISED DESIGN

Get much worse design! We correct lateral coior but introduce tremendous astigmatism,
coma, defocus. Spot radius jumps up!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 80 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima jjresearch
ANALYSIS OF REVISED DESIGN

What is limiting the performance?

Shifting the stop to the lens removes a very significant DOF! The field aberrations
completely dominate!
Important point:
• Sometimes a glaring error, such as lateral color in the previous design, looks like a
"mistake" by the optimizer! Actually, it is often an artifact of the fact that all other
aberrations were correctable!
ZEMAX will always attempt to find the lowest merit function, and that is the sole
criterion for a "better" design. The previous design is in fact optima! within the
boundary constraints specified. Some aberrations will be increased if the overall
merit function decreases.
Therefore, your merit function better be a good indicator of what you want to
achieve!

Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 79 Advanced Optical Design UsingZEMAX

optima^™
researc
h
IMPROVE THE DESIGN

One radii controls EFL, but two are used to control the color! Remember, we need
to control two powers to achromatize!
The stop position does a good job of controlling astigmatism and coma (take a look
and see).
Thicknesses are weak variables, especially if we constrain thicknesses.
The dominant aberrations are spherical and lateral color with some field curvature
and axial color
Possible ways to control the spherical:
♦ Add another radii by making doublet air spaced
* Add a conic constant or radial asphere
* Add another element Possible
ways to control the color:
• Move the stop (but we know this won't help here)
• Try a new glass choice

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 80 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 82 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima xYesearch
ADD AN AIR SPACE
Let’s compare the benefit of adding an air-space versus aspherizing our doublet.
Open up sc_doubiet1 and optimize,
MF drops to 0,021.
Make the doublet air-spaced by inserting a surface between surfaces 2 and 3. Set
the Radius and Thickness of the new surface to be variable.
The thickness of air spaces between lenses generally have to be bounded for
the same reasons that lens thicknesses are typically bounded.
Re-build the default merit function and add air thickness constraints (4-500-4).
Optimize.
MF drops to 0.014.

optima X research

ASPHERIZE

Re-open scjjoubietl and optimize,

MF drops to 0.021.
Change the last surface (surface 4) to an Even Asphere. Set the 4th and 6th order
coefficients to be variable.
Adding a radial asphere requires higher sampling (t.e. more rings) in the default
merit function, Re-buiid the default merit function with 5 rings instead of 3, (Turn off
air thickness boundaries).
Optimize.
MF drops to 0.015.

Aspherizing is about as effective as adding an extra surface.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 84 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 86 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optim researc
a h

GLASS OPTIMIZATION

optirraV^
rf research

TRY NEW GLASSES

Open up sc_doublet1
Try the following combinations and re-optimize:
BK7&SF1 (MF drops to about 0.017)
BK7&SF2 (MF= 0.016)
BK7&SF5 (MF ~ 0.014) important point:
• So we see that glass choice has a lot to do with performance when chromatic
aberrations are dominant. Usually, we do not need to add more lenses when chromatic
dominates.
is there a better way than guessing at the best combination?

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 84 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 86 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
optima д research
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
GLASS OPTIMIZATION
There are several ways to optimize glass choice:
By guessing
* Take your best guess, put the glass in, reoptimize
Optimize the parameters of an equation which simulates the glass
* This is called a “model” glass in ZEMAX
* Sometimes handy, but not recommended in general
By automating the process of substitution and reoptimization
* This is called the “substitute” method in ZEMAX
* Fast, easy, and the recommended method when you don’t know what else to try

optima ^
research

MODEL GLASS METHOD

ZEMAX can optimize glasses through the use of a “Model" glass.

* Model glass estimates the index of refraction at any wavelength using index n d, Vd, and a
partial dispersion term.
Problem: optimization requires a continuum of variable space, but glasses exist only
at discrete points on the glass map.
Model glasses are only an approximation to real glasses. They're only appropriate in
the visible spectrum and, even then, they are still only an approximation to the
actual dispersion properties of real glasses.
ZEMAX now supports a vastly superior glass optimization capability...glass
substitution!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 84 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima research
GLASS SUBSTITUTION

Giass substitution is a far easier and more reliable method for optimizing glass
selection. Glass substitution works with either of the global optimization algorithms,
usually Hammer, to find better glass choices.
To use, simply set the “Substitute” solve status on each glass, then run hammer.
Start with BK7/SF5 design.
Run Hammer optimization. After a few minutes, you should get a better design. A
different starting point may help (i.e. 8AK1/SF1).
Now check the cost and environmental factors of the chosen glasses. Place cursor
on each glass and then click on the GLA button or press F4

optima ^
*■«
researc
h
RESTRICTING GLASS SUBSTITUTION

Giass substitution is easy, but it’s almost too easy! Without restrictions, it chooses
glasses from ail currently loaded catalogs. There are several ways to restrict the
glasses ZEMAX chooses:
• Choose a specific catalog by typing in the name in the Solve dialog box, and then
only include the glasses you like in this one catalog. This control is surface specific, so
each surface can choose from a separate catalog.
• Use the GCOS operand (for Glass COSt) and put in a limit on tie relative cost of
the glasses chosen.
• Exclude undesirable glasses from substitution by selecting the checkbox on the
glass catalog.
• Add operands that put limits on the weight, index, or Abbe number of the glass,
• Use the Giass Substitution Template
All of these methods may be used together if needed.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 49 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 90 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

DEFINING A SPECIFIC CATALOG

For the crown glass, choose the Hoya catalog, and for the flint, choose the
Schott catalog. Also add the Hoya catalog in the System menu > General dialog
> Glass Catalogs tab.
Set the starting glasses back to BK7/F2. Note if you type in a glass name, it can be
from any catalog, but if ZEMAX substitutes one in, it will only be from the catalog
listed.
Now Hammer again. ZEMAX chooses from the Hoya and Schott catalogs for the
crown and flint, respectively.

Copyright©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 89 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

/
USING GCOS OR OTHER OPERANDS

GCOS can be used to restrict the cost of glasses chosen, although there is a better
way using the template, described subsequently.
GCOS can be used to get more sophisticated, for example, you can compute the
total mass of a lens times the GCOS value (GCOS is relative per pound of glass) to
minimize the total cost of a lens.
In practice, this is hardly worth the trouble because you can’t easily account for
finishing costs.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 92 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaVd**
research

USING THE EXCLUDE OPTION

Look at the glass catalog for any glass. Each glass has a checkbox labeled
"Exclude Substitution", if checked, this glass will not be selected by ZEMAX for
substitution.
This is especially handy when you need to define a special material, like water, that
must be used in the lens but you cannot practically choose it for an element.
Use exclude if there are only a few glasses you know you’ll never want to pick.
Don’t set too many glasses to exclude; as the setting is catalog (not lens) specific
and you don't want to accidentally restrict your choices for a later design.

opttmaV^
research

USING THE GLASS SUBSTITUTION TEMPLATE

The Glass Substitution Template is a very useful feature for defining the basic
characteristic limits on glasses chosen by the substitution algorithm.
The template allows glass restriction based on:
* Maximum relative glass cost factor
* Maximum CR, FR, SR, AR, and PR codes
* Glass Status (Standard, Preferred, Special, Obsolete)
The template is giobai for a lens; the limits apply to all surfaces in the optical
system.
In addition to allowing for restriction for Glass Substitution, the Glass Substitution
Template can be used to restrict which glasses ZEMAX can select when switching
from a Mode! glass to a real glass.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 92 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima Jf research

SUMMARY

Things we have learned:

* it is almost always required to limit the thicknesses of glass
• Optimizers tend to fill ail space with giass
# Best solutions are extremely heavy!
* Minimum Center/Edge boundaries usually required
• Solves can be used instead of EFFL operand
* Optimizing specific aberrations usually results in inferior solutions
• Glass choice affects color control, which will free up the radii for correcting spherical.

optima T research

AFOCAL ANALYSIS

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 92 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using
ZEMAX

optima if research
AFOCAL IMAGE SPACE

Afocal image Space describes an optical system whose output beam in image
space is nominally collimated. This is often expressed as "afocal mode” in ZEMAX.

When using afocal mode, transverse, longitudinal, and MTF aberrations are
computed in units appropriate to afocal systems;
*Transverse aberrations - computed as a function of angle relative to a reference ray
rather than length.
*Longitudinal aberrations are computed as a function of diopters (inverse meters) rather
than as defocus in units of length.
* MTF is measured in cycles per angle rather than cycles per unit length.

ZEMAX has built-in default merit functions intended to optimize afocal systems such
as beam expanders, collimators, riflescopes.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 95 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 100 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
\/
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima"
researc
h
AFOCAL (MAGE SPACE

Here are a couple of analysis plots for a riflescope, Afocal mode is used to display
an MTF plot in cycles per arc-min and a Ray Fan plot (transverse aberrations) in
units of arc-min.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 98 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 100 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima if research
COLLIMATOR

A collimator is typically a simple lens or combination of lenses which produces an

image at infinity (i.e, afocal in image space). By placing an object at the focal point
of the optica! system, we can achieve collimation.

To demonstrate, we will design and optimize an apochromatic (three cemented

lenses) coilimator with the following design constraints:
• FK51/KZFSN5/F2 glass types
• EPD = 10
• 1 < Center Thickness Air <100
• 1 < Center Thickness Glass < 4
• Distance from back of apochromat to iMA surface = 50 mm
• First surface of apochromat is the STOP
• Strictly on axis
• Wavelength = 632.8 nm
• Transverse Ray Aberrations < 1 miiliradian

optima ^research

COLLIMATOR
Begin by opening sc_coiiimator1 .zmx.
We must indicate to ZEMAX that the design is afocal via the System > General
dialog (check the “Afocal Image Space” box):

- .f ' Л: j ;

; Apartyfe , '■ Г■},)£ntrenc® PupS DiMer' ';

-,.i .
:Aj*diiatiwtTiBs: _ ,. jlMerm ■■ '

" .-ft/i- ■ Г: ■■ : MHHfl

j*
тщшт

шшд<

:>■ i .'.r : i-A:

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 98 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 100 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optinmV™
researc
h
AFOCAL DEFAULT MERIT FUNCTION

lir-toult M14 il i nJitit]in[

i 'l.Qpltnfeferi Furtcbon and
Reference
Construct a default Merit Function using ' jlillllSjd ■ fCentieid:
RMS, Angular Radius, with respect to
the Centroid.
• C--!J: ' t’l- ■ n ' l l - j

рай. . .—
.. рГ
Make sure to apply the thickness r
boundary constraints!
~Г к'^'.м-г
tpASIm. ■'£ 1Ш =4*-
Max|T lil: Щ4:
•-и-.:
|:Г'.|дг!Ь1йШегй&!от
j Gw% .. Щ ....................“ З Й : , W e i g h t : ' [ Ш ю
:

OPTIMIZE! us: 1 ■; ' ; .i f I LC5C ' :k" jt !

;

optima^ ™
research

RESULTS

We clearly have a coliimated output beam, but is it perfect? How might we analyze
this?

ЩЕГ Need to catch up? Open sc_coilimator2.zmx

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 98 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirra'rd
researc
h
ANALYSIS

From the various anaiysis features, we can see that the beam is weil collimated.
Note the units on the MTF and Ray Fan plots.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 2 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optim researc
a h

COORDINATE BREAKS

optima ^research

COORDINATE BREAKS

Every surface in ZEMAX has a local coordinate system, each surface defines a new
coordinate system for the surfaces that follow.
• Example; when a thickness of 50 mm is specified on a surface, the following surface has
an origin at that location in space.
Coordinate breaks are used to define a new coordinate system which is not only
shifted down the local Z axis, but may be shifted in X or Y, and rotated in X, Y, and
orZ.
The coordinate break surface has no “optical” properties, but is effectively a plane
surface oriented in the tilted and/or decentered coordinate system.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 4 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^Vesearch

THE ORDER FLAG

if the order flag is 0. Then the order of translations is:

• First decenter in x, then decenter in y. (These are orthogonal order not important)
• Tilting is done first about the locai x-axis, followed by the new local у-axis, then the
new local z-axis.
If the order flag is non-0, then the translation order is:
• Tilt about the local z-axis, followed by the new local у-axis, followed by the new
locai x- axis,
• Then decenter.
The order flag is a convenient way to combine multiple coordinate changes in a
limited number of surfaces.
• Feel free to use separate C/B surfaces for each tilt/decenter.
Translations along the local z-axis are implemented after all other coordinate
shifts/rotations, no matter what the order flag is.

optima^ re
research

COORDINATE BREAKS

There are many applications for the coordinate break, including:

* Fold mirrors
* Off-axis conic sections
* Tolerance studies
* Eccentric pupil systems
* etc....
All need one or (usually) two coordinate break surfaces.
Some tools are available to help implement the coordinate break surfaces.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 6 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optin^
^icise COORDINATE BREAKS
arch
The “Add Foid Mirror” toot adds the coordinate breaks and translation changes
required for a foid mirror
• The first C/S tilted the coordinate system used to position the foid mirror
* The mirror was then positioned in this new coordinate system
* The second C/B folded the optical system to follow the reflected ray
о This has no impact on the ray path, simply the coordinate system
The “Tilt/Decenter Eiement" tool implements the coordinate break surfaces
necessary to tilt and/or decenter a surface or range of surfaces.
• To return to the original coordinate system after tilting an element or range of
elements, the point used to “un pivot” must be the same as the point used to “pivot". As
we will see, thickness pickup or position solves can be used to ensure that the two
coordinate breaks are co-!ocated (i.e. “pivot” and “unpivot" occur at the same point in
space).
These tools simplify the process of adding coordinate breaks, but always verify that
the coordinate rotations performed match those desired.

optima research

COORDINATE BREAKS

Open the lens Sequentiai\Objectives\Cooke 40 degree field.zmx.

Suppose we want to decenter the middle element +2 mm in Y.

Here is how it is done:

* Insert a dummy surface before surface 3 and after the stop.
* Make both new surfaces C/Bs: Enter CC Enter.
* Change the Decenter Y to 2 on surface 3, -2 on surface 6,
That’s it!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 6 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^**
research

WHY THE SECOND DECENTER?

Note we used a +2 then a -2 on the second C/B. By using a -2 mm return, the

remaining surfaces all are located on the original axis.

To always enforce this condition, place a minus “Pickup” soSve on the second
C/B!
* Change the Decenter Y on the second C/B to a minus “Pickup"
Now any change in C/B 1 will track in C/B 2, and the following surfaces are fixed
regardless of the value of the decenter. This is useful for tolerancing or when you
want to model element decenter for an element independently.

optimN^
researc
h
WHAT ABOUT TILTS?

Tilts are only slightly more complicated, because a tiit, then untilt, only restores the
original axis if the tilts are coincident.
To tilt this element, do this:
• Set the decenter to zero for a moment. Note the pickup tracks.
• Set the Tiit About X to +10 (it is in degrees) on surface 3
• Set the Tiit About X on surface 6 to a minus pickup from 3.
• Insert a dummy surface after the second C/B,
• Copy the Thickness value from the stop surface to the dummy surface after the
second C/B (this wili maintain the same distance to the next lens). Make the thickness
variable.
• Race a "Position” solve on the Thickness of surface 5 to locate the second C/B at
the location of the first C/B.
о Set “From Surf' to 3 and “Length" to 0.
• Race a solve on the Thickness of the second C/B to a minus pickup from surface 5
(to return to the location of the back of the unfitted lens).

Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima Д
research
4
WOW, THAT’S BAD...

Now the second Sens is horribly tilted, but the last lens and image surface
are again unmoved. No matter how the tilt or lens thickness is set, the
coordinate system is restored.

optimaN^
researc
h
COMPOUND TILTS AND DECENTERS

As long as we use only decenters or just one tilt, we can always “undo” the C/B with
a negative pickup. However, non-orthogonal coordinate transforms are order-
dependent, that is, not commutative. A decenter then a tiit is not the same as a tilt
then a decenter!
To undo a compound decenter/tilt, we could nest the C/Bs or simply reverse the
transform order:
* Set the Y Decenter to 2 mm, set the X Tilt to +10 degrees
* Set the second C/B Order flag to 1
Again, a complex tiit and decenter is automatically undone by the second C/B.
When performing compound tilts/decenters, the tilts/decenters need to be undone in
the reverse order that they were originally introduced. The non-zero Order flag on
the second coordinate break takes care of this.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
N
v^
rc
optima"researc
h
COMPOUND SAMPLE

Here is the resulting lens:

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 11

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

research

COORDINATE BREAK

Now use the “Tilt/Decenter Elements” tool to do the same

thing. Reload the Cooke file.
Highlight surface 3 and 4 in the LDE.
Tools menu > Coordinates > Tilt/Decenter Elements
Verify the surface range on the dialog.
Set Decenier Y to 2 Set Tilt X to 10f ilUDcuMiK'T Moment
Set Order to “Decenter then tiit”
Click on OK. lijtSufac* :< -i j4 j*|'

;c.c Tt.-L fltT' “

| V. 0.
■J'rm; .L'ece'ife- M ■■ loo

Co!;: j 7'2,1 Cc o: -1

r.-T- 'ii Н:Р :j Element Tt | .-li-iTS T

Of- 1

Ce'vei

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
JTresearch

TiLT/DECENTER TOOt

Same results, ZEMAX has added the necessary C/Bs and pick-ups.

optima^ ™
researc
h
DRAW LOCAL AXIS

Becoming familiar with the operation of Coordinate Breaks and getting used to the
local coordinate transformation takes time and practice.

The Tilt-Decenter Element Tool (as we just saw) is very helpful in automating the
tilt/decenter procedure, but sometimes you cannot avoid setting up the Coordinate
Breaks and coordinate transformations by hand.

in complex systems which require several coordinate transformations, it can be

difficult to keep track of the local coordinate system of each surface. To help with
the visualization of the local coordinate system of any surface, the “Draw Local
Axis” option may be used

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
4
'Vx'^
optima researc
h
DRAW LOCAL AXIS

The “Draw Local Axis" checkbox is located under the Draw tab of Surface
Properties dialog box for each surface.

* This option, if checked, will draw

an arrow on the 3D Layout to - - Tys*.'' blew-'' j { TsfeCecen&i j Qfjfcs f toitif®

indicate the orientation of the local

Z axis.
S I i life? v- ^ ^
:
P DfawE^sTraFftTlf^.^tate ; . . j;

• For Coordinate Break surfaces, '■ iIsquaredTp^extStfiface - f;

the orientation indicator displays the ■ "fei&ntff' p"■■’ .’J-*,' ' ' -■ ' '
iocal Z axis afferthe tilts/decenters ' . i.:'' "
are performed. ZEMAX will not draw
CB’s (they have no physical size),
but the local axis indicator can be!
■ r'1 , j -j

optima^**
*'1 researc
h
DRAW LOCAL AXIS

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 18 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^*™
researc
h THE COORDINATE RETURN

Often times we need to co-iocate Coordinate Breaks to restore a coordinate system

or undo a tilt, without affecting the iocation/orientation of the surfaces which follow.
This can be very tedious when many complex, nested tilts/decenters are present.

■■ i■ ; ■■:
! Г: , ■■■
Ш!!Й!8ЩЙ11
~ • The Coordinate Return feature
acts like a solve to automatically
жШШЩШшЩШШ |]Я111||§1|§
determine the tilt/decenters
required to restore the
coordinate system to that of any
Dec X. I. TiSY:
preceding surface.
8«e.V; |7\ ; .

* The Coordinate Return is

available under the Tiit/Decenter
tab of a Coordinate Break
surface only!

optima X
research
X '4 THE COORDINATE RETURN

For the Coordinate Return, you simply choose how you would like to restore the
coordinate system, and the surface whose coordinate system you want to return to.
There are 4 options for how to restore the coordinate system:

• None: The default The Coordinate Return is turned off.

* Orientation Only: Only the tilt about x, у and z axes are determined to restore the
coordinate system to that of the selected surface. No adjustment is made to the
position offset of the surface vertex.

• Orientation XY: Tilt about x, y, and z axes and the decenters in x and у are used. No
adjustment is made to the z position.

* Orientation XYZ: Identical to Orientation XY, except the z offset is also accounted for.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 18 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^*'
research

SETUP

Re-open the Cooke 40 degree field.zmx fiie

1. Insert 2 surfaces after surface 2 (back of the first element)

1. The first dummy surface wilt serve as the reference point for the coordinate return,
2. Change the new surface 4 to be a Coordinate Break
3. Insert 2 surfaces after the new surface 6 (back of the second element)
4. Copy (Ctrl + C) the thickness of surface 6 and paste (Ctrl + V) it into the Thickness
column of surface 8
5. Set the Thickness of surface 6 equal to zero.
6. Make surface 7 a Coordinate Break

optima^™;
research

NOTHING’S CHANGED SO FAR...

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^'•<=
resear
ch
COORDINATE RETURN

Add a Position solve to the Thickness of surface 8 to position the front of the
third Sens 4.7504 mm from surface 6
* NOTE: This maintains the distance from the back of the unperturbed second tens to the front surface of the 3rf lens
element.

Under the Tiit/Decenter tab of surface 7, change the Coordinate Return option to
“Orientation XYZ” and the To Surf to “3”

V 4 \
:
CcardinataRelumm - |Frienfation,XV2

!!'*v
'ii.cldoe
CK -\

optima X
research
COORDINATE RETURN SOLVE

After applying the Coordinate Return, note the "R” indicator next to the parameters of the
Coordinate Break surface;
&№# Uuhl Ull'Ji
■ e.- ■.
§ ..■ ■■ H Сотше-пх ' p- ■ ■ |- :■: Slas -
. ;~ . \ii' Reference. Infinity i y-
:-.T..V - ..........i и...... . •i Ifts f.. i:
-«Vi шШШшж ___ V v Ж V.v- "
h—
v■.пу.-.- z ,_ В
.■ - i.: ■: 11111Ш 1 j ■
■■ x Infinity : \T 1 346?

| Dacentei ¥ ■ ; Tilt-• i Tl.lt

o -Decantar X 'j Aboutj Tilt About T I About :Z.|
У Г 7
........“-
■■■■■
й
ш J. 1

. ...
г-................
: . . ..
, ■ 1 ..
5TG* ••••• ы *......s-.:. j j Л..
>......
HI r-nf.iM-.T!.
a
Os ГМЫ £
:-St«d«d| .: ... '."tf :V: TT ■ "
ш; ■*. 1]
”
1
-
т
j

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

26Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima”™
research

SYSTEM LAYOUT

We haven’t applied any tilts or decenters yet, so still, nothing has changed!!!

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 23

Using ZEMAX

4
\w/^
optima X research

ADDING TILT TO THE LENS

Now let’s tilt and decenter the negative lens element using the first Coordinate
Break (surface 4):
Decenter Y - 2mm Tilt
About X - 10 degrees

Like all other solves, the parameters of the Coordinate Return will automatically
update to ensure that the following surface vertex is co-located with the Return To
surface, and that their local coordinate systems are the same (orientation).

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

26Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X
research COORDINATE RETURN SOLVE

Note the new calculated values on the Coordinate Return:

■ I .-ns iMiii {ililoi
.....
• • •• Su£ft-T?pQ' • Сошел t • Radius Thickcfifiiir 51&зз : Seibl-biaiifit.ijC'''fi
Л."? : Standacd • Re^ecsntre Point Infinity G,0D0fl ■.tttttvs.flsas
■4 Ш ШШШДО щшшшщ
r-: ШНВ i Щ
:
STS* Standard j ao-asis .y ■■■/■СМЙЙЙ V s.oooa
■■ Vf- Г .. Щ $ &
■! StemSard
■;& | laltnity

Ш
.’■■с» ■■■-'■ "Sf
.. Surf!;Type ..• • Decanter X .'. •. bsc enter. • V.. Tilt About X Ti 1 t About T Tilt About' 2
3 St&ftd&rd
■i . .■■.lir.f' 5 ..
m
ши IJ- 1
i iligtilii ....
STG* Standard

ш i.■: . MI A j f ■■
If* ■ -
••• 8
liF
: i'.VSSiStfdMal
- .w
ЖП

optimaVresearc
h
/4
GLOBAL VERTEX

...and observe the Global Vertex data to confirm the position and
rotation matrices of surfaces 3 and 8.
■.с::!!- г-.'. >■ v v,
•OvOOOQGbOGOQ • -O-
i-. OOOOOOODOO • • QDOOPOOOOG• 0: flOOGOOGGOS-fOCO
&c GOOGOGOGOG• . •.GcQOOO&OODO .0.,
bi ooooooooao ±,QGOOQOOGOO
• 0,0000000000': .• G. OOOGQOGOG2+GOO.
1,00000.00000' .9,.2е«$озазои-ооо
Reports > Prescription Data > s

Globai Vertex 4 ±,0000300000:

fir. GOOGOOGGOO
..0,0000000000 .
-.
GiOOQOOOGOOQ. 0,0 0000 000 QX+GO0:
.^0,1735481777 • •2..G&GGOOGGOS4-
OvQOOGGOOGCO ••'BiX73$4Sl7?7-' OOG-
• 0,5048077 £00- 9,2O5SOS95OIHfO0

: iClvOOOOCtOOGOXtOO
i.uoaG.ooPOd.o-.- Or:.OOQOOaOGOO: .0,0000000000'. O
в.Ы}ДООДОаДО: :
:9>££4'8p7?538. -Он 1736431777 2i000000000Й4000
: Oi.QOCDCOPOGO: .a,-*73£43A777- : .OP 9848077550. : 9,.265*05930**000.
.
. •'
1чОООО.ООООСО- '0,0000000000 • OiGOOOQOSGGQ- ■О:оеюоооооозг+ооо
.• qicooooaoooo:- •.•В-,»848077ЬЭО-.- “0J17364S177?.- ,L.ei353S$t3SWOOfl'
•GvCpCQ'QOQOG'O • :£fcX73S48X7?7:: 0-93480775313 i,C£S12S964Z*OOi:
.
■Л'.- •0-. •
ОООООООООО:-' OOOGOOOOOO-• O^GOOOOOOOOO' GiOOOOGCG&tmOOO
• ••IvOOEJQOQODC • Ej-.oooooaoqao. £z22G44S049I~0l6
•Q-.OQOEJDODeCC'•
G; 060000000 0- • •Oa,• oooooooeoo. lueOGGOOGOGD- 1 ,G2 512fl 964 £4-001

: O-
fa ■i^QOaOOdOOOG: O-OOODOOOOQO O.OOOOOGOOTJfi: GOOOOOOOOE+OGO
.OiOOGBOGOGGO: •l.OOOOOOdOGQ. . .01:00000:00000: :£v4S377S±58£-GI5
в-,ввовооаадо-' • о;'ойюоооо0оо" 000000 0<Ш-' •*;z55$D59301*000
»••••
•

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2207 ZEMAX Development Corporation 28 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optim^^research

COORDINATE RETURN

We have created the same condition as before!

optima^
researc
h
COORDINATE RETURN

in this example, the Tilt/Decenter Too! is the simplest, most convenient too! for
tilting and decentering the negative element of the Cooke Tripiet by the desired
amount.

However, don’t under-estimate the power of the Coordinate Return! it is very useful
in situations where you need to restore back to a location or coordinate system of a
previous surface, instead of calculating this by hand, let ZEMAX do it for you!

32Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^-
research

COORDINATE BREAK HINTS

C/Bs can be confusing, but they are rigidly predictable in their behavior. A little
planning on the use of C/Bs will greatly simplify many complex design tasks.
Remember, a tilted, decentered system is not the same as a decentered, tilted
system.
Remember:
• Nest most types of C/Bs
• Use pickups to minimize redundant typing and possible errors
о Scale Factor: 1 for folds, -1 for tiits/decenters
• Co-located C/Bs for tiits/decenters
о Use ‘'Position" and "Pickup” solves
• Use the order flag for compound tilts and decenters
о If the Order flags don't properly represent the physical situation, use multiple C/B
at each end instead of Order flags.

optima \
research

IMAGE ANALYSIS

32Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

WHAT IS IMAGE ANALYSIS?

Image analysis would be better called “extended source image” analysis. The idea
is to make a picture of what the image of a simple object would look like if imaged
through a lens system.
The simple object may be user defined, or you can use standard 24-bit color BMP
or JPEG flies, so you can make any shape you like. There are three types of image
analysis:
Geometric using IMA file
• Setter for seeing large field effects, such as distortion
• Better for highly aberrated systems
Geometric using BMP file
• Like Geometric using IMA file, except image is rendered in 24 bit color
Diffraction using IMA file
• Better for seeing smaii field effects, such as diffraction blurring of sharp edges
• Better for systems with modest aberrations

optimaVlresearch

GEOMETRIC vs. DIFFRACTION IMAGE ANALYSIS

What Geometric Image Analysis is:

• Traces large numbers of random rays
* Rays come from random points within the object
# Go to random points in the pupil
• Rays that make it to the image are recorded as a “hit”
• Strictly geometric, like a spot diagram for an extended object
What Diffraction Image Analysis is:
* Uses a single field point to determine the complex Optical Transfer Function {OTF)
о In the case of the Extended Diffraction Image analysis, the OTF is calculated for
each pixel in the IMA file accounting for the variance of the OTF over the field of
view
• Computes the Fourier transform of the object
• Uses the OTF to spatially filter the object transform
* Transforms back into image space
* Strictly diffraction based, like a PSF for an extended object

32Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 34 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^
research

IMAGE ANALYSIS APPLICATIONS

Visualizing MTF
Checking image polarity, orientation, etc, (This is very important in some systems)
Checking the “readability” of text Accurately simulating useful resolution
* Really, does MTF or RMS spot radius teil you that you can read text of a given size?
Demonstrating resolution, MTF, etc., to non-technicai customers Impressive to
customers!

optimsN^
research

IMA FORMAT FILES

Where do we start?
* The definition of the extended object: The iMA file
* iMA is a misnomer, but OBJ was already taken...
File format:
• 5
• 001
00 •
00100 #

11111 *
0010
0 •
00100
First entry is number of rows and columns (square), n. Next n rows of n numbers
between 0 and 9. Numbers are relative intensity. Pixels with a value of 0 do not
radiate any rays.
An optional binary format is also available which supports up to 256 “gray-scale”
levels of intensity.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 38 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima research

BMP FORMAT FILES

Most shapes of interest can be at least crudely defined with ASCII IMA format.
ZEMAX also supports “standard” Windows BMP format, but only for 24 bit color
images. BMP or JPG format can be generated from almost any graphical file format
using software such as Adobefs Photoshop.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Developm&m

advanced Optica! Design bang ZEMAX

optim
a........... HOW GEOMETRIC IMAGE ANALYSIS WORKS
esear
ch
What does IA do with the IMA file?
* The IMA file is centered on a specified field point
• The square IMA file fills a square field of width given by "Field Size”
* Each IMA "pixel” corresponds to a region of field
• Rays are traced from a random position within each pixel
* Traced to a random position within pupil
• Ray density, wavelength, etc. has correct statistics
If field coordinates are angles:
• IMA file fills an angular coordinate space
if field coordinates are lens units
* IMA file fills positional coordinate space (either in OBJect or IMAge space
coordinates based on field setting)

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 38 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirnaNKl
research

RESOLUTION TEST

Example: Load scjmanl. File is a doublet with 1 mm image height

Analysis menu > image Analysis > Geometric Image Analysis How
can we get a qualitative feel for resolution?
• Set both field size and image size to .1 mm {100 micron)
о F is stil! clearly resolved
• Set Held size and image size to .05 mm (50 microns)
о F stiff resolved
• Set field and image size to .02 (20 microns)
о F barely resolved

Conclusion:
• Useful resolution for a letter (not point) is about 10-20 microns

Xy
optima ^
research

IMAGE ANALYSIS OPTIONS

What about looking at other field positions?

Add one field point at 10 mm
Look at spot diagram, 10 mm field extremely aberrated
Back on image analysis:
• Choose field to be "3"
• Choose field size to be 0,02
• Choose image size to be 1.00
• Click on OK
Image looks just like spot diagram!
Blur function is huge compared to object size
F is completely obliterated
Try changing field size to .1, .2, .3, etc..,

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
\/
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima 7^
**«
research

BITMAP IMAGE ANALYSIS

Very simitar to standard image anaiysis using IMA files, but much more visually
interesting.
Select this feature, then look at the settings.
User must provide “detector" properties, including pixel size and number, and the
color scheme to use.
ZEMAX can use actually Red, Green, and Blue {no matter what wavelengths are
actually defined) or the defined wavelengths {then we have possible false color) or
monochromatic.
This feature aiso displays the idea! object as well as the ray traced image.

optima^ **
research

DIFFRACTION IMAGE ANALYSIS

The diffraction image analysis is better suited to predicting the appearance of very
small images, where the image is less than a few hundred Airy disks in size.
The iMA files are identical, but the method of computing the image is very different.
The diffraction image analysis considers the effects of the wave nature of light, the
finite aperture of the Sens system, the phase and amplitude aberrations of the
optical system, and the spatial frequency structure of the object.

Collectively, these effects lead to the phenomenon we call

"diffractionB.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 44 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 42 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima resale!h
THE OTF AS A FILTER
Optica! systems can be thought of as a “filter” very much like an eiectronic signal
filter.
For an electronic filter, the input signal can be decomposed into a series of discrete
sine waves, each with a particular amplitude and phase.
The sine waves go through the filter, and are attenuated and possibly phase shifted.
The recomposition of ail the sine waves makes up the transmitted signal.
It’s almost exactly the same in optics:
* The frequencies are spatial rather than temporal (period is measure in length vice time)
* There are two distinct separable directions (x-length and у-length), so the problem is
2D instead of 1D.
* The sine waves also get magnified: that is the system magnification scales the
frequencies.

optitnV.
researc
h
SAMPLE DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS

Try some diffraction analysis now. Here is a 20 micron high letter using the same
lens, on-axis. Set file size to 0.02 and set the oversampling to 6X.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 44 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 42 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima z
research

с.тиртА I
I I ПС I M LL.MUUU

optim^Tresearcb
4.

F-THETA LENSES

What Is an F-Theta iens?

It is a iens that has an image height proportional to the input field angle:
i-f-e
Note that a norma! "thin lens" has an image height which goes as:

I = f • tane

So how do we design such a iens?

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 44 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optlmaV^l
researc
h
CALIBRATED F-THETA
Normally, we do not really care if we meet the f-theta condition exactly:
I=f•0
All we realty want is a linear relationship between the input angle and the image
position. Assume this relationship is given by:
i — f'. 0

The resulting focal length is the “calibrated" focal length, and it is usually close, but
not exactly the same as the usual focal length.

optirrta^research

FIRST ATTEMPT

Here are our specifications:

• Use HeNe ,6328 wavelength
• Cover +/- 30 degree field of view
• 50 mm EPD, 800 mm EFL (F/16)

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 50 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optinniaVlresearch

CALIBRATED F-THETA DISTORTION

Look at the Calibrated F~Theta distortion plot, it is an

option on the regular distortion plot. We are at 0.50%
distortion with respect to the Calibrated F-Theta
condition.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 47

Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

optima ^ ™
research

MERIT FUNCTION FOR F-THETA

Build a merit function using RMS spot size first.

Use boundary operands:
* Glass: 5 40 5
* Air: 5 1000 5
Add 1 more
operand:
* DISC (calibrated f-theta control operand)
о Computes the calibrated distortion across the field of view, and returns the
absolute value of the maximum deviation from linearity of the f-theta condition e
Target: 0, Weight: 1.0
Make 5 radii (surfs 2-6), 6 spacings (surfs 2-7) vary - leave first thickness at
20.0 Optimize!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 50 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV*C
research

GOOD F-THETA PERFORMANCE

Resulting design looks reasonable, has very low f-theta distortion.

Need to catch up? Open sc_ftht2

\/
optima” ***
research

HOW TO IMPROVE?
How do we improve the design?
Most of the spherical comes from the iast lens, look at the Seidel coefficients and
see (Analysis menu > Aberration Coefficients > Seidel Coefficients)
Try making the last surface a conic asphere and re~optimize
* Doesn't help much, why?
What limits the design is the f-theta error itself
* Look at MFE and
see Try instead glass
choice
* Why? Glasses only affect color correction, right?
* No, they also affect field curvature!
Set the glass of last element on “Substitute" and run Hammer

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
opt i ma^res ea rc h

BETTER DESIGN
Here is a design which has iess f-theta distortion:
Fш a RTION
«VflTURE OISTO У *
T
Y

Г T Г i i i i it к » 2.06 -6.19 9. 66 ‘ ’ * ' 6.16 ШТ

-2.06 9. STEMS рвгс
HILLXM
т ешти / сяивйятш F-ТШТЙ tJ±STOBTXON
ims HRS NO TITLE.
»а»ян,.м'1в"О0ЖШ8

optima^
research

GRADIENT INDEX LENSES

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 56 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 54 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^ research

GRADIENT INDEX LENSES

Gradient index materials are special types of optical glass where the index of
refraction varies with position inside the glass blank.
Gradient index means not homogeneous.
Unlike conventional refractive optics, gradient index lenses have power, and may
have higher order behavior (iike an asphere) within the body of the lens rather than
just at interfaces.
Advantages:
• Can get power from components with flat faces
• Can correct spherical aberration
• Provides additional degrees of freedom in design
Disadvantages:
• May be more expensive compared to standard glass
• May be more trouble to fabricate
• Fewer size and index combinations

optima X
research
GRIN MODELING ISSUES

ZEMAX handles about 10 different types of GRIN materials

Ail are described by a formula of the form:
n ~ f(xfy,z;X)

The polynomial may be trivial or quite complex, depending upon the materia! and
the amount of data (particularly dispersion data).
Because the index changes through the material, rays must be traced in a
"piece- wise” fashion.
The accuracy of the ray trace depends upon the step size, which ZEMAX allows the
user to set. The step size determines how often (spatially) the index is calculated.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 56 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 54 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^***
researc
h
NSG SELFOC TYPE

A common GRIN element is the NSG SELFOC lens, it is small, and generally is cut
to a specific length to get the desired power.
The index variation has the form:
A 2
n(r) = w0 —r
1.0-
2

where A and nO are parametric constants determined by the material and

wavelength. For details on how these parameters are calculated, see the ZEMAX
manual.
The quadratic radial index profile leads to a self-focusing effect as the beam
propagates.

optima4^
research

SELFOC RODS

Open sc_seifoc1
The beam focuses, diverges, focuses again, etc.
Note how good the beam focus looks!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 56 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 58 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima “
researc
h
SELFOC

Here is a more typical application. SELFOC lenses are often used in 1:1 imaging
systems, like fax machines. Load the file sc qrinl. Open a 3D Layout with 5 rays.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 62 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima д
research
DESIGN SETUP DISCUSSION

Note the use of the Float By Stop Size system aperture. The thickness of surface 4
is a pickup from 1. The two dummy surfaces are used to locate the stop, which is
made smaller than the edge of the tens.
The rays are aimed at the top of the aperture stop; but actually don’t get that high
because of the GRIN media curving the ray paths,
• Note the “segmented" look to the ray trace. Decrease the step size (Delta I) to 0.5
on surfaces 1 and 4 to increase accuracy.
• Turn on ray aiming, and then optimize the thickness of the first half using RMS
spot radius.
• Add a field at 0.9 object height to see the off axis beam, rebuild merit and reoptimize.

optinrtaV1^
research

SELFOC DESIGN WITH FIELD

Here is the final design, with GRIN aperture checking on (System > General > Misc)

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 62 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima %
research
LPT GRADIUM TYPE

Recently, a new type of large scale axial (as opposed to radial) gradient materials
have become available called GRAD1UM.
Axial gradients generally can be made much larger, with an index profile of the
form: n

n(z)= £a z* ы
i
where n may be from 4 to 12.
GRADiUM is available in large blanks, up to 200 mm in diameter (most GRIN'S are
only a few mm in diameter)

optima*^™
resear
ch
SAMPLE FAST GRIN DOUBLET

To see how the gradient glass works, first design a fast doublet using standard
glass.
Load sample fiie sc_grin2:
• F/1.5
• Stop at surface 1
• BK7 and F2
• EPD ~ 25 mm
• F, d, C
• Field 0 and 4 degrees
• RMS spot radius centroid MF, using 2-12-2 on the glass

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 64 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Xx'
optima/ research

INITIAL DESIGN WITH BK7/F2

The design is totally dominated by spherical aberration.

optimXX
research

GREAT DESIGN WITH LAK8/LASFN9

Merit function about .021,

Note spherical is weii controlled, 5th order spherical
dominates.
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
researc
h
GRADIUM DESIGN

GRADiUM is described by a blank profile.

Analysis menu > Glass & Gradient Index > Gradium profile
Usualiy, we choose decreasing profiles (negative slopes). Note the index drops
sharply from 1. profile.

optima^™
research

GRADIUM OPTIMIZATION

To design with GRADIUM, simply substitute in G41SFN for the glass name of
surface 2 after switching it to the GRADIUM surface type. Guess at the initial delta
z, which is the offset within the blank where the part begins.
Try:
• Make the first glass 8K7
• GRADIUM Step sizes: Delta T = 0.25 mm, Delta Z = 5 mm
• Thickness of surface 2=4 mm
• Rebuild the merit function (Glass constraints: 2,12,2)

Optimize!
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirraVn
research

GREAT DESIGN!

Result is a design with a MF similar to that of the conventional doublet with very
exotic glasses.

Need to catch up? Open sc_grin3

pptim^earch

THERMAL ANALYSIS
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 90 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima j •*»
research

THERMAL ISSUES

Problem: As ambient temperature changes

* Index of refraction of glass changes
• Index of refraction of air changes
* Glass expands and contracts
о Radius changes о
Thickness changes
♦ Spacing/Mounting material
expands/contracts
Air pressure aiso changes index of air
Air effects important because:
• The relative index of refraction is what matters

optima ^ re
research

COMPUTATION ISSUES

Steps involved:
• Compute correct index to use
• Compute correct radius, thickness, etc,..
о See ZEMAX User’s Guide for formulas
ZEMAX aiways uses relative index of refraction
Air index is always 1.00000, even if it is not!
Adjustments are made to the index of the glass
Adjustments are made to account for both
# Material change
* Air change

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 91 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 72 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima'*'^
researc
h
THERMAL ALGORITHM

Basic algorithm:
• Compute relative index of glass at STP {from dispersion data)
• Compute index of air at STP
• Compute absolute index of glass
• Compute change in absolute index due to temp effects
• Compute change in air index due to temp and pressure
effects
• Compute relative index of glass at specified temp,
pressure
Lots of computation, but ZEMAX does all the work!
User specifies:
• Glass name and materia! property in glass catalog
• Temperature in Celsius, pressure in ATM
• Tel! ZEMAX to account for effects
• That's it!

research

MECHANICAL EFFECTS

What about the radius, thickness, etc. change?

If system is only used at one temperature, no problem
In reality, this is unlikely!
System is manufactured at one temp, used at another
Use 20 degrees Celsius for nominal fab temp Use
multi-configuration capability
• To analyze behavior at other temps
• At other pressures
• Across environments
• To athermalize designs, etc...

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 72 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Deveiopment Corporation 74 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV^w
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
researc
h
THERMAL EXAMPLE

Exampie: Load fiie scjempl Look at

prescription data for index:
BK7 at 0.486 - 1,52238589
This is at STP (20 degrees c, 1 ATM)
Note EFL is exactly 100
Note thickness of 4 is solve for paraxiai focus
We are already at paraxiai focus

optima Y rc
research
LENS IN VACUUM

What happens if lens is used in vacuum?

Go to System menu > General > Environment
Choose "Adjust Index Data to Environment"
Note default is 20,1
Leave at T = 20, P = 1, check index, back focus, EFL: no change
* Why is this a good test?
Now set pressure to 0 ATM
Back focus moves toward lens 88 microns
EFL drops 0.1%

i i i.'. O.ii.i l.iliint

!'iii f ч,‘.
1 SurtiTypa-;■ ' • -Coraaeistj.у у I .y......;■ SitiiTis ■ ■ :: | Г ; ;Thldl:3C(^S^y; ' \ ........ у:’:!Ш;
OBJ ! Standard Infinity. :';.:.1л^±п1'Оу
к--l! V -
j Vs :i .......... -тУУ L_ *.............. у
---------------------- .............
■y:'3* | •. yyx у v ___;____37: 37601
УУу 4 I •: y.:: StiiSitsd at
й I
У'.':'.'.':'.'.'::' /Infinity! -0. ОЗЭС5 H
■ц
I yyyyy gtyandaid у Infinity: -I-.................. "4
......................■- "
| I. :'

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 76 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^ ***
research

LENS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE

What if the temperature changes?

Set the pressure back to 1 ATM
Now we need to account for material and index change! Use MCE to define two
configs, one for each temperature.
Hard way:
• Add a second configuration
• Enter 7 operands
• TEMP
• 3CRVT (1,2,3)
• 3THIC (1,2.3)
« Make TEMP 1 20, TEMP 2 100
• Add "Thermal Pick Up solve for all operands 2-7 for config 2

optiniv^esearch

LENS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE

Easy way: Use “Make Thermal11 tool!

Re-load sc_temp1

Turn on “Adjust index Data to Environment" in Genera! dialog

MCE > Tools menu > Make Thermal

• Number of thermal configurations: 1
* Min Temp: 100,MaxTemp: 100

Assume spacer is Aluminum (TCE is 23.50 X 10л-6)

Add 23.50 value to TCE column in LDE on surface 3

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 76 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV^search

LENS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE

Use Ctrl-A to toggle back and forth between configurations:

• EFL changes (by 26 microns)

• Distance from back of last lens to image surface changes (by 181
microns)
• Radii, thickness change

Need to catch up? Open scjemp2

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima X research
THERMAL PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS

What is the effect on performance?

We need to “freeze" image plane
• Delete surface 4
Now use Ctrl-A while looking at spot
diagram:
• RMS changes between 3 and 11
microns!
OPD fan:
* OPD changes between 0.5 and 2
waves!
What can we do to athermaiize design?
• Couid redesign lens to “split the
difference”
# Could find better TCE material
♦ Could find better glass types

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 80 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimsNdt"
research

ATHERMAL DESIGN

• Try option 1 first

• Start be defining a new MF
• Use OPD
• Select MFE, Default MF
• RMS wavefront centroid, no
boundary constraints, Config: Ail
• Get 2 config MF, value is .314
• Add EFFL 100 target, 1 weight to
CONF 1, let the other config float
• Make radii 1,2, 3 variable on the
MCE (these are now MC items)
• Optimize
• MF drops to 0.190
• OPD toggies between +/-1 wave

optima v
research

BETTER ATHERMAL DESIGN

Can't we do better than that?

How about making the TCE of
surface 3 variable?
Now we have 4 variables
Optimize
* MF drops to 0.059 (much better!)
• Virtually no change in OPD
between 2 configs!

82Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 84 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
s
\y'
optima research

BETTER ATHERMAL DESIGN

TCE optimum is about 3.57 X 10л-6

* Silicon carbide is 3.50
• Combination of materials may also work

Set the TCE back to 23.50, remove variable

Optimize to get back to .190

Need to catch up? Open scjemp3

optima4)^*
research

ATHERMAL GLASS SELECTION

Try new glass type instead
Need something with different temperature coefficient
We know TCE tends to lengthen back focus Need to
increase the EFL
Either weaken the positive crown or strengthen negative flint
Larger TCE values means longer radii Try larger TCE on
crown!

82Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 84 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaN^
research

GLASS SELECTION METHOD

Use giass catalog to do the work for us:

Select F4, then Schott, then sort by name
Find BK7 TCE - 7.1
Look at TCE for BAK1 (TCE = 7.6)
Substitute for BAK1 for BK7 in Conf 1 in MCE
Reoptimize
MF drops to 0.155
Better!

research

BETTER GLASS CHOICE

If some is good, maybe more is better!

Find BK7 in catalog then sort catalog on index
Scroll down list
Note PK50 has similar index/Abbe to BK7, but TCE is
8.8 Substitute PK50 for BK7, optimize MF drops to
0.179!
Get .5 to 1 wave OPD, not bad...
Try FK5
MF drops to 0.077! Much better!

82Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 86 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research

AUTOMATIC ATHERMAL DESIGN

Ideally, want to optimize for TCE of glass Problem:
* So many degrees of freedom
* Hard to enforce boundary constraints
Also, we want the glass TCEs to be the same, or at least very close, so the lens
won't break when heated.
Instead, let ZEMAX do the work for you!
Add 2 GTCE IMF operands to conf 1 {1 for each glass surface)
* Keep weight for these operands at 0
Use DIFF to subtract the TCEs and drive the difference to zero
Set two glasses to “Substitute” in config 1 of MCE
Use global optimization to select glasses that athermalize the design

optima''*^
research

THERMAL PITFALLS

Pitfalls to avoid when using thermal analysis:

• All surface parameters have thermal pickups in the MCE, but they are not added
automatically -> Be sure to use Make Thermal tool to avoid errors)
• TCE data is only as good as catalog values
• Data must be checked carefully

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 88 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^ research

DIFFRACTIVE OPTICS

opt i ma^res ea rch

WHAT ARE DIFFRACTIVE OPTICS?

Diffractive optics are opticai elements {or surfaces in ray trace codes) that rely on
diffraction rather than refraction or reflection alone to bend rays.
Diffractive optics bend rays, and therefore can have power and aberrations just like
refractive and reflective surfaces.
Thinking about how diffractive optics work can be very confusing, but the
fundamental mode! is simple to understand. Many users have been confused by
what diffractive optics are and how they work.
Diffractive optics are essentially gratings where the spacing and orientation of the
grating iines varies over the surface.

optimaV're
research

RAY TRACING THROUGH GRATINGS

Gratings can be modeled by a ray trace program (like ZEMAX) even though they
operate on diffraction principles.
The price paid is that we ignore higher order effects, such as scattering, efficiency,
energy distribution in other orders, etc.
Rays going through gratings follow a simple "refraction-type" law:

П2 sin 02 -niSinGi = ^ = MIT

where M is the "order" number, d is the spacing between grating lines, and T is the
frequency, usually measured in lines (periods) per micron.
Note this reduces to Snell's law as T goes to zero.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 92 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirr ^search

GRATING Wl IS
CONCEPTIONS
There are many common misconceptions about the grating equation:
• Note the sign of M is arbitrary! Which order we call M - 2 and which we call U = ~2
makes no difference.
• The bending angle only depends upon T, and not the height of the phase step!
The height of the phase step only affects the efficiency of propagation, not the angle
the к vector {or energy) bends.
Some energy wifi ’leak" into orders other than the desired one, which decreases
peak intensity of the image as weii as the MTF response,
• In sequential mode, ZEMAX can only model one diffracted order at a time.
• in NSC mode, rays can spiit, so we can mode! multiple orders simultaneously.

optima Xresearc^

WHAT IS MEANT BY BINARY

For a “binary" optic, the proftie is approximated by a series of "n" etchings, which
yieids a 2 to the power of n different levels:

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 94 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 96 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
opti^s-c h

THE POWER OF BINARY OPTICS

The reai power of computer designed binary optics is that the grating period "d" can
vary over the surface in a complex fashion.
This means diffractive power, or optical path difference, can be added anywhere
it is needed on the surface to perform aberration correction.
The limitations are:
* Diffractive optics are extremely dispersive. This means they generally are not used
to add the bulk of the power in a lens, but are instead used to control aberrations.
• Since they are dispersive, they can be used to make achromats!
# Fabrication technology limits the accuracy with which fine grating structures can be
made, this always needs to be considered.

optima X
research
ZEMAX DIFFRACTIVE OPTICS TYPES

Diffractive optics can be divided into 3 categories:

* Straight line ruled gratings
о Includes plane, sphere, and toroidal substrate
* Optically fabricated holograms
о Includes two types depending upon beam direction
* General CGH's (Computer generated holograms)
o includes radial, Zemike, and XV polynomials о
User defined “grid" phase surface ZEMAX models all of them
the same way:
* idealize diffractive effects to infinitesimal surface
* Local phase slope "bends" ray
* Local phase integral changes OPD

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 94 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 96 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

CGH SURFACE TYPES

Three poiynomia! families;
♦ X-Y expansion to twentieth order (230 terms)
♦ r expansion in even powers to 480th (ridiculous)
* Zernike Fringe polynomials, 37 terms
One user defined "grid” type:
* Phase and phase slope defined on a discrete array of points; very
genera! Advantages to diffractive optics:
* Can correct high order spherical aberration easily
• Can correct chromatic aberrations
Disadvantages;
• Highly dispersive
• Hard to fabricate at short wavelengths
• Not very efficient

researc
h
ACHROMATIC SINGLET

Design example: The famous achromatic singlet

We wiii design a BK7 singlet, F/2, F d C, EPD = 20 mm.
10 mm thickness, STOp at front of lens, front radius variable, F/2 solve on back
radius, MRH solve on thickness to image
Make RMS spot MF, optimize.
Limiting aberration: spherical! MF about 360 microns!
Spherical is about 100 waves! (look at OPD plot)
Try to correct It using conic asphere on surface 1
Reoptimize
RMS drops to 45 microns, which is better...
Limiting aberration now is chromatic (axial color)
Traditional option:
• Add a flint, make a doublet
Need to catch up? Open sc_diffract1

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 94 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 98 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^jresearch

DIFFRACTIVE OPTICS DISPERSION

Whal about diffractive optic? Typical radia! symmetric phase function:

Ф ~ Ap2 + Bp4 + Cp^ -F

Dispersion of typical lens:

Аф jP
V

Note dispersion of a diffractive optic:

XA
Ф- n

where A is the quadratic phase coefficient Power varies linearly with wavelength! *
Could combine diffractive and refractive power to balance color

resear
ch
DESIGN ACHROMAT

Change surface 1 type to be Binary 2

Set conic to zero, remove variable
Select Editors > Extra Data Editor Set
max term number to 1 Normalization
aperture to 10 Add variable on coeff
on рл2 Optimize
• MF drops to 180 microns RMS
• Better, but not very good
• What is the limiting aberration now?

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 102 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 100 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
apttmaV^
resear
ch
ANALYSIS

Look at ray fan

Limiting aberration is spherical
Of course, second order cannot correct spherical
Add рл4 coefficient variable on binary!
Optimize
MF drops to 13 microns, much better!
Could only improve now by:
• Adding aspheric sag (like conic)
• Adding more elements

Need to catch up? Open sc_diffract2

resear
ch
DETERMINE THE LINE SPACING

We need to determine the line spacing to see if this part can actually be fabricated.
The line spacing is given by T, which is the distance between phase steps.
We need to solve the expressions

r 2 r
ф(г)~ a ф(г- ■F P I

_R * _R
_ 2*гс
И)~ф(г)~± _
ti-ГЫ-Г;

and then determine the maximum or minimum value of T over the clear aperture.
This is not generally possible to do in closed form.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 102 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 100 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^
**«= research

MACROS FOR BINARY OPTICS

Here is a useful sample macro:

• PHASES.ZPL
Computes the radial zones at which the phase passes through a 2% phase
change. Run PHASES.ZPL now.
The macro lists the radius corresponding to each phase zone as well as the
minimum spacing between adjacent zones.
For a 4-step DOE, divide the minimum delta r by 4 to get the minimum feature size
(minimum value of T). The minimum feature size here is 0.055943 mm / 4 =
0,0139876 mm (about 14 microns)

optima X research

DIFFRACTIVE OPTICS APPLICATIONS

Other applications:
• Since the binary surface acts as a phase altering sheet, use it to simulate
certain aberrations
• This is useful for modeling known aberrations from other subsystems.
Example: Adding in 1 wave of coma on axis
Start by loading scjoomal
Change the type of the STOp surface to Zernike Fringe Phase

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 102 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 104 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optfrrcN^
research

SIMULATING COMA

To add one wave of coma, need 28 = .3333 (for у orientation)

Handy relationship:
• Coma = 3 * sqrt (z7 * z7 + z8 * z8) (when ignoring the tilt contribution of these terms)
On EDE, set # of terms to 8
Enter .3333 for Z8 Verify:
• Look at Ray Fan, OPD plot

This same technique can be used to incorporate data from interferometers, etc.

aptirm^fresearc
h

OPD AND RAY FAN FOR COMA

Here is a Ray Fan and an OPD plot:

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 106 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 108 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research
WEIRD BINARY PROBLEM
Suppose you have a collimated beam incident on axis to a diffractive optic. The goal
is to get a focused beam at a point with the relative coordinates x~ 5, у = 5, z - 80.
How do you do it?
Select File then New, and then set the STOp surface to be a Binary 1 surface type.
See the manual for a definition of the Binary 1 surface.
Use an EPD of 20 mm. Set the thickness of surface 1 to 80,
Define a default merit function, use RMS spot size.
Add 2 constraints to the top of the list:
• REAX Surf 2 Target 5 Weight 1
♦ REAY Surf 2 Target 5 Weight 1
In the EDE, set the number of terms to 18, norm radius to 10.
Optimize all the coefficients!
Get RMS spot size close to zero, and a truly strange spot diagram!

Need to catch up? Open sc_diffract3

optima^ research

WEIRD BINARY PROBLEM

Here are the spot diagram and the required surface phase profile:

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 106 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 108 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimjN^=
researc
h

THERMALLY COMPENSATED
niFFRArriVF 1 FN^F^
UIs * I I V Lm LMСШI W

optimaYresearch

ATHERMALIZATiON USING BINARY SURFACE

We have shown how to athermalize a Sens using careful choice of glasses.

Because the diffractive power of a binary lens is proportional to the groove spacing;
and the groove spacing expands and contracts with temperature (just like the
substrate), we can combine the two effects to null out the change in focal length!

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 106 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 110 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
T ГР
optima Vresearcfi

MAKE A CONFIG AT 100C

Load the file sc_abin

This is a Germanium singlet covering a 2 degree semi-field, wavelength - 4
microns.
Use the Make Thermal with 1 config at 100-100 degrees to add a new config at 100
degrees C.
Set the TCE of surface 3 to 23.5.
Look at an OPD plot for config 2. We get about 1 wave of focus over the 80 degree
temp change.
Set variables on radii 2 and 3 IN CONFiG 1 ONLY
• Build RMS wavefront MF {set Config to “Ail”), reoptimize
• ZEMAX "splits the difference", MF = 0.17 waves RMS

Need to catch up? Open sc... a bin 2

optim
a^ .es
earch ADD BINARY POWER TO SURFACE 2

Make surface 2 a Binary 2 surface; 2 terms, 20 mm norm radius.

Set variables on quadratic and quartic terms
important step: must provide thermal zoom on norm radius!
Add to MCE:
• EDVA surf 2, data #2
* Add Thermal pickup 1 to config 2 value: note it zooms all the coefficients automatically!
Reoptimize
The binary perfectly nulls out the focal shift!

Need to catch up? Open sc„abin3

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 111 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 2 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima T research

POLARIZATION RAY TRACING

\/
optima X research

INTRODUCTION

What is polarization ray tracing?

Although we often think of Sight as a ray, this is an incomplete description.
Rays have only direction, position, and phase, and perhaps amplitude.
Real "rays" of light also have an associated electric field. The electric field is
oriented perpendicular to the direction of propagation, and may have a time varying
orientation and magnitude.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 4 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
\y
optima^ *•*
research

POLARIZED LIGHT

In a sense, all light is polarized if we consider an instant in time. However, we

generally refer to polarized light as an average state of the light over a finite interval
of time.
Unpolarized light is that light which does not show a preferential orientation of the
electric field, the E field orientation at any moment in time is random.
Partiaily polarized light contains a component which randomly varies, and another
whose time average is consistently polarized in a non-random way.
Perfectly polarized light has a predictable electric field orientation.

optimal-
researc
h
JONES VECTORS

The description of the orientation of the electric field is called the polarization of the
ray;
E

For convenience, we can characterize polarization using a coordinate system

oriented in the plane orthogonal to propagation of the ray. The electric field is
described by the Jones vector:

where Jx is the complex electric field in the X direction and Jy is in the У direction.
Unless Ez - 0, conversion from E field vector to Jones vector is ambiguous.
• User must specify method: see User’s Guide for more information.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 5 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV'd
researc
f'% h
THE JONES MATRIX

The change in the electric field is described by the Jones Matrix:

X'~ "A ~F
-^X
C D E
A'
Jones matrices can also be used to describe polarizing elements such as linear
polarizers, quarter wave plates, halfwave plates, etc.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Develop meet Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^™
research

S AND F POLARIZATION

When a polarized beam strikes a surface, the electric field may be divided into two
components; one parallel to the plane of incidence, and the other perpendicular.
The component parallel to the plane of incidence is the P polarization, while the
perpendicular component is the S polarization.
Think of "S" as "skipping" like a stone thrown across a pool of water, and "P H as
plunging into the water!
At an interface between two media, the electric field may partially reflect, transmit,
or be absorbed.
The amount of reflection, transmission, and absorption is a function of the index of
refraction of both media, the angle of incidence, the polarization state of the
incoming beam, and any thin film coatings on the surface.

optima X research
THE ELECTRIC FIELD AT AN INTERFACE

When a beam of light strikes a simple interface between two dielectric {such as
glass) media, the S and P polarizations will partially transmit and partially reflect.
The portion reflected and transmitted differ for the S and P polarization components,
and is a function of the index of refraction of both media, and the angle of incidence.
The transmitted and reflected field can be written in terms of the incident field times
a complex coefficient:
EgTg

EpTp

EgPs
^pPp

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Develop meet Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimay^
researc
h
REFLECTION AND TRANSMISSION

At norma! incidence, the amount of reflected Sight (intensity) is:

. (ni-n2)2
R

(П1 + П2)2

For example, at an uncoated air glass interface, the reflection coefficient is about
4%.
if there are 8 uncoated surfaces, transmission is down to about 72%!

optima T research

REFLECTION AND TRANSMISSION

The reflection and transmission coefficients are a function of both angle and
polarization state, therefore unpolarized light becomes partially polarized when
propagating through an optical system.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 12 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optin
^ ,,4i
^sea DIATTENUATION
rch
Because S and P polarization states have different transmission coefficients, this
leads to a difference in transmission. Each component is attenuated a different
amount; these "two" attenuations is called diattenuation.
Diattenuation leads to a change in shape of the polarization ellipse.

optir.«
y^ i
esearc PHASE AND RETARDANCE
h
We have shown that the transmitted intensity is generally different for S and P
polarizations.
However, the transmittance for S and P is a complex number, which means that
there is also a phase difference between the transmitted S and P electric field
components!
This has important ramifications:
• The polarization ellipse may be rotated or changed in size and shape due to
transmission through an interface. That is polarization state is not preserved when
passing through an optical system.
• Accounting for polarization leads to phase differences in the optical beam, which
are called polarization aberrations.
• The phase differences caused by polarization effects leads to chromatic
aberrations, even for mirror systems which we generally believe have no chromatic
aberrations!
Retardance is defined as the difference in transmitted phase between the S and P
polarizations.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 13 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^
™ researc
h
POLARIZATION ABERRATIONS

Polarization aberrations are variations in transmitted phase over the entire pupil of
rays. Even in a system which has geometrically perfect imaging, the differences in
phase between S and P polarization states ieads to different phases in each ray.
Polarizaiion aberrations decrease MTF, Strehl ratio, and otherwise degrade the
image just like other aberrations. They are physically no different!

optirmV^esearch

THIN FILM COATINGS

Fortunately, there is a good way of reducing reflection losses, polarization

aberrations, diattenuation, and retardance.
Thin film coatings can reduce the loss of tight substantially. Even simple one layer
coatings help enormously.
ZEMAX can model thin film coatings in detail, including:
• Uncoated substrates
• Single or multilayer coatings
• Coatings on mirrors or glass
• Dispersion in coating materials
• Effects of wavelength and incident angle
• Dielectric mirrors
• User defined materials and coatings

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ~ ™
research

TYPICAL AR COAT

The standard AR coating is a quarter wave of MgF2. This substantially decreases

the reflection losses at visible wavelengths.

\/
optimal
research
USING THE COATING FEATURES
Take a moment now to look at all the data ZEMAX provides on coating
properties:
* R, T, A, at any surface, wavelength, angle
* Diattenuation, phase, and retardance

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 17 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

18Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima VYesearch
COATING.DAT

ZEMAX stores the definitions of thin film coatings in an ASCII file. The default file
name is COATING.DAT, this can be changed. The file contains two types of data:
* Material Data:
о includes material name
о Real and imaginary parts of the index of refraction
о Dispersion data
• Coating Data:
о The coating name
о The optical or absolute thickness of each layer о The
material used for the layer о Any data about replicated layers To
see the data in the file, look under Tools, Coating Listing.
To add a coating to a surface, just enter the coating name in the LDE.

optimal
resear
ch
MATERIAL DATA SYNTAX

Materials are defined with the following syntax:

• MATE anyname
• lambda-! indexl extinctionl
• Iambda2 index2 extinctron2
• etc...
The material name “anyname” can be any name of up to 20 characters, but may not
include blanks or special characters.
The lambda values are the wavelength in microns, and they must be listed in
ascending order.
The index is the real part of the index of refraction.
The extinction is the imaginary part of the index of refraction, which is negative for
absorbing materials.
ZEMAX does linear interpolation between points to compute the index and
extinction at any wavelength. Wavelengths outside the defined data use the closest
defined data; no extrapolation is done.

18Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima T research

COATING DATA SYNTAX

Materials are defined with the following syntax:
• COAT anyname
• layer_1_material thickness is_absolute loopjndex tapemame
• etc...
The coating name “anyname” can be any name of up to 20 characters, but may not
include blanks or special characters.
The “layerjijmateriar must be a name previously defined in a MATE statement. The
thickness is the "optical thickness”:
• Defined in units of the primary waveiength, if the “is_abso!ufe" value is zero.
• Defined in microns if the “is^absolute” value is non-zero.
Optical thickness means a value of 0,25 is a quarter wave of whatever the primary
waveiength is.
• Caution: The coating layer thickness will change if the primary wavelength changes!
Loopjndex is for defining replicated layers, described on the next page. Tapername
is used to define taper functions for non-uniform coatings.
• This feature is weil documented in manual, but not covered in this course.
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 19 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima X'«search

DEFINING REPLICATED LAYERS

Many coatings have groups of layers repeated many times. Consider this coating:
• COAT 3GROUPS
• MATO 0.25 0 0
* MAT1 0.25 0 0
• MAT2Q.50 0 0
* MAT3 0.25 0 0
* MAT1 0,25 0 0
• MAT2 0.50 0 0
* MAT3 0.25 0 0
• MAT1 0,25 0 0
* MAT2 0.50 0 0
• MAT3 0.25 0 0
* MAT4 0.25 0 0
Note the sequence of layers with materials MAT1, MAT2, and MAT3 Is repeated 3
times. This is a perfectly acceptable syntax, however, 11 text lines and 11 layers are
required to define the coating.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 21 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima x research
DEFINING REPLICATED LAYERS

A shorthand syntax that replicates the layers is available using the loopjndex
parameter. The loopjndex integer parameter is set to the number of times a group of
layers is to be repeated. The loopjndex must be set at BOTH the first AND the last
layer (this is to indicate the range of layers, and ZEMAX also reads the coating data
in both directions. The coating can then be written as:
* COAT 1GROUP
* MATO 0.25 0 0
* MAT1 0.25 0 3
* MAT2 0.50 0 0
* MAT3 0.25 0 3
* MAT4 0.25 0 0
Note the "3“ parameter appears on both the first and third layers listed. This syntax
reduces the chance of careless typing errors, eases editing, and conserves the total
number of layers. The coating above only requires 5 "layers" to define, although
there are physically 11 layers modeled.

optima^ rc
research

SIMPLE IDEAL COATINGS

There are times when the detailed coating data is not known, but the approximate
transmission, refection, and absorption are known.
in these cases it is convenient to use an ideal coating.
The simple syntax for defining an ideal coating is:
COAT [.transmission • For example: 1.75
о Transmits 75%, reflects 25%, no flux is absorbed using the l.xx definition.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 23 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^***
research

IDEAL COATINGS

A more compiex idea! coating may be defined using the IDEAL syntax:
IDEAL name T R
* For example: IDEAL Absorb2 0.95 0.03
о Transmits 95%, refects 3%, 2% of energy is absorbed where T is the
intensity transmission and R is the intensity reflection. ZEMAX Internally
computes the absorption, A = 1.0 - T - R. if T+R > 1, ZEMAX linearly scales the
sum to 1.0 (and the absorption wilt be 0),

Another syntax, the IDEAL2 coating, is available. This allows you to define real and
imaginary amplitude transmission and reflection coefficients, and give separate
definitions for S and P polarized light. See the User's Guide for more details.

research

TABLE COATINGS

Table coatings are similar to IDEAL coatings, except the transmission and reflection
may be a function of incident angle and wavelength and may be specified
separately for the S and P polarizations. Phase angles for transmission and
reflection may also be specified separately for the S and P polarizations.
Table coating syntax:
TABLE name
ANGL anglel (I degrees)
WAVE lambda n
Rs Ts Tp Ars Arp Ats Atp
1
WAVE larabd Rs Rp Ts Tp Ars Arp Ats Atp
a2
WAVE lambda RS Rp Ts Tp Ars Arp Ats Atp
ANGL 3
angle2 {i degrees)
WAVE lambda n
RS Rp Ts Tp Ars Arp Ats Atp
l
WAVE lambda RS Rp Ts Tp Ars Arp Ats Atp
WAVE 2
lambda Rs Rp Ts Tp Ars Arp Ats Atp
3
Data is linearly interpolated between defined angles and wavelengths. Angles and
wavelengths outside the defined region use the data of the closest defined
angle/wavelength (no extrapolation).
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright ©20G7 ZEMAX Development Corporation 28 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optiim^research

TABLE COATINGS

Here is the table equivalent form for a quarter wave MgF2 coating; :
TABLE 'pneUyefAfT'......................... :

ANGL ; On
WAVE ' 0.486: 0.01662 0,01662: 0.98338! 0.98338;
WAVE 0.1; 8” 0.01297: 0.01297; 0.98703 0.98703
WAVE M : 0.658 0.01355 0.01355 0.S8S4S5; 0.98645;

At'lGL '"10"
WAVE - 0.-385 0.01715: 0.01555 G_S8285!: 0,98445!
WAVE : 0,587: 0.01365: 0 01231 0 98635 0.98769:
WAVE : 0 55? 0.01437 0.01298: 0.985631 0.98702:

ANGL : 25
WAVE : 0:4-86: 0.02062:- 0.01046: 0.97938! 0,98954:
o w: 0.01811; 0 09894 0.98183 0.S910S
;WAVE i ■' Si:': 0.01961: 0.00989: 0.98038: 0.99011;

ANGL ! 45:
WAVE ! 0.486: 0.03900 0.00112; 0,96100! 0.99888!
WAVE ; C! МГ 42 0.95925 0,99858!
WAVE j 0.658: 0.04507; C.99LG8 0.35493; 0.99737

ANGL 60
WAVE 0486: 0.0925?: 0,00643; 0.90743. 0 9935?
WAVE i 0.587 0.Ю182 j.GCjOS 0,89818:: 0:99405!
WAVE ! : 0.650: 0.11039 0.00551 0:88961! 0.99449!

optima^
research

COMPARE THE TWO DEFINITIONS

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright ©20G7 ZEMAX Development Corporation 28 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

MODIFICATIONS TO COATING.DAT

To modify the data to add your own coatings, just edit the COATING.DAT file. You
can add your own materials and coating definitions.
See the Users Guide for details on syntax.
The default file name is COATING.DAT. However, any name maybe used, and
each Sens file may have ifs own coating file.
If you modify the COATING.DAT file, be sure to save the modified file in a new
name; otherwise, subsequent upgrades to ZEMAX will overwrite your changes with
a new COATING.DAT file.
Select the desired coating file on the System > Genera! > Files tab.
If you make changes to a coating file once you have selected it in the System >
General > Files tab, you will need to reload it for the changes to become active in
your ZEMAX Sens file. You can reload your coating file via the menu option, Tools
> Coatings > Reload Coating File.

optima'Y^
research

APPLICATIONS

So what can we do with all this great technology?

There are several important applications for polarization ray tracing:
• Designing systems intended to be used with polarized light
• Accounting for transmission losses in conventional systems
• Accounting for polarization aberrations
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 30 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima д research

TRANSMISSION LOSS
Load up the sample file Sequential > Objectives > ’’Wide angle lens 100 degree
field.ZMX”. This is one of Milt Laikin's designs.
Use Tools > Coatings > Add Coatings to Ail Surfaces to put coating "None” on all
surfaces (clearing ail existing coatings on all surfaces). Now select Analysis,
Polarization, Transmission.
The transmission for unpoiarized light is terrible, at about 35-36 percent!
A real lens would never be built like this without coatings, the loss is simply too
great.
We can add anti-reflection coatings to each air-glass boundary, then repeat the
computation!
Add AR to surfaces where we go from glass to air:
• Select Tools > Coatings > Add Coatings to Ail Surfaces
* Try AR coat (1/4 wave MgF2)
Recompute transmission: Now it is 82-85%!
Now try with the high-efficiency coating WAR; goes to 90-93%
So....where does all this excess energy go?

optima ^
research

BEAMSPLITTER: METAL COAT

Open sc_bs2
Here is a simple cube beamsplitter, using a tilted surface interface.
Analysis > Coatings > Transmission vs. Angle At surface 3 is
transmission is 100%, reflection is 0%

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 31 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^*""
research

BEAMSPLITTER: METAL COAT

Place a coating on surface 3: METAL

• This is a thin coating of aluminum
Now look at transmission, reflection curves. Note S and P are quite different at 45

Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimay^
research

POLARIZATION IN NSC
Polarization ray tracing is supported in both the sequential and non-sequential
component modes of ZEMAX.
When using NSC, the same coating file is used, and coatings may be applied to any
object on the object properties dialog box.

Polarization ray tracing involves keeping track of the polarization state of a ray as it
propagates through the system.
Interfaces between media cause diattenuation and retardance, and may rotate the
polarization ellipse, interfaces also reduce transmission as a complex function of
incident angle and wavelength.
Optical coatings improve transmission, and generally reduce undesirable
polarization effects.
Poiarization aberrations cause "strange” effects, such as chromatic aberrations in
mirror systems, astigmatism on axis, and variations in amplitude with pupil position.

Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima У
research

BIREFRINGENCE

optimaSy^
research

UNIAXIAL CRYSTALS

ZEMAX models birefringent materials.

These materials are typically uniaxiai crystals where the index of refraction depends
upon the polarization state of the light as well as the orientation of the crystal axis
vector with respect to the ray propagation vector.
The refraction can be divided into two separate possible paths; the “ordinary” path
and the “extraordinary” path. The respective indices are the “ordinary” and
“extraordinary” index of refraction.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 38 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV^B
research

REFRACTION LAWS

The ordinary ray refracts according to Snell’s usual law:

n0 sin0o ^rijSinOj

The extraordinary ray refracts according to Snell’s law as well, but the index is now
a function of the refraction angle and the angle between the refracted ray and the
axis vector a:
ne(ek)*sin0e =П; sirtO;
f- /\2
1 cos 0k ^sinOkY
n
4 o . ne j
flehkl cos
a*k
8k

optimaITVesearch

EXTRAORDINARY DISPERSION
To make matters even more complicated, both the ordinary and the
extraordinary indices have dispersion, and it may be as complex as any other
glass.
To enter the ordinary index dispersion, type the glass name in the LDE in the usual
way.
For the extraordinary dispersion, ZEMAX appends “-E” to the glass name.
Example: If you enter
QUARTZ
• (the ordinary dispersion glass entry)
ZEMAX will look for (and must find!)
GUARTZ-E
* (the extraordinary dispersion glass entry)

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 39 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima x research

POLARIZATION PROPERTIES

The “P” poiarization “sees” the “extraordinary” path.

The <fS” polarization “sees” the "ordinary” path.
Note S and P here refer to perpendicular and parallel, respectively, to the plane
defined by the к and a vectors. This is not in general the same as the plane defined
by the к and normal vectors,
When doing polarization ray tracing, ZEMAX transmits only the S or P depending
upon the "mode"; the mode can be either 0 , 1 , 2 or 3.
If the mode is 0 or 1, polarization rotation is not accounted for. If the mode is 0, only
the ordinary ray is traced. If the mode is 1, only the extraordinary ray is traced.
if the mode is 2 or 3, phase rotation is accounted for. if the mode is 2, only the
ordinary ray is traced but the phase rotation due to the extraordinary ray is
accounted for. if the mode is 3, only the extraordinary ray is traced but the phase
rotation due to the ordinary ray is accounted for.

optirm^research

THE BIREFRINGENT SURFACE

The birefringent surface requires the ordinary giass name (the extraordinary glass is
thus implied), the unit vector for the crystal axis, and the mode.
Since birefringence effects both the refraction into the media, as weli as out of the
media, two surfaces are required to mode! a birefringent element, “Birefringent in”
and “Birefringent Out”. Each "in" surface must be followed by an "out" surface. If this
is violated, ZEMAX will issue an error message. The only exception to this rule is
that any number of Coordinate Break surfaces may be placed between the “in” and
“out” surfaces,
ZEMAX can trace either the ordinary or the extraordinary ray through the surface.
it is often handy to use a two configuration lens, and “zoom” between the ordinary
and extraordinary cases, so we can follow both paths.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 41 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima jTresearch

BIREFRINGENT CUBE EXAMPLE

Load “Birefringent cube.ZMX” from the Sequential > Birefringent prisms directory.
Open a 3D Layout with all configurations shown. Set to color rays by config.
The “dashed” line on the layout indicate the crystal axis orientation.
Open a Polarization Pupil Map {Polarization > Polarization Pupil Map) and set Jx -
Jy - 0.707 (linear polarization) and compare the polarization output for the two
configurations (ordinary vs. extraordinary rays).

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 41 Advanced Optical Design

Using ZEMAX

optimaV'resea
rch

USER DEFINED SURFACES

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 44 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima'**
™5 research

WHEN WOULD YOU NEED A UDS?

User Defined Surfaces (UDS) are an extremely flexible way to define unique
properties for any surface in ZEMAX.
UDS are good for all of these applications:
• To model a surface shape not described by any of the “built in” surfaces
* To model a gradient index media not described by any of the “built in”
GRINs
* To model a diffractive phase profile not described by any of the "built in” CGHs
• To model a discontinuous, periodic, or other “weird” surface
* To define an arbitrary apodization function (filter) that can be placed anywhere
• To model scattering or diffusion by a surface
With a UDS you can extend the capabilities of ZEMAX by programming the
description of the surface properties yourself!

optima ^research

WHAT ARE THEY?

User defined surfaces (UDS) are surfaces that are defined externally to the core
ZEMAX program. UDS are for those times when none of the “built-in" surface
types describe the surface shape or property you need.
UDS can be:
• Refractive, reflective, diffractive, or gradient index
• Any shape, size, phase profile, or arbitrary index profile
• Periodic, such as lenslet arrays
• Non-periodic, such as a single aspheric shape
• Discontinuous, such as a non-periodic array of different lenses
• True Fresnel lenses
• Arbitrary transmission values
• Anything at all!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 46 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima'*’*-*
research

WHERE ARE UDS DEFINED?

Al! the code that defines the shape, phase, grin properties, ray intercept algorithms,
paraxiai properties, “safe” values, column heading names, etc., are at! defined in a
single, external user supplied program.
The program is compiled by the user into a “Dynamic Link Library”, or DLL.
The user then tells ZEMAX which surface uses which DLL.
ZEMAX then calls the DLL whenever ray tracing to the surface is required, or when
ZEMAX needs any specific data from the DLL.

optima^™
research

DLL ADVANTAGES

Compiled and linked DLLs are very nearly as fast as internally compiled surface
definitions, and far, far faster than macros or other interpreted schemes.
Another DLL advantage is that you can define a unique optical element or gradient
index profile, then distribute the DLL to your customer without having to reveai the
exact model used. This can be used to protect proprietary optical systems.
ZDC has, in fact, written these types of DLLs for customers who did not want their
special surface type available to all Sens designers.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 47 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research

WHAT YOU NEED

Here is what you need to define a UDS:

• Some “C” programming experience
* A suitable “C" compiler
о Borland, Microsoft and Watcom all make superb cheap compilers
• A dear vision of how to describe your surface mathematically
* A little patience and TLC
о ZEMAX gives you full control over the program while within your DLL о ZEMAX
can’t prevent program crashes or loss of data or erroneous results in your code!

optima X research

INPUT AND OUTPUT

To trace a ray to a surface, ZEMAX provides:

• The ray starting coordinates: x, y, z
• The ray direction cosines: I, m ,n
• The wavelength being traced
• The mode, either real or paraxial
• All radius, thickness, glass, conic, parameter, and extra data for the surface
What the DLL provides in return:
• The x, y, z coordinates on the surface
• The I, m, n cosines after refraction into the new surface
• The optica! path length added or subtracted to the ray
• The relative transmission of the ray
• Error codes, if any

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 49 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 50 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima'^*’
™ research

OTHER DATA FROM THE DLL

ZEMAX also needs the DLL to provide other data from time to time:
• The names of ail parameter and extra data columns the DLL uses.
• Information as to whether the surface is axiaity symmetric or GRIN
• The “sag" of the surface at any point
e This is used only for making layout type drawings
• The “safe” data
о This data is the default “starting" data when the user first selects the DLL as
the surface descriptor; example: radius ~ infinity, conic = 0, all parameter data
= 0, etc...

optima^™
research

UDS DLL PROTOCOL

ZEMAX passes two integers to the DLL, “type” and “numb”.
“type” indicates the type of data ZEMAX needs
“numb” indicates what thing ZEMAX needs computed within each type
Some data the DLL returns in a string, others, in an array of values.

it seems cryptic, but the organization is simple to learn!

The full source code for a number of UDS are provided with ZEMAX. When installed
they can be found in \ZEMAX\DLL. The programs are aii written in C.
The provided DLLs make excellent templates to learn from!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 51 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^ rc
resear
ch
DLL BASICS

All ZEMAX UDS DLLs have this basic form:

int APIENTRY DserDefinedSurface{USER_DAT& *Ш, FIXSDJ3ATA *FD)
£
switch{FD->type)
I
case 0;
/* ZEMAX is requesting general information about the surface */
break;
case 1:
/* ZEMAX is requesting the names of the parameter columns */
break;
case 2:
/* ZEMAX is requesting the names of the extra data
columns */ break; case 3:
/* ZEMAX wants to know the sag of the surface */
break;
case 4 :
/* ZEMAX wants a paraxial ray trace to this surface */
break;
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 51 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

researc
h
STANDARD SURFACE DLL

If ZEMAX passes the value “0B for the “type” argument, it means ZEMAX wants to
know some very basic data about the surface.
If the “numb” argument is 0, then ZEMAX wants to know the name of the surface.
* This will be displayed in the “Surface Type" column
If “numb” is 1, then ZEMAX wants to know if it is axial symmetric If “numb” is 2,
then ZEMAX wants to know if it is a gradient index surface The passed arrays,
UD and FD, are:
* User Data: numbers or strings the DLL may alter or provide
* Fixed Data; numbers provided to the DLL by ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 53 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyngbt © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 54 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaX-*
research

CODE FOR TYPE = 0

Here is a code “snippet” from the most basic sample DLL, USJ3TAND, which
emulates a “Standard” surface type in ZEMAX.
swi tch{FD* >numb)
{
case 0:
/* ZEMAX wants to know the name of the surface */
/* do not exceed 12 characters */
Strcpy(UD-sstring,"Standard Dll"); break; case 1:
/+ ZEMAX wants to know if this surface is rotationally symmetric */
/* it is, so return any character in the string,- otherwise, return a null
string*/ strcpy (OD->string, “l") break; case 2;
/* ZEMAX wants to know if this surface is a gradient index media */
/* it is not, so return a null string */
Ш- ^string [C] » 1 \0' ,- break;
}
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 53 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima^™
research

CODE FOR TYPE = 1 OR 2

If ZEMAX passes type - 1, then ZEMAX wants to know the name of each of the
parameter columns. If the parameter column is not used, as is the case for the
Standard surface, the DLL passes back a null string. The same is true of type= 2,
except it is for the extra data columns. In both cases, the “numb” integer is the
column number.
/* SEMAX is requesting the names of the parameter columns */
/* the value FD~>numb will indicate which value ZEMAX wants. */
/* they are all “unused” for this surface type */
/* returning a null string indicates that the parameter is
unused. */ switch iFD->n.umb)
f
default;
t!D~>string[03 a '\0';
break ,-

break
,-

Copyngbt © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 54 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 56 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
i esearch

TYPE ■ 3, ZEMAX WANTS THE SAG

If ZEMAX passes type = 3, then ZEMAX wants the “Z” sag value given x and y.
This value may have no more than 2 values; the "sag” and the “alternate” sag,
which may be used for hyper-hemispheric surfaces. No other muiti-valued sag
functions are allowed; ZEMAX can’t deal with such surface types.
For this computation, ZEMAX provides the DLL with an array of values called the
“Fixed Data”. These are numbers the DLL is not allowed to change. They include
the radius, conic, parameter, and extra data, as well as the x and у coordinates for
this computation. Here is the sag formula for a standard surface:

p2 * OD->X * Ш~>х + Ш~>у * UD->y; alpha a 1 -

<l+FD~>kS*FD”>CV*FD->cv*p2;
If (alpha < 0) retura(-l);
OD-:>sagl = (FD~>cv*p2) / ( 1 + sqrt (alpha)) ;
if (alpha ! = 1.0) tTD-?sag2 = (FD->cv*p2)/(1 ~ sqrt (alpha)) ;

optima х” research
TYPE = 4, ZEMAX WANTS PARAXIAL RAY TRACE

Paraxial ray tracing for a genera! user surface can only be defined by the user.
Using “small” angle or height rays don’t work, since some effects, such as axis tilt,
may need to be ignored.
DD->ln * 0.0;
tm~>ffitt a 0.0;
UD~>nn a -I.O;
power s (FD~>n2 - FD»>nl}*FD->Cv;
if 0.0)
{
№->1} = (TJD->1) / (Ш->П) ;

(Ш->Я) = (Ш~>п) ;
(UD-^l) * (FD->nl* - (Ш~>х) *powar) / (FD~>n2) ;
(Ш->ш) = (FD~>nl* - <Ш->у) *pOWer)/{FB~>a2> ;
/* normalize * /
(Ш->п) * sqrt(1/ (1 + (Ш5->1)*(Ш-?1) + (Ш~>»>* (Ш~>т) )
},- /* de-paraxialize */
(Ш->1) » (Ш~>1) * ;

break
;

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 57 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 58 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
research

TYPE ■ 5, ZEMAX WANTS REAL TRACE

Here is the real meat of the DLL. This block of code takes the ray from the
coordinates provided, and traces it to the surface. For most types of surfaces, the
ray intercept equations cannot be solved in closed form, and iteration must be
implemented. For standard surfaces, the closed form solution is available.

This is a bigger block of code; see the source provided in the \DLL directory if you
need it.

optima X research
'4
TYPE * 6, GRIN DATA

For gradient index media only, ZEMAX will call the DLL with type =6.
Given x, y, z, the DLL needs to provide four things:
• The index n
• dn/dx
• dn/dy
• drt/dz
ZEMAX does the rest of the mechanics of tracing the ray through the GRIN media.
You do not have to code the horrible gradient index propagation algorithm yourself!
The UDS architecture has one limitation: a UDS GRIN cannot be foilowed by
another UDS!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 59 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^"*
research

TYPE * 7, ZEMAX WANTS THE SAFE DATA

The “safe” data is data ZEMAX can reiy on to trace rays through until the user
provides some new values.
Typically, this would include a modest or no gradient index, infinite radius, no
aspheric power, etc.

optima^ ^
research

UPS EXAMPLE: US_ARRAY.DLL

Here is a much more elaborate DLL.

U$_ARRAY defines a rectangular array of n x m spherical or conic
aspherica! lenses.
Here is how to use it:
• Select File, New for a clean start.
• Change the surface type on surface 1 to UDS, and select US_ARRAY for the
DLL.
• Set the Width X and Height Y parameters of the UDS to 50.
• BK7 glass
• Lens thickness of 10 mm.
• Let the EPD be 250.
• Make the radius be 100,
• insert a surface after the stop
• Add a MRH solve on the rear thickness of the lens (Wow. it actually works! Why?)

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 61 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 62 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima research

SAMPLE ARRAY

Here is the 3D layout with 50 rays drawn:

4ВГ Need to catch up? Open scjjdsl

optima X research

CLEAN IT UP

Optionally add rectangular apertures etc...

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 63 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

PROBLEMS WITH ARRAYS

When using ienslet array UDS DLLs, most of what ZEMAX does will return garbage,
because ZEMAX assumes all rays traced to the entrance pupil are ultimately
intended for the same image.
Ray fans, OPD fans, MTF, PSF, etc...all will fail.
The exceptions are the image analysis and spot diagrams.
These are purely geometric and will work okay.
if you really need to optimize or analyze the shape of a component in an array,
superimpose the stop (using CB’s if required) to cover just one element, then turn
on ray aiming and trace just that one component.
Use the MCE to zoom the stop position around to optimize multiple sub-lenses at
once.
The non-sequential feature is also quite capable of tracing rays through lensiet
arrays; and is, in general far more flexible; though slower.

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirraV’’’***

researc
h

UDS EXAMPLE: A SINUSOIDAL

TRANSMISSION FILTER

\y
optima X research

THE BASIC PROBLEM

ZEMAX supports a number of apodization types:

• Uniform
* Gaussian
• Cosine Cubed
But these all affect oniy the apodization of the entrance pupil.
What if you wanted to model a filter that passed rays but attenuated the ray
intensity.
You might want a filter whose transmission depends upon:
* Wavelength
• Ray position
* Ray angle
• Values specified in the LDE or EDE
* Ail of the above

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 68 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
V/
optima research

THE POWER OF THE UDS

With a UDS, you can define transmission that depends upon ai! of this ray and
parameter data.
The transmission can be described by:
• A function
• A look-up table
• A spline
• A random number generator
• Whatever!
Most importantly, the UDS filter can be placed anywhere in the optical system;
including a pupil position.
Therefore, a UDS can apodize any beam, not just a pupil function.

optima ^ ™
researc
h
EXAMPLE: A SINUSOID

Suppose we want a filter of the form

T(x, y) - (1 + sin(2?txa)Xl+sin(2rcyp))
where T is the intensity transmission and alpha, beta is the period in inverse lens
units of the sine wave.
if we place this filter at a pupil plane, we will get a two-peak PSF in the image plane.
If we place it near the focus; we will get a variable transmission over the field of
view.
Note this is NOT the same filter as
T(x,y) ~ (1 + sin(2?i(xa + yp)))

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 69 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Devaiopment Corporation 70 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
\y
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^
research

SOURCE CODE FOR THE UDS

Here is the source code for the transmission part (which goes under case 5):
UD~>rei_surfJran = (1 + sin(6,28318531 *{UD~>x)*(FD~>param[1]))); UD-
>rei_surfJran *= (1 + sin(6.28318531*(UD~>y)*(FD->param[2]))); The spatial
periods are stored in parameters 1 and 2,

optima “ ™
research

SAMPLE FILE

Open up sc_sinefilter
• Note the EPD is 20; so the radial stop height is 10,
• The radial image height is also 10.
• Look at the PSF.
• Place the UDS US_FlLT6 on surface 1; set the X Period to 0.25 (4 mm per period),
• Compare the PSF before and after. ______________________________________

A
ижттшм* tM«« TULE,
m,

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Devaiopment Corporation 70 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 72 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
JJ[ research

ZEMAX PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE

optima X research
ZEMAX PROGRAMMfNG LANGUAGE (ZPL)
ZPL is a high ievel scripting language that allows automation of common task such
as:
• Performing any analysis in ZEMAX, including Physical Optics Propagation and
Nonsequential raytracing,
• Changing parameters in the editors, as well as the addition and deletions of rows to
the editors.
• Reading and writing to a text file.
• Saving analysis windows as image files (JPG, BMP etc.).
• Optimization (including creating custom operands).
• Opening and saving iens files,
• Saving and loading merit function (.MF) files.
• Exporting to CAD files.

Almost any task that can be performed manually can be replicated using the ZPL.
The ZPL capability is constantly being updated and enhanced. User suggestions
are always welcome.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 73 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 74 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima Д
research

ZPL PROGRAMMING EXERCISE

We wiii create a simple ZPL macro that changes the thickness following the
middle lens in the Cooke triplet sample file,
1. Open the Cooke Triplet sample file (Samples > Sequential > Objectives > Cooke 40
degree field.zmx)
2. Open Notepad in Windows or any other text editor and enter the following lines
(All characters after the symbols are comments and can be omitted.)________________
- ^>This>Siacro-"Jill’-36t;^.the".surface'Ф thicimess- Eioi,-4^ toД-
? 1:, ?:g:
- if - «рейх» - d^6'Cj»eiii’ ai5sl'fsiS' 's;ind:!5¥S' *акй'ргШи"
й«'да£1:да15-#6'К|;и1.гия-.а£ '.nim tos-, ?■;!■■■
Ж
JOR' i,•4,■ S r >0.1- -># = 1 'доеа’-Ско®'-4".ед* 5s Ш- steps’ о£'0,-it- ■■■■■■■■■■■ . .......
Я--;/:: ■
> snap* , :
#3611-ttS£-8!I£faCS‘$4--tMS3meSS- i евЙе’-ЗУ -'ЕЩ-?.4 Я--.--:--::
OPMTE'All»---■■■■■■ ■■i'^Jpdace'«11*epaii'aiiel-Ysi-s'-wiKijpwsf
> x*i/CaKV(6)j-::.:----:.-'#3core‘Sur£a»?e'i(f6i-riattl«s-jl/cpj'nw,attJE0j.*lB"isuaeEi-c-‘«aEisbl-e’S’j
> &$*"*■>’ * -Redlus-’ of' curvature■ = ■" - «Place- die-i afes l - i*x- the'-str-lng-vasiaMef-AS ’
a: ■ . . ....
f'
■*> ■ >: • ffi-шгк? • loop-- to - slow* dowi> the - mac re- exe a cut i ona
■ .
». ...» , : FOR• й, .1ДЕ7, 1V ■ ...................
" -A-: ' :K£XT> . .:-.^..:-/riCiQSe-t-h^
®.:
.- :.»v .-#С1озё‘:£йа'-1':1ойрн5
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development: Corporation 73 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

optima X
research

ZPL PROGRAMMING EXERCISE

4. Save the file as “ODUZ2__sample_.macro.zpr in your \ZEMAX\Macros folder,

m Be sure that the file is saved with the extension .zpl and not ,txt!
5. In ZEMAX, click the menu option, “Macros > Refresh Macro List”.
6. Open the Macros menu and your newiy created macro should be listed in the drop-
down menu.
7. Choose your macro from the list and watch the analysis windows get updated 10 times
as the thickness of surface 4 is changed.

It is that simple!

Need to catch up? Copy the ODUZ2_sample macro.zpl file

from the \Short Course folder to the \Macros folder

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 75 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

76Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima research

UNDERSTANDING THE SAMPLE MACRO FILE

• All macro commands fail info 2 main categories; keywords and functions. Typically,
keywords set the parameter values in an editor or system settings where as functions
return values computed by ZEMAX. Keywords can also perform tasks such as opening
and saving files, optimizing, exporting graphics and CAD files, updating windows, etc. In
the sample macro we just created, the commands FOR, SURP, UPDATE, PRINT NEXT
and END are all keywords.
• There is a full list of the available keywords and functions in the ZPL chapter of the ZEMAX manual.
• Functions are subdivided into numeric and string types. Ail functions have parentheses
next to them in which the argument(s) are specified, in the sample macro, CURV{6)
returns the curvature value (t/radius) of surface #8.
* Example of a generic math numeric function is SINE(x) which returns the sine of an angle x.
* Example of a string function is $GLASS(i) which returns the glass name of the 'f surface.
1

• Arguments for keywords are separated by commas. The arguments for the SURP
keyword, which sets the specified surface parameter in the Lens Data Editor, are:
* SURP surface#, code {i.e. which parameter to set), value of the parameter
• Variables can be either numeric or string. String variables have the “$” suffix.
• You can perform mathematical operations, including iogical operations, to numeric and
string variables.

optima Xresearch

WHAT ELSE CAN YOU DO WITH ZPL MACROS?

• You can save any open analysis window as a graphic file. For example, you can
modify the sample macro to save the analysts windows as image files (JPG,
BMP, etc) at each step,
• You can open lens files. If you want to analyze a large number of files, like saved
Monte Carlo files, macros are the way to go.
• You can read and write ASCII files. For example, instead of printing values to the
text window, you can save them to a text file for later review.
• You can optimize using macros. For instance, you could automate the process of
optimization for different sets of starting parameters,
• You can wife your own optimization operand using a macro.
• You can build the default merit function or load/save merit function files. A macro
could optimize a system several times, each time with different merit function
(i.e, design goal).
• You can post-process saved Physical Optics Propagation resuits, like summing
(coherently or incoherently) two saved POP beams.
The sky is the limit! For more information, see the ZPL chapter of the ZEMAX
manual or the “Programming ZEMAX" tutorials in the Knowledge Base.

76Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima research

ZEMAX EXTENSIONS AND EXTERNAL

COMMUNICATIONS

research

ZEMAX EXTENSIONS

An extension is a stand-alone Windows program (.EXE) which is designed to

communicate with ZEMAX.
Extensions use the Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) capability of Windows. DDE is
a standard Windows feature supported by many applications. DDE allows different
Windows programs to communicate with each other, transferring data back and
forth.
Any DDE-capabie program can communicate with ZEMAX
• Excel
• Visual Basic
• MatLab
Open up Excel right now and in any ceii type:
-zemaxj IGetSeriai
Excel should then return your ZEMAX key serial number to you!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 79 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 80 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
\,y
optima^*'*
research

ZEMAX EXTENSIONS

There are three types of extensions;

1) Extensions can be used to display data like a “built in” ZEMAX feature allowing you to
create your own custom analysis windows, ZEMAX does the ray tracing and then
provides the data to the Extension for analysis. The Extension then tells ZEMAX what
to plot in the window. For example;
• Open the Cooke triplet sampie file (Samples > Sequential > Objectives > Cooke
40 degree fieid.zmx).
* Choose the menu option, "Extensions > Transmission Plot”.
AH analysis extensions are stored in the \ZEMAX\Extend
directory.

.■ШШГ ' у-'-;- jaw

liili ; ■ jSiioiia “ ■ rietd: : - Г - П Т З

lllll ■ ■■ .■
:| рога™
§Йр; |ЁШиГ“.
ISflil ty'ufcfwbfeM»'
immOWTH IN A* «.мам
Я KDfll CQ94

optima^ «=
researc
h
ZEMAX EXTENSIONS

There are three types of extensions: (continued)

2) You can create an extension to use as a custom user-defined optimization operand
(UDO) in the Merit Function Editor. A UDO can compute any data that you would like.
This data is then passed on to the merit function.
• You link your UDO to a ZEMAX file by using an operand called UDOP in the Merit
Function Editor.
• All UDOs are stored in the \ZEMAX\UDO directory.

3) An extension can be designed as a stand-alone program or can be used to link a

separate Windows application to ZEMAX.
• ZEMAX is used as a "ray trace server”. All ZEMAX does is trace rays and
compute optical information. The user interface and display of data is handled
externally by the extension.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 81 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 82 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima research

EXTENSIONS vs. ZPL

Extensions and ZPL macros can perform many of the same tasks but there are
some differences:
• Macros are interpreted while Extensions are complied.
о Extensions are faster than macros for complex calculations (like FFTs).
• Macros are easier to create than Extensions.
о ZPL syntax is fairly simple, like BASIC (no compiler required), о Extensions
require a stand-alone Windows compiler (C or C++) or a DDE- enabled
program.
in general, Extensions are preferable over macros if:
• The computations required are complex.
• You want to share the capability that you created with others but you do not want
them to see your source code.
• You want the capability that you are creating to look and feel like a built-in ZEMAX
feature.
The ZCL1ENT code that comes with ZEMAX (in the 2EMAX\Extend directory)
contains all of the underlying code that you will need to communicate with ZEMAX if
you are writing your own program!

optima ^research

DATA ITEMS
ZEMAX has a large list of data items that are used to build extensions
• Data Items are similar in form and function to keywords and functions in ZPL macros.
• The Extensions chapter of the ZEMAX manual has a full list of all available data
items.
For example, we demonstrated the GetSeriai data item (which returns the serial
number of your ZEMAX hardware key) earlier.
Data items are case sensitive!
Typically, data items have the following syntax:
• ItemName,argument! .arguments arguments,.,.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 83 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 84 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

COMMAND LINE INTERFACE

To demonstrate the data items, we will use the Command Line Interface extension
• This extension allows you to enter and process any data item, one at a time
• The Command Line interface extension was written in Visual Basic
о Ail of the source code for this extension is in the \ZEMAX\Extend directory!
Unlike ZPL, extensions are always working on a copy of the lens data. This copy is
completely separate from what you see in the editors in ZEMAX.
We need to explicitly teil ZEMAX that it is OK for extensions to change the data
in the active lens file. This is called "pushing" data—the Extension pushes the
data from the copy it is working on into the editors in ZEMAX.
Open the menu option, "File > Preferences” and choose the Editors tab. Check the
box “Allow Extensions To Push Lenses” ............
: ■ Jj? ■ v.

/£'■>?.I /, Cared

optima
^research
COMMAND LINE INTERFACE
Try out the Command Line interface right now (Extensions > COMMAND LINE
INTERFACE). In the text box at the top, type the following;
* Load File,C:\Program Files\ZEMAX\Samp!es\Sequential\Objectives\Double Gauss
28 degree field.ZMX
e This loads the Double Gauss sampie file
• Open Window, L3d
о This opens a 3D Layout
• SetFieid, 3,0,25
о This changes the Y-Field coordinate for field 3 to 25 degrees
♦ GetsurfaceData,3,4
о This reports the glass assigned to surface 3

ijQ etSurfac8Data_3.4 '-ч-л

Feel free to experiment with other data items and experience the power
and flexibility that ZEMAX extensions have to offer!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^
research

GAUSSIAN BEAM ANALYSIS

V"
optima
дresearch
GAUSSIAN BEAMS ARE PARAXIAL

Gaussian beam calculations are an alternative to ray-tracing.

# Purely paraxial, no aberrations
Used to study idealized TEM00 Gaussian beams Strictly "paraxial" entities
♦ Paraxial is somewhat of a misnomer
Gaussian beams uniquely described by just any two of these parameters:
• Wavelength
* Beam waist
* Divergence
Physical Optics Propagation (POP) is far superior when beams are not simple
Gaussian.
* and when they are

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
opting
research

GAUSSIAN BEAM PROPAGATION

Ray-tracing gives approximate answers to some Gaussian systems.
ZEMAX has tools to look at laser beam propagation
* Gaussian beams
* Skew Gaussian beams
* Full physical optics propagation (POP)
Before we look at POP, we will examine ideal Gaussian beam calculations,
* Gaussian Beams are useful for “well-behaved”, TEM00 beams
о No aberrations from optics, no apertures (no diffraction)
* Physical Optics Propagation needed when beams not TEMQQ, significant
aberrations, apertures

'W
optima”
research

GAUSSIAN BEAM BASICS

Gaussian beams have an intensity profile that goes as ЕХРНг/ю)л2], where r Is the
radial coordinate and ш is the beam radius at the 1/ел2 point. The beam is
narrowest at the beam waist; and diverges away from the waist. The wavefront
phase is a plane at the waist, and has a spherical radius R away from the waist.

Wavefront, radiu

Waist
f

'Boundary of
beam

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 6 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optin
.«* о IMPORTANT RELATIONSHIPS
searc
h
Rayleigh range:
* Distance from beam waist to point of minimum phase radius

Phase radius: 2
R(z)~ z +
z

Within the Rayleigh range, the beam size is considered constant.

The phase radius is:
• infinity at the waist (z=0)
• a minimum of 2* zR at z=zR
• infinity again as z approaches infinity

optima X research

MORE RELATIONSHIPS

Beam size:
* Minimum is atz = 0
* Measures distance off axis to 1 / e squared point

The beam size has increased by V2 at the Rayleigh range.

Divergence angle:
• Asymptotic angle of divergence of 1 / ел2 point

0 = tan 1
—
zr

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 8 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima Xresearc^

GAUSSIAN BEAMS INTERACTIONS

Gaussian beams interact with refractive optics

At thin lens:
• input phase radius of curvature determines apparent object
• Use standard Sens equations to determine image locations
• image distance becomes new phase radius for Gaussian beam

11
““““ = Ф + zr~

At index boundary:
• Ail transverse properties are conserved
* Waist and beam size invariant
* Wavelength scales by index
• Rayleigh range and divergence both
change

EXAMPLE

A HeNe laser beam has the following specification, measured at the output port:
• Wavelength: 0.6328 microns
• Diameter: 2.5 mm
• Divergence: 0.175 mrad
о This specification is taken from a Melles-Griot HeNe laser 10 mm after the laser
is a 5mm thick BK7 lens. The image plane is 100 mm beyond
the lens.
Problem:
• Design the lens that gives the smallest Gaussian spot size at the image plane.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 10 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^ ™
research

NOTE!

The output port of the laser is not the beam waist

The beam waist is usually a long distance behind the output face
Some resonator designs do place the waist at or near the output port, but they are
not in general the same.
In the ZEMAX Gaussian beam calculation, the beam waist is always positioned
relative to surface 1.

optima^
research

STEP 1: DEFINE THE LASER

Gaussian beams are not ray-traced!

File > New
Set EPD=6 mm just so we can see the lens, set wavelength -0.633
Beam Waist is located relative to surface 1
* in this example we will set surface 1 to be at the beam waist
# Surface 2 defines output face of laser beam
Set surface 1 thickness to 100 mm initially
Waist size is computed from wavelength and divergence angle or can be computed
interactively -
Л
con - —
TttartO

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 11 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 12 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^™
research

INTERACTIVE CALCULATOR

Analysis > Physical Optics > Paraxial Gaussian Beam (or Ctrl-B)
The beam waist is 1.15 mm. Check with the calculator that this gives the correct
divergence at surface 2:

Waist Size: ■■ V Шокк: ' [Г"

■'pi?
■Surf!ic Waist .IF
■ ■■ ■ ■■

'iw 'Vv:' T; Ч1ггл '*

: Г15ЙЗЕ^а». ■ RedbsF 4.3ШШЕ+Ш5

1MSOOOE^^I B^eeh=:., ' .:

S.5G36GE • GO3:
, ■ 1.O0OOOE+QQ2 l
. .i Z--!~ '■ '■ hierti
; -Б'ЗЗЙОРЕ-ОШ; ш :- \л -JAUjt■ cor-:

Need to catch up? Open sc_gabm2

4^
optima^™
research

WAIST LOCATION
Surface 1 is the beam waist, and its radius is 1.15 (sets divergence of 0.175 mrad)
Surface 2 is the laser beam output and should have a beam radius of 1.25 What
should the thickness of surface 1 be to get this output?
Let ZEMAX do the work:
• Make thickness of surface 1 variable
• Optimize using GBPS to make Gaussian beam waist on surface 2 “1.25 (set WO -
1.15)
• Separation is about 2.8 meters!
Surface 2 is now effectively the output face of the laser!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 13 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Deveiopment Corporation 14 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima jT research
X
NOW ADD THE LENS

Add a 5 mm thick BK7 lens 10 mm from surface 2,100 thickness to IMAge surface

FlF ;
” ifi:ii '"v' ■? ' ' ^^
, Sur£:Type :■■■■■■■■■■■ Radius Tfaic&ness Glaaa j |:. Sent!
Standard. Comment. “Diameter ,■: i
Infinity ■:.:: Infinity
г
ова
0.0000
ST0 Standard -..-■■■'■ВЕЖ Infinity 2796,0802 У 3.0000: L
• • •• Standard WAIST
: LASER Infinity ■■ ' З.ЕЮОО: h
■: 3c№;j«d OUTPUTК-Р!” 0УPORT
LILT T.fjin ■ J 10,0000
S.CW5 ® 3K7 .. ;-.o:oo b
:■■ Standard BACK OF LESS ...Infinity : 100,0000 . ■"■■"■'■"■■" J
■■ .- 4 ■"■З.-ОООО
ISA
Standard ■Infinity -
■■ ■■ -з,оооо

Need to catch up? Open sc_gabm3

research

OPTIMIZE!

Remove variable from surface 1 thickness Make

front and back Sens radii variable Change MF to
GBPS on surface 5, target 0 Go!

Gaussian beam diameter is around 32 microns (Change surface in Paraxia! Gaussian

Beam settings to 5 and click on Update,

.... . '■■■1 1 ■ ■■
',FZ 7. I"-'.

' :c- ■ -
Wairt h.- :
Z ■'
) JTV дате j jjagii ■ \ . - .-j.-'.i ■

Need to catch up? Open sc_gabm4

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaN^
research

WHAT ELSE CAN WE ANALYSE?

That’s iti
Gaussian beam calculations limited to Gaussian parameters like beam waist, phase
radius, Rayleigh range etc. in spherical or cylindrical systems.
Cannot discuss MTF, PSF etc. of a Gaussian beam (PSF of a Gaussian is just a
Gaussian).
Only real use is incorporating beam divergence.
POP allows more detailed analysis.
Save file as Gaussian beam.zmx for later use.
Note focal plane is not at paraxial focus {99.4 mm), best spot focus (99.3) or best
wavefront (99.35).

optima^
research

WHEN TO USE GAUSSIAN BEAMS?

TEM00 laser beams only
• Small divergence cones
• Avoid М2 factor (simple multiplicative scaling, not real.)
• Simple systems with no aberrations
Beam waist is only diagnostic
needed.
Skew-Gaussian is more sophisticated.
Physical optics propagation gives comprehensive treatment.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 17 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima Д research

SKEW GAUSSIAN BEAMS

Skew Gaussian Beams may enter an optical system at any surface from any field
position, and may travel through the optical system off-axis.
The Skew Gaussian Beam parameters are computed using real rays and account
for astigmatism but not higher order aberrations.
Example:
* The laser beam enters our lens at 5 degrees
* What is the beam waist at the image piane now, and is it still circular?

optimN<
research

SKEW GAUSSIAN

Make surface 2, the laser output port, the stop surface

Add a field point, +5 degrees in у direction

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima)**™
research

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using
ZEMAX

SKEW GAUSSIAN
Analysis > Physical Optics > Skew Gaussian Beam
Can specify waist in x, у Check results for on-axis
• same as
Paraxial
Gaussian Beam StwivCifUiwirtn fiertm Selling;:
1] 1
calcuiation :!."5 V.'L-cZmc'.h- ■i .r.i

; V'Wast p ':5 ’ .............>j

■i..............

■имн
:
End Surface ■ *■

I -j
■
:
. ' СавРе!;|'-; Save j t,oad: j- В--* Hep ]

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 19 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
. 1ЧагмЗгШйЛ^й 1: suits:.
Su* Si** :: Position S^diUS- ... .: Eaylsigiv
•• г •i^S4S$X+:000. ..1. is 000*4000 0,OOOflOlfOGO: Davsi^eaice-.-
••: InifXunity. .Л.:?$209Х-й04:-: • tfi-
s7o-- ■X.2$$S1%?№Q. ,i..isocto^oao 2,0067654003 ■ 1,3X^754-004: .:!.: 7 52035^0 SSSSOX+OOS-
€i563£0S+Q03-
■3 i-£SS97E4-.OQO: 421147&E-O02 "3,е?951в+оог »3;3836SS;fGQ2. 04 :
. :3.-232О5Е- I.273O3K+00i-
1.239432*000: .':iv€X7S3X-002 -0;9300€B400i ~С03'.
-3:33i7WKif- :I,.2'45SS5“0Q2 X.S9662B+G0Q-
••Z;'04333 E- 1.002433+000: •• 2 ;• 001':'
634715 ••х,г4«$$*"ваг--- • 4^23062
009" ■ +30$: ‘ B+000--
?undafaenbai Hode ..............
• .-.•••: -
'Зчг- • • •• •••Si»* Waist-. .- -.So-s-xtisn.- • --fcaditts Rayleigh.
• • •ll/iSOOOIfOOO; . -U 150002+OOO' O.GOGOOS+COO . . . Imfi-nity 1.7520SS-004 6,5£3€OS+C03
1:
:- ■ ■LJZS 073540 •lci5000S+000 2,306705+003 ::X-Si.557B+QG4 752035~OQ4 • •.S35S3602+-003
STO:3 1_-2£Х43В*0Щ>::
DO:-. : 4 ;• -3. 6948511+002. .*■£, 399X2B4-Q09 . .3,211563-003: •:
4 .■i .-га вдэдго 14134X^002
:- • L, 237053-002:.
■*9.98й49Я+001 ,1* 3X4842+000
o.&- :-i*627S5S"Q02
IKA . !>• 740398-00 l.,.62765X-:002- S.IS715X-QG1. ::3,e5?9SS*000-' i.237S5E~0Qt ••
'.1^314842*000'
2:-
optimaN^
research
OFF-AXIS

Now look at 5 degree field

Beam has size 20.4 microns in y, 17.5 in x!
Can optimize on skew date as well {GBSx operands)

i K\:\ - i s
Start-1®'.-waist: distance.;-.О,0000054-000

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
щщр Need to catch up? Open sc_gabm5
Copyright© 2097 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima z research

FIBER COUPLING EFFICIENCY

optima ^research

SYSTEM EFFICIENCY

The system efficiency, S, is the fraction of the energy in the input beam that exits
the opticai system: Г г и , ^ л n2

S = JwyjFsix.yjdxdy
JjFs(x,y)dxdy

Fs is the source fiber function. The integration is done over the entrance pupil of the
system, t(x,y) is the transmission function.
if the source is a fiber, light from the fiber may fill, underfill or overfill the entrance
pupil, if the system aperture is too small, the system efficiency will decrease.
if the source is not a fiber, then the integration is over the pupil.
The system efficiency value is determined by the input NA, entrance pupil size and
position, apodization, transmission of the optics, and vignetting.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 24 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima 7 r<
=
research
ч
RECEIVER EFFICIENCY

The receiver efficiency is the fraction of the transmitted energy that couples from
the exit pupil to the receiving fiber. Mathematically, this is the normalized
overlap Integra! between the fiber and wavefront modes:
||jFr(xIy)W,(xiyjdxdy|2
IlFr,{x)y)Fr(x)y)JjW(x,y)W'(x,y)dxdy
Fr(x,y) describes the mode of the receiver fiber and W(x,y) describes the wavefront
at the exit pupil These are complex valued functions: this represents a coherent
overlap integral
The integral is calculated at the exit pupil A Fourier transform is used to determine
efficiency at the receiver.
The maximum value of T is 1.0 will occur if there is a complete match between the
amplitude and phase of the receiver and wavefront.
Aberrations, or phase errors, will affect the coupling into the fiber as will the NA of
the receiving fiber.

optima x research
/X

COUPLING EFFICIENCY

The fiber coupling efficiency is the amount of source energy which gets coupled into
the receiving fiber. The coupling efficiency is the product of the system efficiency
and the receiver efficiency.
The calculation can also model any alignments of the source or receiver fiber.
The source does not need to be a fiber:
•If it is a fiber, the NA defines the sine of the half angle to the 1/e z intensity
•The NA in the x and у directions can differ (as with a diode)
The source and receiver can be adjusted to follow the chief ray Polarization effects
can include reflection loss from the receiver face •Set the image space glass to the core
material •Tilted faces can also be considered •Use aperture on image surface to match core
radius

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 28 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
opti ma^research
OPTICAL INTERCONNECT

A component commonly used as an optical interconnect is a ball lens.

Design a system:
•Source is a fiber 2 mm from the front of a ball lens
•Bali lens has a diameter of 2 mm, made of BK7
•System aperture: Object Space NA « 0.2 •Source,
receiver NA of 0.1 {circuiar)
•Optimize for image (receiver) position {set thickness of surf 3 as variable, use RMS spot merit
function)

Sffl: Solves .VlewV Help

SutftType COHSMftC EadiU3 ■ Thickness'" &i ass SetiiDiaii-cst

■.,083 U;U;:{:::Stan'da£ii: ■.■■'Infinity 2.QGOO ■■' ■.: Q. 0000

:* . ... ]. m,c-r.r. r-i;: 1- ...... N

■■■■.■ C-i^C^Scaft'daild
infinity 1.ЫЛ.
■: 1.4093
.
ry::
Ш
i.coo; c
jvfrjfij'hdop tr
3s;
IHA. ' ■ ■ Standard Infinity . "■r" '■■'■'Q, QS31

■-#! ' S®l ''-

Need to catch up? Open scjibert
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 25 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima X
research
COUPLING EFFICIENCY

Select Fiber Coupling Efficiency from the Analysis menu > Calculations. Open the
setting box to check the available parameters. We want a circular source N A of
0.1 and a receiver NA of 0.1.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 28 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

COUPLING EFFICIENCY

Look at the results: Not very good.

Itecaivar Deceuteir X /Se'ceivar Dacenter T

BecaiverDeeenter . Z - 0.000000 ?
Seceivar Tilt- Abous X idea) Receiver Tilt.
0.0000
About Y iaetf5
00
0.0000
00
0.0000
System. Kfilciancy 00 ■■
■0.339736
■
e&eceiwe.K.. 8f ficiamcy 0.000000
0.004506 ;i;
■■■■;■■■■■■■!!■
Coupling: .E:£ f i c i ency.. .. . ■ 0.00450S
haximum-.Sii iciency i"Z0.4605 c
The system .effieieney .is the traction оi0.371627
the :акrgy in the -a
at;., beam that exits ths optical system. ■ This-value is
determined:. the :input■ im, entrance pupil site: and posit lorn,
apoflisation,::;:: transmission of the optics, and■vignetting.

The receiver efficiency is the fraction of the transmitted ejC

:
<шг|........ -
Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 27 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima^»**
research

FICL

The location of the minimum spot size may not be the best focus position for
coupling efficiency.
Try using the optimization operand FICL instead:
•insert a new operand position at the top of the MFE
•Enter FiCL as the type, and press enter.
•The available parameters are:
oSampiing: 1 means 32 x 32, 2 is 64 x 64,
etc. oWaveiength number «Field number
oignore source: 0 indicates source is a fiber, 1 it is not
oSource NA oReceiver NA
•Set the sampling to 2, accept the other defaults, set a target of 1,0, with a weight of 1.0,
and reoptimize.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 30 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV^search
FICL

Update the fiber coupling calculation. Things look more promising.

jljjj
v.-sftd-:№
Receive* Secernse* X .................. ■■■■;■ О.ШОООб
Receive*. &e.ce8ts*-Y-.-- 0,000000
• •Receiver Decenter Z : O.OOCOOO •
fieq3iver-• ХхХъ. About •: o.oooooe
Receive* ■■ Tile-ibeut Y (deji . o.ooooco

Systen Efficiency : ■ # ЭЭЭЧЗВ.........

Receive*. Efficiency : Q.emzzs
Coupling Efficiency : O.SOSOSS i - ? . 1У43 dEb

Ha.Kiaua Efficiency : ■ - 0.2716c? ■■

' The system efficiency is the fraction of the energy cii tire-
Ззашл. that esics tha: optical:- systes.. This value - is defemiliei
.the.--input r.a, .entrance pupil site and.position.* apodisation,:-
••tE missis si on o f the. optics,, find vignetting.-.-

■Tha -receiver-.-ef flciency ■ Is-fch.e . fraction of the transmitted:

Need to catch up? Open scjiber2

optiiraV^
research

WHAT ABOUT A GAUSSIAN BEAM?

To this point, the calculation has been based on tracing geometrical rays with a Gaussian distribution. How does this compare to
the Gaussian beam location?

Open up the Paraxial Gaussian beam calculation. Open the setting box. Assume a 8 micron
diameter fiber (0,004 mm radius). The initial waist is at file source (surf 1 to waist = -2).

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 34 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 32 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
\y'
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
S
optima"^
research

WHAT ABOUT A GAUSSIAN BEAM?

The results indicate that the Gaussian beam waist is slightly offset from the
geometric calculation. The distance from the beam waist to the image surface is
about 72 microns. The fiber position would need to be adjusted by this amount for
maximum efficiency.

' lr -1 lif. ч Г:. -jr

Input; Beam. Parama'Caxs: KF&ist
Sia*-:
4.000008-003
Surf.- l--eci..waisc-■■distance.:-. К
-2.0000084000
Squared
l.OOOOOEfOOO
Y-pirace.ion:--.................

Fim&amennal .made
results:
Sur Wad-sis' Position" Padrus 'Divergen ■■■Raylei
OBJ- 4.000008-003" 4.000008-003 ,0.0000084000 Infinity' .76 ce ■' gh- 91139168-
1 - 17114001 ,8 '4.373978-002 002'. 3--
STB' 6v 017984001 1.12782- 003 S35S3S480J; .
. " 8.640922-002
■ 6$0Q£SrO.O&
3*&071SS-G03 1.12782- 003 3vS3SS3E40Sl'
3 sm
■ ■ ■■5-058038- :
3i 807188- 4 :-Е9£192- S. 27931S-
003 ■■ 003 £302 0D2■
4.59S19B-002 3.279318-
032■
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 31 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima^ research

WHAT ABOUT POSITIONAL ERRORS?

investigate the impact of errors in positioning of the receiver.

Open the settings for the Fiber Coupling Efficiency calculation.
♦Set the Decenter Y of the receiver fiber to 0.001 ♦Press “OK” to
calculate

Efficiency drops \ liser (iiiijiling ScHioRi

hhALojj.u.us
'Ш fair !
тгф>тж: “SAb-
¥ yViossi
w 11

-Sawpiine; : 0:
7.'-г; ! Г=,-.ГГ 1*4. : L-ld I I I !d|:
: I-
I ■■■* I I.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 34 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 32 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research
UNIVERSAL PLOTS

The “universal” plots are a quick way to generate a plot of anything the merit
function can compute as a function of any prescription data parameter (surface,
system or configuration) in ZEMAX. Both ID and 2D Universal Plots are available:
• The Universal Plot 1D displays the value of any optimization operand as a function
of a single parameter.
• The Universal Plot 2D displays the value of any optimization operand as a function
of two parameters.
The parameters), or independent variable(s), can be anything from the radius,
thickness, conic, parameter values, extra data values, wavelengths, fields; etc.
For the dependent variable, choose any of the roughly 300+ optimization operands
(even those calling macros or extensions) or the entire merit function; with any
settings you like.
For this application, we will use the FICL operand to plot the fiber coupling efficiency
as a function of the x and у decenter of the receiving fiber.

optimal
research
UNIVERSAL PLOT

insert a surface before the IMAge surface and change the type to Coordinate Break.
Open up a 2D Universal Riot (Analysis > Universal Plot > Universal Plot 2D > New
Universal Plot 2D).
Open up the settings dialog.
For the independent variable X:
9 Surface Parameter 1 On surface: 4
• Start value: -0.01 Stop Value: 0.01 # of Steps: 51

For the independent variable Y:

• Surface Parameter 2 On surface: 4
• Start value; -0.01 Stop Value: 0.01 # of Steps: 51

For the dependent variable;

• Operand: FICL Samp: 2 Sna, Rna: 0.1 Field: 1
• Plot Title: Fiber Coupling Efficiency vs X and Y Decenter
• Save As: FICL vs XY Dec
о This will save the format for future use.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 34 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 26 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaдresearch

EFFECT OF DECENTER ON COUPLING EFFICIENCY

Verify al! the settings, then

click on “OK”.

■v: : ..... - .......

' 'SMVa&e' j-om

... .'| г
П- i ;!RCT шшяш

r
Sp'v”" ...... ? 88§§fi§||§§III

0
явш ■■ ■■
&:
:■
■ | F<23? Cota * “ ■ • •■■■
e
:■ ;.Cv

• кЦРйзег Coupling £ff icienoj1 vs. X and Y Decenter

: ■■■ ■■■ ■■■

•nem&/:
. ■; ■ ■ i '
;
I -OK I krtp# | . -:
Need to catch up? Open sc_fiber3
Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 35 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima X research

EFFECT OF DECENTER ON COUPLING EFFICIENCY

Here are the results:

-f.u гмтш i m шш щ i л&

P*sm ахшднв gralSHCV х яж у мсеЖ

I ДдввЯк д
Ш ма ИИ иШШи1
ШГЯЬ.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 27 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 38 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X
research

PHYSICAL OPTICS
PROPAGATION

research

PHYSICAL OPTICS PROPAGATION

Introduction
Geometrical vs. Physical Optics
Diffraction Propagation
Methods The Pilot Beam
Propagation Through Optical Surfaces
Polarization
Examples

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 42 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
\y
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima" «
research

INTRODUCTION

Physical optics is the modeiing of optical systems by propagating wavefronts.

The beam is represented by an array of discreteiv sampled compiex amplitude Ae^
at each point in the array.
The entire array is propagated through the space between surfaces.
At each optical surface, a transfer function is computed that transfers the beam from
one side of the surface to the other.
Allows detailed study of coherent beam propagation, including:
• Gaussian and higher order multi-mode beams.
• Beams along any field position (called skew beams in POP).
• Amplitude, phase and intensity can be calculated at any surface.
• Effects of finite apertures, including lens apertures, spatial filtering and arbitrary
apertures placed in the beam, can be modeled.

research

GEOMETRICAL VS. PHYSICAL OPTICS

Geometrical Optics is the modeling of optics by ray tracing
• Rays are imaginary lines normal to wavefronts.
Ray properties:
• Rays propagate along straight lines.
• Rays don’t interfere with one another.
• Rays either pass an aperture or they don’t.
Wavefront properties:
• Wavefronts must be propagated as a single entity.
• Wavefronts coherently setf-interfere as they propagate.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 42 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
\y
optima ^ »*'
research

GEOMETRICAL OPTICS

Advantages to rays:
• Simple to propagate through any shape surface.
• Gradient index and arbitrary surfaces easily traced.
• Fast.
• Accurate enough for most applications away from diffraction-limited
focus.
Disadvantages to rays;
• Rays do not accurateiy represent the beam;
о Near focus
о Away from focus but near the edges of apertures
о For propagation of nearly collimated ray bundles

optima ^research

SINGLE STEP APPROXIMATION (RAY DIFFRACTION)

Simplifying assumption:
• Ail important diffraction effects occur going from the exit pupil to the image.
Ray distribution in the exit pupil, with transmitted amplitude and accumulated
OPD, is used to compute complex amplitude wavefront.
о “Shadowing” accounts for vignetting, apodization, etc.
Compute FFT or Huygens method to calculate PSF, OTF, MTF etc at “focus”.
The geometric model fails in several important cases:
• When the beam comes to an intermediate focus, especially near optics that truncate
the beam.
• When the diffraction effects far from focus are of interest.
• When apertures other than the stop vignette the beam
• When the propagation length is iong and the beam is nearly collimated.

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 44 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima/ ™
research

PHYSICAL OPTICS

Beam is represented by an array of points Each

point stores complex amplitude • to keep track of the
phase
As the beam propagates, entire array is propagated
Array may have a different point spacing and number of points in each direction
Array may (usually will) change size as beam propagates

optima%\research

PHYSICAL OPTICS PROPAGATION

Advantages to POP
* Easy to propagate through homogeneous space.
* Accurate representation of amplitude and phase on any plane or spherical reference
surface.
* Accurate all along the beam, near focus or not.
* Accurate modeling of diffraction during propagation.
* Accurate diffraction from edges and apertures.
Disadvantages to POP:
* Siower than ray tracing, not a big dea! for modem computers.
* Difficult to propagate wavefront through non-planar optica! surfaces.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

46Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^
research

DIFFRACTiON PROPAGATION MODEL

Theory covered in detail in numerous places;

• Joseph Goodman, introduction to Fourier Optics
• George Lawrence, “Optical Modeling’’ in Applied Optics and Optica! Engineering
Different algorithms apply when propagating the beam from:
• Near focus to near focus.
• Near focus to far from focus.
• Far from focus to near focus.
• Far from focus to far from focus.

optimaV^
research

FRESNEL NUMBER

The Fresnel number is extremely useful.

Fn depends on the diameter of the beam, the radius of curvature of the wavefront
phase and the distance to the observation point where the complex amplitude of the
field is desired.
The Fresnel number is the number of times the phase cycles through it as seen at
the observation point.
For a coliimated beam of aperture A, at a distance Z from the aperture the Fresnel
number is given by
A2
XL

The Fresnel number gets smaller as Z gets large.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

46Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima”'^
research

DIFFRACTION PROPAGATION

Consider a spherical wavefront emanating from a point and an observation point

some distance away from it. The aperture can be broken into Fresnel zones, each
indicating a OPD of one-half wavelength relative to the source point. (Drawing from
Lawrence reference. VFhe numbers indicate the different zones.
FRESNEL ZBfCS FOR SPHERICAL WAVEFRONT ........

OBSERVATION
POINT :

optima^™
research

NON-COLLIMATED BEAMS
For beams that are not collimated, the concept is the same.
A converging beam has a small Fresnel number if the observation point is near
focus.
A perfectly spherical beam converging to a focus has a Fresnel number of zero.
• There are no zones where the phase goes through к.
As the observation point moves from focus, the Fresnel number increases.
• Some similarities to interferometers.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 50 Advanced Optical ttesign Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research
NEAR AND FAR FIELD

When the Fresnei number is small. <1, the observation point is in the “far
field” relative to the beam.
When the Fresnei number is large. >1, the observation point is in the “near field”
relative to the beam.
Near and far are relative to the propagation from the current beam iocation to the
observation point.
♦ Near and far are not relative to anv beam waist or other reference.
Example: consider a paraxial lens focusing to a point
• Propagating from the exit pupil to focus is the far field.
* Propagating from focus by say 1 mm is the near field.
• Propagating from the exit pupil to say 1mm before focus is the near field.

optima^™1
researc
h
PROPAGATORS

ZEMAX uses different “propagators” for the different cases:

* In the near field, Frt > 1, the Angular Spectrum propagator is used
• In the far field, Fn < 1, the Fresnel propagator is used
о see Goodman reference for details

The angular spectrum propagator works well when propagation distances are small
or the beam is nearly coliimated.
• Use angular spectrum propagator for iarae Fresnei numbers
* Rule of thumb: if beam size does not change significantly, use angular spectrum
propagator
For smalt Fresnei numbers, where the beam size will change significantly, the
Fresnei propagator is the method of choice

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 54 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima Jjr research
CHOOSING THE CORRECT PROPAGATOR

ZEMAX wi!i automatically choose

• Angular spectrum propagator for large Fresnel numbers
* Fresnel propagator for small Fresnel numbers Surface-by-surface
option to choose angular spectrum propagator
о We will discuss this in further detail later

optirnaV'™
researc
h
FRAUNHOFER DIFFRACTION

There is also a third diffraction propagation technique based on Fraunhofer

diffraction theory.
The rav-based diffraction calculations in ZEMAX. MTF, PSF etc, use Fraunhofer
diffraction theory.
Fraunhofer theory is never used in the physical optics propagation algorithm in
ZEMAX.

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 54 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^™
researc
h
DIFFRACTION PROPAGATION CHOICE

In summary:
• Near focus to near focus:
о Propagate using angular spectrum technique.
• Near focus to far from focus:
о Propagate to focus using angular spectrum technique о
Propagate from focus to far field using Fresnel technique
• Far from focus to near focus;
о Propagate to focus using Fresnei technique о Propagate to
near focus using angular spectrum technique
• Far from focus to far from focus:
о Propagate to focus using Fresnel technique о Propagate
from focus to far field using Fresnel technique

\y
researc
optim
>Yh"
THE PILOT BEAM

To determine where “focus" and “far from focus" are:

• Use a pilot beam

The pilot beam is used to assist the POP algorithm in selecting appropriate
propagation algorithm.
• Pilot beam is ideal Gaussian
• Initial parameters generated by fitting Gaussian parameters to initial distribution
Pilot beam is propagated from surface to surface
• At each surface, the pilot is recomputed: new waist, phase radius, etc.
• Properties of pilot used to determine if actual distribution inside or outside Rayleigh
range, what propagation algorithms appropriate.
о Pilot beam waist locations and divergences determine optima! sampling and
propagation algorithm choice
After passing through an aperture that truncates the beam, it may be required to re -
define the pilot beam.
• More on this later.

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
jQresearch

SAMPLING

The beam size as a function

of propagation distance, 2 is
given by:

For large z the beam expands linearly

For small z (within Rayieigh range) beam size is approximately constant.
If the beam is represented by a constant-spaced grid, the beam can expand beyond
the array size if it moves a iong way from the waist.
So:
• Near the waist the sampling is constant.
* Far from the waist the point-spacing scales linearly with z.

optima X research
,? 4
f
v

PROPAGATION THROUGH OPTICAL SURFACES

Propagating the beam through homogeneous space is easy.
Hard part (and primary interest) is propagating the beam through optical
components.
о Lenses, complex apertures
Difficult/not practical to perform diffraction propagation through an arbitrary surface:
• On a curved surface, different parts of the beam intercept the surface at different
locations along the local Z axis.
ZEMAX supports many optical surfaces:
• Non-rotationaliy symmetric aspheres
• Cylinders and toroids
• Gratings
• GRINS
• User defined (could be anything!)
How do you propagate a complex amplitude array through an arbitrary surface?

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 37 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 58 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV^rl
researc
h
MORE PROBLEMS,,.

The desired propagation feature would support ail of this:

* Not be limited to on-axis propagation.
о Beams must trace from any angle or position
* Beams are not restricted in size, shape, structure, phase
о No Gaussian assumptions!
* Beams must be user-definable via tables and externally written user defined algorithms

\X
optima/ ™
researc
h
SOLUTION: PROBING RAYS

Probing ravs are rays that approximate the wavefront.

Probing rays are generated where the beam hits a surface
• The probing rays are traced through the surface using geometric optics
• Any polarization or transmission effects are considered here
• The probing rays are used to generate a transfer function
Transmitted beam is constructed using the incident beam and the transfer function.
Using the transfer function method avoids problems that occur if the wavefront is
generated directly from the rays.
The probing rays are also used to update the pilot beam.
This insures that the pilot beam remains a useful reference for the actual beam
properties as the beam propagates through optica! surfaces.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 62 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X
research

OTHER APPLICATIONS FOR PROBING RAYS

Rays can be traced through just one or muitipie surfaces.

Applications for tracing probing rays through many surfaces:
• Gradient index
• Non-sequential surfaces
• Short propagation distances where diffraction can be
ignored о Faster
о Set by user discretion ■■■■■ ; ■. ■ ,
~ ..
C estofewfeSsenvSfseijWSifrfie»

" :!
i.л:■у.
‘ C (suaRetaraffe ;

j,= : jd i Jggijggl

......

optima"^
research

POLARIZATION

Separate arrays may be propagated

* To keep track of X and Y directions of electric
field
Polarization ray tracing implemented for probing rays:
* Accounts for
о polarization aberrations
о transmission о field
rotation.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 62 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^; research
RESULTS: A GENERAL, ROBUST PROPAGATOR

Coherent beam may be defined using:

• Built in function
• User-defined table of points
• User-defined DLL program
• User-defined Multimode ASCII text fiie
Beam begins propagation at any
• Wavelength, Field position, Surface
Beam propagates through any surface ZEMAX can model
• Some surfaces, such as non-sequentia! or GRIN, are best modeled by ray tracing,
and this can be done within the propagator.
Polarization fully accounted for
Limitations:
• Probing ray set ignores diffraction along the distance the probing rays trace
• Gratings, holograms, etc. still modeled by phase profiles, not real surface structures
о Sampling needed would be enormous! о Phase
profile technique well proven in ray-tracing

optima ^research
MEMORY REQUIREMENTS
Geometric ray-tracing generally requires little RAM:
• Each ray can be traced independently.
Physical optics requires the entire beam grid to be stored and propagated at once.
ZEMAX uses 8-byte, double-precision numbers for ail beam data.
• 16 bytes needed for each pixel, field is complex
о 32 if using polarization
Computing the surface transfer probing ray set requires 56 bytes per pixel.
Computing the output display data requires 8 bytes per pixel
Peak requirement is 16+56=72 bytes per pixel for unpoiarized beams, 88 for
polarized.
• Output display data and transfer grid not required simultaneously

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima IT
research

MEMORY REQUIREMENTS
For a 128 x 128 polarized beam, need about 1.6 MB memory
For 2048 x 2048 polarized beam, need 403 MB!
Operating system, ZEMAX itself, other programs also need RAM
• 256 MB is useful ‘'minimum” for POP

To conserve RAM, you can check the option “Use Disk Storage To Save Memory”
in the POP window settings > General tab, if this option is checked, ZEMAX wil!
store the surface transfer array (at 56 bytes per pixel) in a temporary file on disk.
White this does save RAM, the propagation will be slower (generally on the order of
10 to 20).
Beyond this, if ZEMAX needs more RAM than is available, it will page the entire
propagation out to disk and be hundreds of times slower (or worse).
Be care when using Session files for cases where you have many POP windows
open...re-opening your ZEMAX file could take a very long time!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 2 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

DEFINING POP BEAMS

maS***
r*
optima X
research
DEFINING THE INITIAL BEAM
X and Y~Sampling define the number of points used to sample the beam.
• Larger values more accurate, but longer computation time, needs more RAM.
X and Y-Width is measured in lens units.
* Beam width is independent of semi-diameters
• Larger widths have more empty space surrounding beam
e Empty region called guard band
о Aiiows room for beam to expand as aberrations introduced
о Necessary to prevent aliasing
* Auto button is good starting point, may be modified if needed
о The Auto button sets the width to maintain approximately the same number of
pixels across the beam both within and outside the Rayleigh range.

!!C>P

rawing. ШЭЙНГ*Г. к-Шй; |p0 /}'

Y'SanptoK■ -ГЙ 7“;:]:

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 2 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
\,
optima^-
research

BEAft/l PROFILES

The initial beam may be defined using one of these options:

• Gaussian waist (beam defined by waist in x and y)
о By default, the beam will be T£M(0,0) but higher order Hemrsite-Gaussian
beams can be defined as well with arbitrary orders in the x and у directions
• Gaussian angle (beam defined by pure Gaussian divergence angle)
• Gaussian Size + Angle (beam defined by its size (not waist) and divergence angle)
• Top-hat (fiat distribution)
• User-defined table in file
• User-defined DLL program
» User-defined Muitimode ASCII text file
The beam may then be aligned along the chief ray for any defined field position,
in the optical space preceding any surface. Propagation then proceeds from the
starting surface to the ending surface.

optima ^
research

USER-DEFINED TABLE
The table of values must be placed in either a binary or ASCII format file and read
from disk. File must have ZBF extension. All ZBF Beam Fites must be placed in the
\POP\BEAMFILES subdirectory.
Binary format:
• The binary format is same as files generated using “Save "Save Output
Beam To:" option
• Ail integers are 4 bytes. All doubles are 8 bytes.

1 integer: The format version number, currently 1.

1 integer: The number of x samples {nx},
1 integer: The number of у samples (ny).
1 integer: The "is polarized" flag; 0 for unpolarized, 1 for polarized. 1
integer: Units, 0 for mm, 1 for cm, 2 for in, 3 for meters.
4 integers: Currently unused, may be any value.
1 double: The x direction spacing between points.
1 double: The у direction spacing between points.
1 double: The z position relative to the pilot beam waist, x direction. 1
double: The Rayleigh distance for the pilot beam, к direction.
1 double: The waist in lens unit3 of the pilot beam, x direction.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 4 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
research

BEAM PROFILES

The initial beam may be defined using one of these options:

• Gaussian waist (beam defined by waist in x and y)
о By default, the beam will be TEM(0,0) but higher order Hermite-Gaussian beams
can be defined as well with arbitrary orders in the x and у directions
• Gaussian angle (beam defined by pure Gaussian divergence angle)
• Gaussian Size + Angle (beam defined by its size (not waist) and divergence angle)
• Top-hat (flat distribution)
• User-defined table in file
• User-defined DLL program
• User-defined Multimode ASCII text file
The beam may then be aligned along the chief ray for any defined field position, in
the optical space preceding any surface. Propagation then proceeds from the
starting surface to the ending surface.

optima ~
research

USER-DEFINED TABLE
The table of values must be placed in either a binary or ASCII format file and read
from disk. File must have ZBF extension. All ZBF Beam Files must be placed in the
\POP\BEAMFILES subdirectory.
Binary format:
• The binary format is same as files generated using “Save "Save Output
Beam To:" option
• All integers are 4 bytes. Ail doubles are 8 bytes.

1 integer: The format version number, currently 1.

1 integer: The number of x samples (nx),
1 integer: The number of у samples (ny).
1 integer: The "is polarised" flag; 0 for unpolarised, 1 for polarized.
1 integer: Units, 0 for mm, 1 for cm, 2 for in, 3 for meters.
4 integers: Currently unused, may be any value.
1 double: The x direction spacing between points.
1 double: The у direction spacing between points.
1 double: The z position relative to the pilot beam waist, x direction.
1 double: The Rayleigh distance for the pilot beam, x direction.
1 double: The waist in lens units of the pilot beam, x direction.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 8 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^*™
research

USER-DEFINED TABLE

Binary format (continued):

1 double; The z position relative to the pilot beam waist, у direction.
1 double; The Rayleigh distance for the pilot beam, у direction.
1 double: The waist in lens units of the pilot beam, у direction.
1 double; The wavelength in lens units of the beam in the current medium.
1 double; The index of refraction in the current medium.
1 double; The receiver efficiency. Zero if fiber coupling is not computed.
1 double: The system efficiency. Zero if fiber coupling .is not computed.
8 doubles: Currently unused, may be any value.
2*nx*ny double; Ex values.
If polarized, 2*nx*ny Ey values follow the Ex values.

optim^Vresrarch

USER-DEFINED TABLE

ASCII format:
A: indicates an ASCII file.
version: The format version number, currently 1. nx: The number of x
samples, ny: The number of у samples.
ispol: The "is polarized” flag; 0 for unpolarized, 1 for polarized.
units: 0 for nun, 1 for cm, 2 for in, 3 for meters.
unused 1: Currently unused, may be any value.
unused 2: Currently unused, may be any value.
unused 3; Currently unused, may be any value.
unused 4: Currently unused, may be any value.
dx; The x direction spacing between points.
dy: The у direction spacing between points.
zx: The z position, relative to the pilot beam waist, x direction.
Rx: The Rayleigh distance for the pilot beam, x direction.
wx: The waist in lens units of the pilot beam, xdirection.
zy: The z position relative to the pilot beam waist, у direction.
Ry: The Rayleigh distance for the pilot beam, у direction.
wy; The waist in lens units of the pilot beam, у direction.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 8 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

USER-DEFINED TABLE
ASCII format (continued):
lambda: The wavelength in lens units of the beam in the current medium.
index: The index of refraction in the current medium.
re: The receiver efficiency. Zero if fiber coupling is not computed.
se: The system efficiency. Zero if fiber coupling is not computed.
unused 1: Currently unused, may be any value.
unused 2: Currently unused, may be any value.
unused. 3: Currently unused, may be any value.
unused 4: Currently unused, may be any value.
unused 5: Currently unused, may be any value.
unused 6: Currently unused, may be any value.
unused 7: Currently unused, may be any value.
unused 8: Currently unused, may be any value.
Ex real value for point 1 Ex
imaginary value for point 1 Ex
real value for point 2 Ex
imaginary value for point 2
etc... for 2*nx*ny Ex values.
If polarised, followed by 2*nx*ny Ey values.

\/
optima X research

OPTIWAVE

ZEMAX has a conversion utility to read .3df files produced by OptiBPM and
OptiFiber, produced by the Optiwave Corporation, Ottawa, Canada
This allows ZEMAX to read modal field files produced by Beam Propagation
techniques in these codes
These codes also read the ,zbf file format, so data from a ZEMAX simulation can be
read back in
ideal for waveguide and fiber coupling simulations:
• Waveguide mode in OptiBPM
• POP through coupling optics
• Output mode goes back to OptiBPM

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 10 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
research

USER-DEFINED DLL

The algorithm which computes the initial complex electric field must be written and
compiled into a Windows Dynamic Link Library (DLL).
The DLL:
• Allows the beam to be computed from parameter data
• Can access parameter data entered on POP dialog box
• Can label parameter entries on POP dialog box
• DLL computes beam array and passes it back to ZEMAX
Sample DLLs are provided, with source code in C,
All Beam DLL Files must be placed in the \POP\DLL subdirectory.

optimaV5^
research

THE DATA ARRAY

ZEMAX and the DLL pass information through the data array:
/* the data is stored as follows:
data[0] = the total number of values in the passed data array
datafl] = x data[2] ~ y
data[3] - 0 if unpolarized, 1 if polarized data!4] =
wavelength in microns
data[5] = millimeters per unit length (1.0 for mm, 25.4 for inches, 10.0 for
cm and 1000.0 for meters)
data[6} - peak irradiance in power per lens unit area data[7] = dx
point spacing in lens units data[8] = dy point spacing in lens
units

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 12 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X
research
THE DATA ARRAY

Data array continued...

data|10] = Ex real (to be computed by the all and returned)
data[ll] - Ex imag (to be computed by the dll and returned)
data[12] - Ey real (to be computed by the dll and returned if polarized)
data[13] - Ey imag (to be computed by the dll and returned if polarized)
data [14] “ pilot beam, waist in lens units (to be computed by the dll and
returned only if к - у - 0}
data[15] ~ rayleigh distance in lerss units (to be computed by the dll and
returned only if x = у = 0}

aata[20] - parameter .1 from user Input

data [21] = parameter 2 from user input
etc... up to data[maxdata] where maxdata ™ int(data[0])

Make sure to include error checking in the code.

optima. ,?ц. ^search

BEAM SAMPLE DLL

The DLL describes the beam

/ * this DLL models a Guassia.n beam. */
int dec1spec(dllexport) APIEMTRY UserBeamDefinition (double *dafca)
{
double x, y, wx, wy, gx, gy, amp, peak, lambda;
peak - data[6]Mata[7]*data[8];
if (data[3) > 0.0) peak /- sort (2.0);
x ~ data. [1];
у = data[2];
wx = data[20];
wy = data[21];
if (wx <=0.0 H wy <= 0.0)

return -1;

Remainderfoltows...

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 12 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
V/
optimart ДA research
r

BEAM SAMPLE DLL

if (x ===== 0.0 h & у =■=
0.0)
{
data[14j ~ sqrt (wx*wy) ; /* the waist size in lens units */
lambda ~ data[4]/1000.0; /* this is lambda in mm */ lambda /=
data[5]; /* lambda in lens units * / data[15] =
PI*(wx*wy)/lambda; /* Rayleigh in lens units */ }

gx =■ (x/wx);
gy = (y/wy);

optima
researc
h BEAM SAMPLE DLL
amp = peak*exp{-(gx*gxtgy*gy)}•
data[10] - amp;
data [11j -
0.0; if
(data[3j > 0.0)
data[12] ■= amp;
data[13] ~ 0.0;

return 0;

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 14 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Opticas Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
research

DIALOG BOX LABELS

The names of the variables passed to the DLL can also be set. Up to 8 parameters
are available to the DLL.
infc decispec (dllexport) API:ENTRY UserParamNames (char Mata)
{
/* this function returns the name of the parameter requested. */
int i;
i - (int) data [0]; s t r c p y ( d a t a , ; if (1 1)
strcpy(data,"Wx");
if (i 2 } strcpy (data,"Wy"); return 0;
}

optima'*^™
researc
h
MULTIMODE

A multimode beam sum can be defined in a user defined ASCII text file.
• The file must end in the extension .ZMM and must be stored in the \POP\BEAM FILES
subdirectory

ZMM files are constructed based on a simple command-based syntax which is used
to define the multimode beam. The “master” beam is initially set to zero amplitude
over the entire beam.
Each contributing mode can then be either a top hat beam, arbitrary order Hermite-
Gaussian, or user-defined dll.
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optin ^search

MULTIMODE
The syntax for constructing ZMM files consists of the following commands:
! Comment COHERENT
* AH modes following the COHERENT command will be summed in a coherent
fashion.
INCOHERENT
* Ail modes following the INCOHERENT command will be summed incoherently. All
phase information ss lost when summed incoherently.
PHASE angle or PHASE RANDOM
• This command can be used to multiply subsequently defined beam modes by a
complex factor {determined from the specified (or random) phase angle).
GW weight waistx waisty decenterx decentery aperturex aperturey orderx ordery
• Defines a Gaussian Waist which is summed to the master beam.
TH weight waistx waisty decenterx decentery
* Defines a Top Hat beam
DLL weight DLLJsiAME paraml param2 рагатЗ
• Defines a mode based on an external beam DLL
For more information, see the ZEMAX user’s guide.
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 17 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optin i« . i
v*search

POP EXAMPLES
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optiira^™
researc
h
FREE-SPACE PROPAGATION
f я \ (и* IU* w И W йм i I 1ч/1 I iVIl

Before we deal with the complexities of adding optical components, consider some
examples of physical optics propagation in free space:
* Fresnel numbers
* Talbot imaging

optima^research

FREE-SPACE PROPAGATION

Consider a HeNe beam, Hat-topped intensity distribution, 5 mm

diameter At a distance z there will be Fn Fresnel zones where

A,Fn

Propagate the following distances:

• 1411 mm for 7 Fresnel zones
• an additional 235 mm for the 6th Fresnel zone
• another 329 mm to the 5th zone
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

SETUP

File > New

Enter EPD=10 mm, wavelength -0.6328 microns
Setup LDE as shown below. Label the surfaces using the Comment column.

St Lens D«t<i t'dilor

Г'Ы it,'- \>.ъ
Surf;Type г;I.. Comerit Radius Thickness Bless,..--' Seal-Dianeter
OBJ Stan clara Infinity! ..Infinity 0.0000
$T0 Standard 1ШТТ BSAH Infinity! 14U.CC0O 'PC-:; 5.0000

2 Standard :■ ■- 7"FltESHS.t;..£OJiS.S Infinity! : «;25.оспа ■■■ . 100.0000 и

3 Standard 6 FKS3JIEI 20HES ■' -Infinityj 329.0000 ioo.oooo и
:
IH4 Standard : S..fBESHEt,-'25HES Infinityj - 100,0000 и
<•; Ы' ' . ....... ...........■'

Set semi-diameters to 100 mm so you can see observation point surfaces. Save
File as Fresnel Zones.zmx
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 21 Advanced Optical Design Using ТЕМАХ

optirraN^
research

LAYO
Here is the resulting layout: UT

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 53 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima***™
research

INITIAL SETUP

Analysis > Physical Optics > Physical Optics Propagation

Make initial beam Top Hat distribution, 2.5 mm waist
radius
• X-, Y-Width: 1 5 x 1 5 mm (array size)
йадгйГ Fibs) Data]
• X-, Y- Sampling 256 x 256
.X-Sai*fb£ .<255 *”’~5
!ftr
■Autos

■ ёйа».’Г^рёг \ jToprHat 3'-

“TJ
.......
:i3L
5
'
fo““

-"i- : ■■
:i
.i :
'T
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 23

optimaVfesearch

DISPLAY TAB
Choose to display ■cross-section, save data at all surfaces.
X-

■■■■■ :N',
’
R S!*wA$V r '.jCrassX -wjCaStfSirc ' | Carte

.7. Bate: ■■■: ji/radatx* >j- . $ е ф ; Itirsea?

Beam ] iilBiiWI
. P' SaMe.Outpui ■■>>■■ Г: ' f rasnai Eentes.ZB F| 7;..........
Ф Seve-Seara A1A!; Surface*'
. .;i^o Ptwefar ReNaveisradiartt* fetew: ■'' R рШ ........
■---pSttSwfe-.'' '.VR .R.,,.|0
.........................
' EtmlowPoftaal.
Ш111Ш11
Zddrolre ‘ ’’ . -.|Йо2отп) _rj 1

ШЩ
Save'-'■ \ - '.■'-''ioatf! i’ .'-Reset j
:
таят
■У-.. ■

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 26 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 28 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^ ^
research

CALCULATE

Five Fresnel zones are clearly shown at image surface. Notice

"Comment” entry on

Need to catch up? Open sojzl

optima X research
BEAM FILE VIEWER

Click on Analysis > Physical Optics > Beam File Viewer

Can open data for any surface, and view data in any way you want.
• Well iook at the data format and other uses later.
Look at Fresnel zones 7 (surface 2) and 6 (surface 3). (Data flies appended with
surface number.) Be sure to set to display X-cross-section.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 26 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 28 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV^l
research

SAMPLING MATTERS...

The beam sampling has a clear effect on POP accuracy Change the sampling to 32 X 32

and then to 1024 X 1024

1 rri
. 1 lllll

Jу j J К!
■|at x за ммл*| ■tmi* IMS ЯИЧДО1
Ш jj
В «*wm

s IT
t а.вэвч

1 l s
1 7,Bam
x сотеслЗите мияз ТЛв>*
К СООИЕЕНВТЕ WLLK

X-CRQBB bfeLtiUH SUWHUL 4 9 F№&**- »«* ЛИЮ» х-ааш seers* эивэдее ч к жш шв

SilPcr*itSSiW **e* ” "" “

иши 1Д)«а ш итм m ш,тт т
ШШтшт жж'мшяялт

optima X research

POP EXAMPLE: TALBOT IMAGING

Talbot Imaging is the property of a beam forming an image of itself as it propagates.
A single spatial frequency p propagates with the transfer function

T(Xz) = e(~“>'Azp2)

so the phase is Just 0= _iltMz[fx2 + fy2 j

The phase moves cyclically from

* pure real, 0 = 0
* 14 cycle: pure imaginary, 9 - я/2
* Vz cycle: pure real, reversed phase, 0-я
* % cycle: pure imaginary, reversed phase, 6 = Зя/2
* Full cycle: pure real, 0 = 2%

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 26 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 30 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^»*e
research

TALBOT IMAGING

A single spatial frequency p cycles between pure amplitude and pure phase to pure
amplitude with an axial spatial frequency of

char
Up2
Propagating by the characteristic length (one-quarter of a Talbot cycle) resuits in
conversion of amplitude modulation to phase modulation.
A further propagation by the characteristic length converts the phase modulation
back to amplitude modulation.
Open the sample Hie \Samples\Physical OpticsVTalbot Imaging.ZMX

optima ^research

TALBOT IMAGING

A square-wave amplitude modulation is imposed on the incoming beam by a user-

defined aperture. The period of the aperture structure is 0.1 mm which corresponds
to a Talbot characteristic distance of 10 mm.
Open a Footprint Diagram (Analysis > Miscellaneous > Footprint
Diagram) and set the surface to 1 to see the user-defined aperture.
__________________________________________________t

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 34 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 32 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
V/
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima" research

PHYSICAL OPTICS PROPAGATION

On Dispiay tab for the POP analysts on surface 3 and setup the "Beam Definition" and
“Display" tabs as shown below;

Senst.sf вежОеййап UWli : L-: .

J;.
..... - ■■ C TOSS ;<-
\c7attx
-■ i;Ba pAirTsHl; ^Center Л]
.бад^рё.'. ':'.jTepHat tSs ";".
Rs. 'j ' fers м. .
pn? S^mbuipiftSeaBiTti: |TabSte'ag!nS5iF
"Л Tpbst Fwjfl
Рем». : | di:
2ara FfeM Foi Bife кгафгабШт - ■
Estate , .. ■
CaMouiFiMnai:'
Zemin...'

optima^ research

INPUT DISTRIBUTION

Look at the irradiance and phase output at surface 1 using the Beam File Viewer.
The aperture imparts a modulation purely on the amplitude of the wavefront

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 34 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 32 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
research

TALBOT IMAGES

This shows the irradiance distribution after the wavefront propagates one-haif
Talbot cycle (surface 2) and one full cycle (surface 3). (2 and 4 times Az char)

optima X research

TALBOT IMAGING
Overlaying the beamfiles at the two surfaces clearly shows the reversal.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 34 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

TALBOT IMAGING

Change the thickness of surface 1 to be the characteristic length (10 mm). Update
the POP analysis on surface 3. Open the new beam file for surface 2. At a
propagation distance of Azchar, one-quarter cycle,only the phase is modulated.

optima^"
research

PROPAGATING A GAUSSIAN BEAM

Reload the Gaussian beam.zmx file (work on-axis only), if you don’t have that file
saved, open up sc_jjabm4
Beam waist at surface 1 is 1.15 mm from our earlier work.
Use Gaussian Beam calculation Initial Rayleigh range is 6566 mm.
Add dummy propagation to/back from Rayleigh range (new surfaces 1 and 2).

\ L'n:. D.itu tiliior

:: ■ : : : :
1 Surf:Type [■ Radius'■■ ■■ | ■■ ■Class ■■ j SenaHDisaesei::
......Создашь • • \ ■■■■■Thldsness:- :j
Standard. Infinity: ■.I.::-.:: .Infinity! j 0.0000
1
Standard
Standard
mi 57
М7СЕ1Ш RAHGE:
Infinity
:: .. Infinity!
T.ssse* 0000
-£566,0QQG ■
г | ; з.оооо

2 p. \ 3,0000
■■■■'■■ 1 3.0000
: STO Standard ■ БШЕ WIST . ■. Infinity] 2796.0003
■ ■ LASER OUTPUT
4| ■:■■■ Standard PORT ■■■■ Infinity. ю.еоео L j - ■■■■■ 3.0000
StiV! t-Sr’-E-f■-У i- ICi.CCOS 1
•
П
7
p
U. . . :

" *! Standard; BACK or U3JS -84. ШИ: V 100,0000] H I 3.9618

1ИА Standard; Infinity; - ■:}:■,:■■■■:
1 0.0220

.ill

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaIf^search

CHECK IT OUT

Use Gaussian beam waist=1.!5, Sampling = 128 and Auto to compute the size of
the starting array.
lings
I.1". ■ . '■

■&Sawjig: 'П23 :JQSEB8

;

.Y-SaHpfoJE ^ 1 "-■ :йкло | - -

__}|23.OS038
j12S в«эт' Тз>Э№' ;

1
|
GatisSnW«sf
' Г'-.'Тйй! Power

. WautX ■ fu'S
v'OsesnteiX .. ■ fo"
; Г '- SO
;O n f e f X ' j o ™

Ш1Й1й j!

optima X research
DISPLAY DATA

Select “Save Output Beam To” and “Save Beam At All Surfaces" so we don’t need
to re-calculate to see different data!
The “Zero Phase For Relative irradiance Below” option will ignore !ow energy data
points when calculating the phase.
p .................. .
Sewut ее*. Defritot №*-jrpWiij\
' Bst«
-^ratesC.'.' -
SCCiCZi 3
'^ia^aSjwtSeint
w! :
■r :■ ■■■ ■■L j -
• -i-,

.... ;• ••**

Need to catch up? Open scjoopbeaml

Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optinmVl-esearch

RAYLEIGH RANGE

Open up the beam fife for surface 2

Phase radius is minimum at z.

•
V
я

>11.8347
x ео«кш*те «мде
1Я.вМЮ
. I

''ицидм-ддд-

optin^VC
research

AT LASER PORT

At the output of the laser (surface 4):

'
!■- :--------УЛ1 &
1 ---------: t *.4233

i
:
S . 1

...
-и.емв *,mm ti.sam X СОСЯИИПТЕ ШЖ
-u,&m iiNN ii'Vm

WMSifeligHUg МД—

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 62 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
research

AT ‘'FOCUS”

Image plane was optimized for minimum Gaussian

beam size, lenses add aberration so phase profile is
not exactly flat.

■
1.....
I

-в. 1779 а,«ИМ в. 1779 X СООИИНВТЁ VfiLUE

PHftse x-csoss SECTION сяизяшн zee

ЯвЦЕНВВЕК 1РММ

Мйж ?Ж1П»1Ш81- Ш$м№ lmn-яшв

optimaVresearch

POP EXAMPLE: SPATIAL FILTER

We want to clean up an aberrated beam using a spatial filter:
• A spatial filter focuses a beam onto a pinhole, and the light is then restored to full
size by another lens.
• At focal plane we produce a Fourier transform of the input distribution.
• A small pinhole allows only the fundamental mode to pass.
• Output is a Gaussian intensity profile with some low-intensity rings around it.
This example cannot be undertaken using ray-tracing!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 63 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 44 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima 7 ^
researc
h
STARTING POINT

Turn off the search criteria in the lens catalog {if active) and look for lens 45408
from Edmund Optics (a well-corrected laser monochromat)
toad the lens

■' -4V.- :
-y.

80.0, D=12.50i?,S ,23

145(10 30.0. 0* 12.50(75,23
F= 27.0. 0= 13,00 (?.S,2j
П~"““ 145412 3500.0=1800(7.5.23
F= 275.0. D= 25.00
l45413F (?,S,2)
sh-T-: = 200.0, D* 30.00
ЩЩШШШШШЩ 145414
F= i
[?,S,2i-
200.0. 0= 75.00
*
45415 (7.S.2) 3
■ mm-
Fs o»75oo.(?,s.2j-
■s ; 14345 F 400.0. 0=75,00 (?,sjav
57 . - ■12.50.0= S.25 (?,S,2i
14346 F ЖОй D* В 25 {7.S.2J
SL;.:-.:: . . !; ? % ■75.00.0= 25.00
I:..'.:; .■■■ и C7 45419 ■150.00; [>* 2S; 00
F= [7,5,23 -3500, D*
\■ 1.45420 12.50 j?,S .2]
F= 15.0. 0= 3,00 (P5.11
■■■■ :■ 145421 e.00,D=4.0O[P.S,13- .
F*
*43422
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 43 F= Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
14351 F
?
14352 F
*
145428
П
145423
П

optimal
researc
h
STARTING POINT
Change the assigned wavelengths to use He-Ne (0.6328) only
Works well at He-He wavelength, 4 mm EPD
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Opfieai Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV™
research

RECOLLIMATE

Add another lens to recollimate the light.

Quick way:
• Insert dummy surface before IMA (becomes surface 4), make its thickness pick-up
from surface 3.
• insert a second 45408 lens at surface 5.
• Highlight all the surfaces in the second 45408 lens {surfaces 5 through 7)
• Tools > Miscellaneous > Reverse Elements to turn the lens around.
• Set the distance to the image surface (thickness of surface 7) to 5 mm.

Need to catch up? Open sc_spatia!1

optima X research

RECOLLIMATE

Looks something like this (with 5 mm distance to image)

m - in
— —— —

Щ.—--==*■ ----------------------UJ_ZJ

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 46 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 48 Advanced Opfieai Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima I; research
LENS DATA EDITOR

LDE looks like this:

■:-.:-.-.Surf:Typa л-..::. Coament , -; Radius Thickness -Sides Semi -Diameter -

OBJ :: Зггшйага Infinity Infinity o.oooo

m ;3t?rnar:t 4:-v.-i i 4.1 IP 1.61:10 ::лгкю 3. ::

Sr eri
.. ^ -n.SliCn i.:.3co .... CF10 3. rc:.'J L- |Г
3* Standard -75.5900 18.S036 и 2. 5000 U

■■4 ■■■■■ Standard Infinity 18.6036 ? У: -3, 565E-003

5я Stajidii-i 1. j'rOO SF.10 2.LOOO I
S' 3' -jr.-iars :■ .sim P.iBil П Л..1".:'!? "
:
. уъ Standard t: -; 45408 -14.1100 5.0000 2.5000 0
:
Standard -■■Infinity ■ 2.0052 i-'И
лЦ

■£:i ______ !
£| ' ____ ___________________ -’Sy',:;; Т;

optirmN^
resear
ch
LENS DATA EDITOR

We need a pinhole at the intermediate focal plane.

• Add a dummy surfaces at the focal plane (insert a surface at surface 4),
• Set Semi-Diameter of the new surface 4 to 1 mm so it can be seen on
layout.
Lens IJiitrt f
ililnr
e;- le-v
n
Sutf;TypaCommentv I ;.: Radius" Tbidmess Semi-Diamete v
■■ ■ --Standard ■' pyyinfinityj Infinity Glass ЗА 0.0000 1: fl
■;:;.OBJ
14.1105! l.CiOO ............................ ! l
...................... . Fill ? i J
j-.L'StL- ■
ЯСЗ*'; ■t:Standard ■ -75.5900 18.6036 it ■■■■■■ 2,5000 H
■■■t'l'G.QtSG
Cylpiiydtandard FimiOlE Infinity O 1.0000 O'
:
5 Standard Infinity "■■■■■■ p 3.565E-003 .
18.6035
Standд-и -'■int 1.0son *nn -,-
;

II
...
Standard 6.-: so? 5Ж10 2.5-C.j
%
1

...
8* ■Vy-:-.7:V.::vStandatd С.; " -45408 -14.1100 5.0000 .......... 2.5000 0
IM I tstandatd. Infinity .....cV'- - 2,0052

>
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 50 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
research

LAYOUT

Now layout looks like this:

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 49

Advanced Opticai Design Using ZEMAX

optima
^research

GAUSSIAN BEAM

We will launch our HeNe Gaussian from the earlier example using Paraxial
Gaussian Beam calculation
• Waist Size: 1.15 mm
• Surf 1 to Waist: -2797 (places output port of laser at surface 1)
Intermediate focal plane is at paraxial focus!
• Beam size, waist size not the same
• intermediate plane thickness is 18.604
• Re-optimize with GBPS for smallest Gaussian waist at surface 4
о WO = 1.15, S1toW - -2797 о
Variable is thickness of surface 3
• Intermediate plane thickness becomes 18.625
• Gaussian beam width approximately 3.2 microns at surface 5

Need to catch up? Open sc_spatial2

Copyright© 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirmN^
research

PHYSICAL OPTICS

Now launch real Gaussian wavefront:

• Use settings as shown beiow
о Use "Auto” for Х-Width and Y-Width {be sure to use "Auto” after setting waist)

fibeBdej '5 ■ ■- > i-:■ :

Sait Satfara: - |i
л1
Гт) WaitSengfe - роняв
SnSSatfeei. '■ |!таэГ™Э fin!*. рэШГ
11
■ - :i-i|Ssussien'W.a'isi.

{Г™”
.{vV— ' В>вТт>Вада- ШТ
^f'UiefoW^fcrt' ',' ' .',1
!.
;
-r si^gg'- . ^ '
■ 1. ■ is.'l -

till jigШШШш
ШШШ Нф ' ■■
■ Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 51

optima^™
researc
h
PHYSICAL OPTICS

Now launch real Gaussian wavefront:

• Use settings as shown below

Copyright© 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^ ^
research

SANITY CHECK

Output beam (surface 9; on right below) looks like input beam (surface 1; on left
below):

research

INTERMEDIATE FOCUS

Look at intermediate focus (surface 5):_______________

l'MK+Mffi

: l\

1
|
В.Ч2Ё+МИ

-в.взвз «.вам в.вэез x аюяхмгге vnu*s

1ЫИ4ШМХ X-C80SS SSCTIOK PILE SPflTXHI В00Б. 2BF

<SW
ROMNRT MLNUK vast ,им 1
waocTH •,« УиКани» nmwi < POMES » г.вшмт мяга_ ___
1;Ш8ГК5Г: IM НМДИ: МЖШИВ

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 56 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ж
research

ABERRATE THE INPUT BEAM

Insert a surface before the STOp (surface 1) and add a Spider aperture to
it • Width of arms: 1, Number of arms: 3
Open the settings for the POP analysis and change “Start Surface” to 1
(Genera! tab)
Output Is no longer a ‘'dean'* Gaussian
beam

x соииштге чшт

т ti' шш.ты тшъукшхлипжм

Need to catch up? Open sc_spatia!3
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 55 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

optimaVC
researc
h
CLEAN UP THE BEAM

On surface 5, add a Circular Aperture of 0,004 mm.

Set the Physical Optics tab on surface 5 as shown (more on this later)

Тд!» j.tewr 1 At»Ase j.ScitenS;! ' :v: . . v.-: *■■ ■ i'- -iSt-:
r^scEnM]^$HK^Orji»f EtBfog j ...
V" "у" .
Apesttarefte' ibi -. r: :■ . .-.-I- :T ■ ■■ ,T ■.. J и

; .r 't
•j ;ЦРА5са&: ■T.
/’ t rf '>”Г ..
Mhfiai-.jr .....
. -a
fdl-32
■■1 :G
iiiii

: PSHW:
Slifics

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 58 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optinna^research

OUTPUT BEAM

Update POP analysis

Shows Gaussian-with-nngs structure common to spatial filters.
Output beam is much cleaner.

X
COOfH
XfflJVT
C гшшгкикияваы
URLUE
Need to catch up? Open sc_spatsa!4
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

\y
optima “ ™ research

PROPAGATION REPORT

It should now be clear from our previous discussion and examples that
beam sampling is crucial in order to obtain accurate POP results.
One too! that you can use to determine if your beam is sampled sufficiently is the
Propagation Report.
You can access the Propagation Report for a given POP
analysis by first clicking on the “Text” menu option in the
POP window:

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 58 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 60 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^***
research

PROPAGATION REPORT

Next, in the “Display” tab of the

POP settings for the text
version of the POP window,
change “Data” to “Prop Report”:

The resulting report will include a variety of information including detailed pilot beam
data, transfer function data and more.

opti maSfresearch

PROPAGATION REPORT

The Propagation Report will also provide warnings and error messages:
Update'-. Settings -print ■
Starting pilot X, Y pixels: $.34, S.34
Internal btwaittance ■■■ - 1. GО0GC0
■TteiJiignQWis&Se'.-to Outside propagates'.'..
W&lst.:-eirray .-X/: Y sins: 7. 4S40S~00£.,:..
7.4340S-002 Pilot beara size в ,- у:
3.4I06S"083:--3-.-'4I£)i61i~0Q3
Pll0t .X,. .T .pixels.: 5.87, S.87

KABJiTWO: Lc” sampling of pilot- beam detected.l

These messages generally point to beam sampling issues and, thus, can be
corrected by changing the beam sampiing/array width values.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 58 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 72 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optim^Vresearch
SURFACE SPECIFIC SETTINGS
The surface properties dialog box has a page of settings relevant to POP:

Surface 6
I’lepCTlii!*
Type'; j Aperturej Scattering | TlfeDmente. Pi^sica!Qpfev jcsstmgj

:
■ P-OtjNofR^catefeamSi^y^Ra^&sls 'i'
Г UjeAi-gute; Spectrum Propagate* ' V..'" - - ;
.spah'^tBEMK11 Qn'^led Modef:::

P Re-C«npute

P-Resap^leAftec Reiteeiibn - X-S^errig:. ;■['■'

;'I:feY-Sampira:

; pwah: . ' Jv
-.-ReferenceRa>|u-s: ■ -

[BestFd X-Radfes: ~

optima'^researc
h

USE RAYS TO PROPAGATE TO NEXT SURFACE

This setting is used to turn off the diffraction propagation calculation for the
specified surface.
• Rays traced to next surface instead
• Ray transfer function used to update pilot beam
Use with
• Gradient index, non-sequential component and other special surfaces
о ZEMAX will automatically turn this option on for surfaces which require it
• Smali propagation distances where diffraction effects are negligible

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 73 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright© 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 64 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optiHi
a<
esear RE-COMPUTE PILOT BEAM PARAMETERS
ch
Some surfaces significantly alter the properties of the beam. A good example of
this is the spatial filter example we looked at earlier. The pinhole in this example
significantly alters the beam even though it has no power.
• This is the fundamental difference between geometric and physical optics.
* After passing a pinhole, the pilot beam must be recomputed to best describe
that portion of the beam passed by the pinhole

DO NOT RESCALE BEAM SIZE USING RAY DATA

ZEMAX uses the probing ray grid to determine any distortion, stretching, scaling or
other change in the beam shape
* For example, after a diffraction grating the beam is compressed in the direction of
diffraction.
Sometimes this calculation fails:
• Inside a caustic:
о The rays no longer represent the beam and should not be used to determine the
beam shape.
• Near a diffraction limited spot

ZEMAX handles all known cases

* This option is now redundant
о It was left in from Beta testing (just in case)

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 68 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV)‘£
research

USE ANGULAR SPECTRUM PROPAGATOR

Forces use of Anguiar Spectrum propagator (even when Fresnel propagator would
be otherwise chosen)
• Only use when beam is to stay same size.

ZEMAX handles all known cases

• This option is now redundant
о it was left in from Beta testing (just in case)

optima research
DRAW “BEAMFtLE NAME” ON SHADED MODEL
The saved *.ZBF data will be displayed on shaded model layout plots at the surface
location rather than the actual surface.
• Works best on dummy surfaces.
* “Beamfile name” is filename with four digits added for surface number.
This shows the irradiance distribution through a full Talbot cycle.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 68 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
\x
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima jr ^search

RESAMPLING OPTIONS

Resample After Refraction: Changes beam sampiing/width after propagating

through the surface according to user specified values
• This can be used to speed up calculations. You can tell ZEMAX to use higher sampling
oniy on the surfaces that require it.

Auto Resample: Changes beam width after propagating through the surface
automatically (like using the "Auto” button in the Beam Definition tab in the POP
settings)
• ZEMAX will first re-compute the pilot beam parameters before calculating the new beam
width

optimaN^
research

REFERENCE RADIUS

The choice of reference radius determines how the pilot beam is propagated.
* This effects propagation algorithm, array sampling, phase sampling and
other propagation data
Default of "best fit” is usually best choice:
* Selects optimal tradeoff between X and Y radii to minimize phase excursions
Shorter selects shortest of X, Y radii.
Longer selects longest of X, Y radii.
User allows direct specification of the X, Y radii.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 70 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

FIBER COUPLING

POP may be used to compute fiber coupling efficiency.

Two ray based fiber coupling efficiency calculations are supported:
• multi-mode using the NA setting on the geometric image analysis calculation
efficiency.
• singie-mode fiber coupling using the fiber coupling efficiency calculation.
The single mode calculation computes the overlap integral at the exit pupil of the
tens mode with the fiber mode.
Both source and receiver fiber modes are fixed as Gaussian modes with widths
defined by their NA.
POP Is much more sophisticated!

optima^*"*
research

POP FIBER COUPLING

in POP, both the source and receiver modes are defined as built-in functions, DLLs
or beam files (as described earlier).
Very general and arbitrary fiber modes may be defined:
• singie-mode
• multi-mode
• aberrated
• arbitrary ampiitude/phase
The receiver can be tilted and/or decentered
Overlap integral computed at “end surface” in POP dialog
Example: open the sample file \ZEMAX\SampSes\Physical Optics\Fiber Coupling

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation T4 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 72 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optsma Y
™ research

POP FIBER COUPLING

Source Fiber defined as Gaussian beam, 2 mm waist

Receiver has Gaussian waist of 8 microns
7i p;;p
uy;\
V ■: ■■■■■ ,■

Tilt 4txxiX.(dedt. ■ pf"™””""\ ; tie Атшуf<t«# ' JiT

optima Xresearch

POP FIBER COUPLING

Fiber coupling efficiency displayed at bottom of POP window.

.100
78;:
.40701..

■
■-
60Ч
7--
51Э39
'
4031
••TOTRL'-'tRfiR&IRNCE SURFACE i F^pUj^,,,RT, FIBER’
SZMH.E LSWS FOCUSING TO fi ■
FI9SR'
-
2016
-
1008-
-

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation T4 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 72 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima research

QUANTITATIVE BEAM ANALYSIS

optima^T’rl
research

BEAM QUALITY

We have discussed how to define the input beam, and how to propagate it through
an arbitrary optical system.

How do we analyze the “quality” of the resulting beam? What are the important
parameters?

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation T4 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 76 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Xy-
optima^'*'
research

BEAM LOCATION

If the beam has some irradiance distribution i(x,y) then the centroid of the beam in x
is defined as:
pr l(x,.y)d\dy
f
C
x~ * ..
llixf yjdxdy

With a simitar definition for cy. This is sometimes catted the "first moment” of
the beam.

optima X research

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 80 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using
ZEMAX

BEAM WIDTH
The 'second moment' of the beam is given by:

X ' : ■■' Ц^~Сх)21(Х, У)(кф

■■■■p i- £
——-T-------------
j/(x, y)dxdy

Where cx is the centroid location. The beam width is then defined as:

Wx = 2ax

Simitar functions apply in y.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 78 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 80 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaY^resear
ch
Г
.F'4.
BEAM QUALITY

The beam width will change as the beam propagates, and is thus a function of the
beam z coordinate relative to the waist. The smallest value for the beam size is
Wx(0).

The beam width at other locations is given by

X
^EWJQ)J ’

Where Mx is a parameter characteristic of the beam quality. Following Siegman, we

can write

JM* s f Д f И^(0) W (z), for

Khz' x x

optima Д research

A NOTE ON M2

A beam with an M2 = 1 will change size during propagation at the same rate as a
TEMxy Hermite-Gaussian mode.

Any other beam will have M2>1, and so will diffract 'faster* than a perfect Hermite-
Gaussian mode

M2 is an “output” characteristic of the beam. The beam cannot be defined by its M 2

value.
• For example, an infinite number of beams will have a waist of 0.5 mm, and an M 2 of 1.3

ACCESSING THE DATA

POP produces a iot of data. How do you access it?

The Propagation Report (available from the text listing of the POP window) shows
the propagation methods used, sampling and also reports any problems.

The POPD merit function operand returns all beam characteristics, and is the
primary method of accessing beam data for optimizing, tolerancing or getting data
into ZPL macros, Extensions, Universal Plots, etc.

optima X research

POPD

To use POPD, configure the POP analysis window the way you want it, and click
SAVE in the settings dialog.

These saved settings are then used by POPD. The POP analysis window may be
closed; it is no longer required once the settings have been saved.

Settings may also be set by MODIFYSETTINGS ZPL keyword or the ModifySettings

Extension data item.

POPD is passed the required surface, wavelength and field, which, if

provided overwrite the saved settings. All other parameters are as defined by
the saved settings.
If adjacent POPD operands all have the same defining data, then the POP analysis
is done just once and ail data is returned at one time.
• Mote the POPD operands must be on adjacent rows in the MFE for this efficiency to be
implemented.

DATA RETURNED

The returned data is specified by a specified data number, and optional XTRA1,
XTRA2 items.

See the manual for full details, but some of the returned values include:
* Ali pilot beam data
* Centroid locations
* Effective width, M2 in x and у
* Average, RMS and PTV irradiance variation
* Average, RMS and PTV phase variation
* Encircled Energy
* Fiber coupling

optima/ ***
research

MORE DATA MANIPULATION

Within the ZPL macro language there are several keywords specifically for
manipulating POP beams and returning data.

ZBFPROPERTIES, ZBFMULT, ZBFSUM, ZBFTILT are ail compiled functions that

aliow data manipulation in ZPL without writing any code.

For more specific requirements, ZBFREAD wil! read a ZBF into a user-defined array
variable:
• dimensions (nx,ny,2) for unpolarized beams
• dimensions (nx,ny,4) for polarized beams

You can then write whatever code you need, and then write the array back out using
ZBFWRiTE.

research
CONCLUSION

ZEMAX now gives users ail of the following:

• Classical ray-tracing
о Optimization, tolerancing, analysis, etc
• Illumination analysis
• Stray tight analysis
• Wavefront propagation

researc
h

FINISHING A DESIGN

optima X research

FINISHING A DESIGN

Designing an optical system which meets or exceeds all performance requirements

is not the end of the design process.
•The designer needs to try to minimize the costs of custom optics if possible and to
determine any potential requirements which couid prevent the constructed optical
system from performing as designed.
The first part, minimizing the cost covers two issues :
•Is a ready made optical system or component available to replace any or aii of the
custom elements?
•For those elements which need to be made, can the curvatures be adapted to meet
available test plates?
The second issue concerns the performance of a tolerance analysis.

TEST PLATE FITTING

optima'^r*
research

тест oi дтг PTTiMft

I f я^К«иг\ I IHM *11 i ИМUi

Test piate fitting Is a process where surface curvatures are matched one by one to
the best fitting test piate from the optical fabricator, if the surfaces can be matched
to a vendors available tooling, the manufacturing cost is reduced appreciably.
ZEMAX includes a tool to automate this process.
Test plate lists from several vendors are included.
•If you want to create new test plate lists, see the ZEMAX User’s Guide.

TEST PLATE FITTING

Use the following process to fit an optical design:

Make the radius of every surface to be fit a variable (remove solves).
Allow lens thicknesses and air spacings to act as compensators (leave variable).
Select the appropriate tooling list.
ZEMAX wilt find which radii is closest to a test plate radii:
•Fit criteria is fringe error,
•Radii are matched to test plates one at a time.
•After radius is matched, variable status is removed.
•System is reoptimized using remaining variables.
•Finds the next best radii match and completes cycle until all radii have been tested.

researc
h
TEST PLATE FITTING

Load the lens file Sequentialbjective$\Doubie Gauss 28 degree field

•Make all radii (except surfaces 4, 6 and 8) and thickness’ variable, and rebuild merit
function:
oAdd focal length or F/# constraint to merit function (can't have solves in place
during test plate fitting) oUse reasonable boundary constraints.

: . ' . T. ■Ж
.....................................
■
■ Аякг - , [s HI
_|ЫСЧ-! I

V 4 ......
k A i r ' ■ sAnifds V;t!i^it:S'“^kdse|as \

Г\ЪгтСйт&Ся\т' '
|£нйд; рГ”"
' :':i' i Л -'T....ттг..-:. ■ .. :i;/..

TEST PLATE FITTING

Choose Tools > Test Plates > Test Plate Fitting •Select
any of the vendors for the test plate file •Select one of the
fitting methods {Best to Worst is usual)

• Numbe
r dfBteABs:' £68
i.

• ' 'States' Idle- , -

Click on OK.

optima X research

TEST PLATE FITTING

ZEMAX performs the fit in a few seconds (longer for more complex lens files)
ZEMAX generates a fitting report which lists:
•Lens data
•Vendor data
Radii fit data: old radii, new radii, MF change
The report lists the lenses in the order fit, and also lists any lens for which a suitable
test plate was not available.

TEST PLATE FITTING

There are some potential pitfalls to TPF:

•The vendor selected may not have the best test plates ♦The
selected plates may no longer be available •Using test plate radii may
significantly degrade system performance oSometimes a custom plate is
the best solution If ZEMAX cannot fit a radius, it will be indicated in
the fitting report.
But:
If a match could not be found, it may be helpful to reload the original lens, and
"hand match” the offending element, remove its variable status and reoptimize, if
the MF has not been noticeably degraded, then use the TPF utility on the remaining
surfaces.

optic jsearch

FIXING THICKNESSES

After test plate fitting is complete, adjust thicknesses for manufacturability:

•It is not generally reasonable to specify a fens thickness to have more than a few digits
to the right of the decimal point.
Fix one surface at a time and re-optimize.
♦Make sure that the MF doesn’t go up significantly.
Fix surfaces that are near exact first (i.e. set 14.00001 to 14.0).
Use only one digit to the right of the decimal in general.
Use two digits for surfaces closer to the stop.
Fix glass thicknesses before air thicknesses (glass is more expensive than
spacers).

TOLERANCING

optlrmN^
research

TOLERANCING

An optica! design is not complete until a toierance analysis has been completed.
The lens design needs to be manufacturable with some realistic range of parameter
specifications to be useful to the customer.
The best design is not necessarily the design which best matches the
design specification, it is the design which can be buiit to best match the
design specification.
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

TOLERANCING

Toieranoe analysis is a statistical process which systematically introduces specific

perturbations or aberrations into an optical design to determine the effect on
performance.
The purpose of toierancing is much simpler than the process. Toierancing assumes
reality. No optical element will be polished perfectly and no mechanical mount is
machined perfectly. The question involved in toierancing is “how close to the design
specifications does it have to be?”
The purpose of toierancing is to determine the amount and type of errors that can
be introduced into the built optical system and still have the system perform to
requirements.

A design can only work as well as it can be built

optiiw , , esearch

ERROR SOURCES AND BUDGETING

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

There are several categories of error which need to be accounted for:

• Errors in fabrication
• Errors in materials
• Errors in assembly
• Errors due to environment
• Residua! design errors

optima ^ ™
research

FABRICATION ERRORS

Sources of error in fabrication include:

* Incorrect radius of curvature
* Element too thick or too thin
* Surface shape incorrect
* Curvature center offset from mechanical center
* incorrect {or unwanted) conic or other aspheric coefficients
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

MATERIAL ERRORS

The optical materials (lenses, windows, etc.) are also a source of error:
* Index accuracy
* Index homogeneity
* index distribution
* Abbe number (dispersion)

optima^
research

ASSEMBLY ERRORS

Sources of error in assembly include:

• Elements offset from mechanical axis (X, Y)
• Elements in wrong location along axis (Z)
• Elements improperly tilted relative to the optica!
axis
• Elements having wrong orientation
• All of the above for groups of elements

ENVIRONMENTAL ERRORS

Another source of error is the result of the environmental factors, including

temperature, humidity and pressure, present at both time of assembly and in field
operation:
* Thermal expansion/contraction of materials (optical and mechanical)
* Thermally induced changes in the refractive indices
о Also pressure, humidity effects (relative index)
* Alignment sensitivities introduced by system shock or vibration
* Mechanical stresses

optima^ research
/ 'N

DESIGN ERROR

In general, optical system designs have residual error (MF is not 0).
The error in the design will generally vary across the field of view of the system.
For reasonable tolerance parameter ranges, the system residual error should only
introduce a small portion of the total allowable system error.
!n other words, the design performance must exceed the required performance
level.

BUDGETING ERRORS

An error budget is a way of accounting for ail the contributors to system

performance.
This allows the designer to predict, within limits, the performance of the assembled
design.
To establish the tolerance budget, the designer must:
• Select the appropriate performance specification (tolerance criteria)
• Determine the minimum acceptable performance level
• Calculate the error contributions from all possible sources
о Individual components, component groups, mechanical assembly, etc.
• Assign tolerance limits for all manufacture and assembly items

optima^™=
research

ERROR BUDGET

The error budget defines the maximum error which can be introduced during each
step of the design, manufacture, assembly and operation. An additional margin
should be maintained as a precaution and to Gover defects not modeled.

TOLERANCE OVERVIEW

optima re search

OVERVIEW OF TOLERANCING

There are several steps in the analysis of tolerances;

* Determine a "figure of merit" to use as a tolerance criteria
о RMS spot size, RMS wavefront error, MTF requirement, User defined merit
function, boresight, etc,
* Determine how much the system performance can depart from design
* Define an initial set of tolerances values easily attained in fabrication
о The ZEMAX defauit tolerances are usually a good starting point
# Define the compensators to be used to relax the tolerances
о At least one compensator, usually the back focus is used » Evaluate the
tolerances to estimate the expected change in performance
• Three types of analysis are available:
о Sensitivity о Inverse Sensitivity о Monte Carlo
• Revise the tolerances as needed to perform "budgeting" of errors

PERFORMANCE CRITERION
Several different criteria can be used for toleranGing:
• Minimum spot or wavefront error
• MTF at specified frequencies and field locations
• Boresight error
• Minimization of distortion or other aberration
• Vignetting
• Energy concentration
• etc...
In addition to the basic criteria, the toierancing algorithm must also correctly
integrate across the fields, wavelengths, and over the pupil.
ZEMAX also must account for the lack of symmetry when performing perturbational
analysis.

optima Tresearch

USER DEFINED CRITERION

ZEMAX can use a criteria defined in the merit function editor as the performance
metric.
Pros:
• Anything can be used as a criteria
• Great flexibility for unusual cases
• Easy to use, no additional decisions need be made
Cons:
• Boundary constraints often are not applicable to a final design tolerance analysis, for
example, the exact focal length is usually not important.
» Weird results can occur if the merit function exploited symmetry, but the system being
toieranced does not necessarily possess it! For example, when analyzing tilt
tolerances.
• Very slow to compute the whole merit function, especially for MTF toierancing.
• Tolerance numbers need interpretation and definition, they do not correspond exactly to
MTF or RMS, usually.

SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

The sensitivity analysis:

* Given the tolerances, what is the change in the performance?
# A series of individual tolerances are evaluated:
о Changes in radius о
Changes in thickness о
Changes in tilt, decenter,...
• For each operand, the compensators) are adjusted to minimize the merit function.
• A summary report is generated.

optimV
resear
ch
INVERSE SENSITIVITY

Inverse sensitivity analysis:

• Given the maximum change in the criteria, what are the parameter ranges?
• A series of individual tolerance operands are evaluated:
о Changes in radius о
Changes in thickness о
Changes in tilt, decenter,...
• For each operand, the compensators) are adjusted to minimize the merit function.
Each tolerance is iteratively adjusted until the change in performance is equal to a
preset maximum degradation.
• Tolerances which meet the criteria are not loosened.
• A summary report is generated.

The Monte Carlo analysis:

* Ail tolerances are considered together Random
systems are generated, each is evaluated
For each system, the compensators) is adjusted to minimize the merit function.
A summary report is generated.

optima^^
resear
ch
STATISTICAL TOLERANCES

ZEMAX can use any or ail of four different types of statistics during the Monte Carlo
analysis:
Gaussian (Normal):
* Selects values near the nominal value assuming a Gaussian beli curve centered at
the nominal value. By default, there are 4 sigma (standard deviations) between the min
and max tolerance values. The ‘'width” (i.e. the number of standard deviations between
the min and max tolerance values) may be altered by the user.
Uniform:
• Selects values with equai probability anywhere between the min and max tolerances.
Parabolic:
• Selects values with quadratic probability; favors the ends of the acceptable range.
User Defined:
* Select values using any arbitrary user-defined probability distribution

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 31 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
V/researc
optima
h
WHERE DO TOLERANCE SENSITIVITIES COME FROM?

Why do some radii or elements show more sensitivity to perturbations than others?
The simplest way to see this is to consider what happens in two extreme cases:
• A lens with steep angles of incidence
• A lens with shallow angles of incidence

TOLERANCING WITH ZEMAX

optima X
research
TOLERANCE CRITERIA

Several types of tolerance criteria functions are available:

• RMS Spot (Radius, X, V):
о Best for systems not near diffraction limit
о Referenced to Centroid о Fastest
• RMS Wavefront:
о Best for systems near diffraction limit (~ one wave or less) о
Referenced to Centroid о Very Fast
• Geometric MTF (Average, Tangential, Sagital):
о Used for systems with MTF specification that are not near diffraction limit
о Much slower than RMS but usually faster than Diffraction option
• Diffraction MTF {Average, Tangential, Sagital):
о Used for systems with MTF specification near diffraction limit
о Can fail for systems with large errors or at higher frequencies
© Very slow
=> Sometimes it is required.

Criteria functions (cont’d)

• Boresight error:
о Angular deviation of the on-axis chief ray, in radians о Uses primary
wavelength о Useful only for rotationaliy symmetric systems
• RMS Angular {Radius, X, Y):
о Best used for afocaf systems
о Angular aberrations are based upon the direction cosines of the output rays

-
opttma“ "
researc
h
TOLERANCE CRITERIA

Criteria functions (cont'd)

Two other options are available:

• Merit Function uses the currently defined system merit function (MFE)
о Doesn’t add boundary constraints; must do so manually о Need
to consider symmetry issues
о Useful for systems with aperture vignetting, non-symmetric fields
• User Script
о Macro file defining tolerance and adjustment process ■=> This
will be covered in detail later

The mode selects between the sensitivity mode and the inverse sensitivity mode.
Sensitivity mode:
• Analyzes performance at defined minimum and maximum parameter values
inverse sensitivity mode:
• Constrain tolerances to a specified departure from nominal

There is also an option to skip Sensitivity/lnverse sensitivity analysis and proceed

directly to Monte Carlo analysis.

optima research
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
Sensitivity analysis is the first step in toierancing. An initial set of tolerance operands
and ranges are established with the goal of determining a reasonable final set of
tolerances.
The sensitivity analysis evaluates each tolerance operand separately, at the
minimum and maximum value for each parameter, and optimizes using the defined
compensator, and calculates:
• The change in the performance
• The required change in the compensator
Notice the effect of the compensator:
• Radius/fringe, thickness, index errors will result in focus compensator adjustment
• Element tilt/decenter errors not affected by a focus compensator
• Surface tilt, irregularity not affected when using "Paraxial Focus” compensation.
“Paraxial Focus" compensation simply readjusts the system to the same amount of
defocus as in the nominal design. No optimization of compensators is performed.
“Optimize А1Г compensation will optimize all defined compensators using either the
DLS or OD optimizer.

Copyright © 2507 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Opticai Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirm^fr^sear
ch

INVERSE SENSITIVITY

Inverse sensitivity mode:

• Requires user-defined max criteria
о Max criteria defines maximum value of merit function for each tolerance parameter
о Max criteria must be worse than nominal
* Analyzes performance at defined minimum parameter value
о Compares merit function to max criteria
=> if iess than max, leaves tolerance range iimit intact => If exceeds
max criteria, adjusts range inward until max criteria met о Performs same
on maximum parameter value
Parameter range need not be symmetric about nominal
The estimated system merit function will generally exceed the maximum criteria.

optima X
research

FIELD DEFINITION

In optimizing the nominal system, symmetry should be exploited.

• X-Y symmetry
о trace rays through half of pupil
• Rotational symmetry
о trace rays along one arm only
Real systems may not possess
symmetry
• Surface tilts, decenters
• Element tilts, decenters
• Group tilts, decenters
Tolerance analysis may need to consider
• Rays through full pupil
• Rays from all fields

Copyright © 2507 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Opticai Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima ^research
FIELD DEFINITION
Several options for field definition are provided:
* Y-Symmetric:
о ZEMAX calculates the maximum field angle
о Defines new fields at 1.0, 0.7, 0.0, -0.7, and -1.0 times full field in Y direction only
о On-axis field weight is 2.0, all other fields weighted at 1.0 о Default for systems
which are nominally rotationaiiy symmetric
* XY-Symmetric:
о ZEMAX calculates the maximum field angle
о Defines new fields at 1.0, 0.7, 0.0, -0,7, and -1.0 times full field in Y direction, and
1.0, 0.7, -0.7, and -1.0 times full field in the X direction о On-axis field weight is 4.0,
all other fields weighted at 1.0
* User defined:
о Uses current defined fields and weights
о Recommended for designs with complex field weights or vignetting о Required
when using Merit Function or User Script о User needs to make sure to account for
asymmetries

______________________________________________________________________

The Monte Carlo process is a method of generating random lens files.

Each parameter is perturbed randomly:
* Within the parameter range previously defined
* Within the appropriate statistical distribution
о Normal (Gaussian)
о Uniform о
Parabolic о User-
defined
Optimizing perturbed systems accounts for all contributions
* Some errors will serve as partial compensators for other errors
о Example: Default lens: Singlet Sens, R1 = 25 mm, R2 = -25
mm о Perturbed lens: R1 = 25.2 mm, R2 = -24.8 mm о Effects of
errors almost cancel

NORMAL STATISTICS

Normal statistics {also called Gaussian statistics):

• Referred to as "bell curve”
о Default is 4 standard deviations between min and max values
• The "width” (i.e, the number of standard deviations between the min and max
tolerance values) can be modified by the user
• Represents most error distributions very well, especially for large runs and many
parameter^

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optimaVj'esearc
h
NORMAL STATISTICS
The "width" of the curve can be changed for some or all of the operands.

dnoin^x, 100, ,5.) J00..5)

100,2) рцопи^х, JfiOH 2) duoTra^x,

JOG, 3)
...i.. I \ ...1. J....
t00.1)

96.0 X
m

Uniform statistics;
• Selects values with equal probability within the
range
• Appropriate for truly random distributions

optima^
resear
ch
PARABOLIC STATISTICS

Parabolic statistics:
• Favors the extremes of the acceptable range
• Very pessimistic assumption
• May be appropriate for smaS! runs {i.e. prototype modeiing/piiot
runs)

The default statistical distribution is Normal with 4 standard deviations between the
min and max values
• Standard deviation can be changed for aii or some operands
• Different operands can use different statistics

Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

optima X research

USER DEFINED STATISTICS

Standard statistical distributions may not accurately represent the actual distribution
of errors in the manufacture of an optical or mechanical component.
Given the requirement for a planar glass plate:
* Center thickness 10 mm, pius or minus 0.2 mm
о What is the most iikeiy thickness value?

USER DEFINED STATISTICS

The element will be polished using a criteria of 9.8 mm, - 0.0, + 0.4!
* it will only be polished until it is within toierance. Remember, once the material is removed, it
can’t be glued back on.

06 .. .

йА
.. ..........................>. 7- 4;?; ;r.......]. .
: :

0.2 1. \ 11:

optitra**^
researc
h
USER DEFINED STATISTICS

For more complex components, such as lenses, bi-modal distributions are also
possible, with peaks at either extreme. Polishing for curvature will effect the center
thickness as well.

Almost any arbitrary probability distribution can be represented as a discrete

tabulation of values:
p(Xi)*Ti
0^X£1

The allowable X values must fail in this range. ZEMAX will stretch the function to fit
the specified range of any of the the parameters using this definition.
ZEMAX integrates the tabulated function and automatically normalizes it. Between 2
and 200 points may be used to define the shape of the probability distribution
function.

optimaN*™
3
researc
h
USER DEFINED STATISTICS

The function data are defined in an ASCII file using ordered pairs of numbers.
The "Xй values need not be evenly spaced, and the’T' values need not be
normalized. However, the X values must be monotonicalSy increasing, and begin
at 0.0 and end at 1.0. At least 2 points are required to define the "curve".
For each tolerance operand subsequently defined the defined min and max values
will determine the actual range of the random variable X. For example, if a nominal
value of 100.0 has a tolerance of-0.0 and +2.0, the probability distribution will
extend over the range of 100.0 to 102.0.
The data file must be saved In the \ZEMAX directory with the name ”******.udd".

USER DEFINED STATISTICS

Here is an example of a potential user defined distribution:

This distribution has two peaks. The higher peak is highly skewed to the
maximum side of the distribution.

optima^ rc
research

CHANGING DISTRIBUTIONS

The distribution is set using the STAT Inti Int2 operand:

Inti identifies the distribution:
• tnt1 = 0: Normal
о tnt2: The “width” of the bell
• inti ~ 1: Uniform
о int2 not used
• inti - 2: Parabolic
о lnt2 not used
• Inti = 3: User-defined
о int2 not used
о Enter name of the *.udd file in the comments column
To change the distribution, simply add a STAT line above the operands the new
distribution wili apply to
• Ail operands that follow wii! use this distribution until another STAT operand is
encountered

TOLERANCE OPERANDS

Vx
optima research
VV<
TOLERANCE OPERANDS

A tolerance is simply a limitation placed on the range of acceptabie values for a

parameter to minimize adverse effects on system performance.
in other words, how "badly” can a system be poiished, machined, or assembled
before the system performance is reduced beiow a specified level
Consideration needs to be given to the ease of manufacture as weil as assembly to
get the best performance at a reasonable cost.

TOLERANCE OPERANDS

Ail these parameters may need to be considered during toierancing:

• TRAD, TCUR, TFRN: All describe tolerance on surface power
• TTHi: Tolerance on thickness or spacing
• TCON: Tolerance on the conic constant
• TSDX, TSDY: Tolerance on surface decenters in lens units
• TSTX, TSTY: Tolerance on surface tilts in degrees
• TiRX, TiRY: Tolerance on total indicator runout (wedge) in lens units
• TIRR: Tolerance on surface irregularity in waves
• TEXI, TEZJ: Tolerance on surface irregularity using Zemike polynomials
• TiND, TABS: Tolerance on index, Abbe number
• TPAR, TEDV: Toierance on parameters or extra data values
• TEDX, TEDY: Toierance on element decenters
• TETX, TETY, TETZ: Toierance on element tilts
• TUDX, TUDY, TUTX, TUTY, TUTZ: Uses user-defined coordinate breaks.
Alt use integer arguments to specify the surface or surface ranges, plus a minimum
and maximum tolerance value.

optimaVn:
research

SIMPLE OPTICAL SYSTEM

The singlet lens is one of the simplest optica! systems. How difficult can it be to get
the lens asked for?

ERRORS IN A SINGLET

Possibie sources of error in manufacture of the singiet include:

• Each surface can have the wrong power
• The center thickness can be wrong
• The optical and mechanical axes of the surfaces can be offset
• The surfaces can be wedged
• The surfaces may not be spherical
• The index of the material may depart from nominal
• The index can vary within the element
• The Abbe dispersion value can be incorrect (well, not for the singlet)

\/
optima^***
research

WHATEVER CAN GO WRONG...

Each of these items that can go wrong, will So the manufactured singlet will have
10 or more defining parameters wrong.
To understand the effects of each of the types of errors, look first at each error
source individually.

SURFACE POWER

An error In surface power simply defines an error in the foca! length of the surface.
This error results in the sag of the surface not matching the desired surface shape.
The power of a surface is defined as:
1 n-n Ф (n'-n)-c
fR
An error in the surface power can be calculated:
dtp = (n'~~n)-
dc
= -(n'-n).
R‘
dR
2
df = -f -(n'-n)-dc

i ,2 / . .л dR
■ (n'—
n) ■ R‘

optimaV'rp
research

TRAD, TCUR, TFRN

Each of these operands can be used to set the tolerance range on the surface
power.
Note that the change in power is proportional to Ac, not AR.
In general, when the surface is tested, the result is calculated in fringes, which
corresponds to an error in sag.
The fringe error is usually with respect to a “known” test plate.

TRAD, TOUR, TFRN

Look at a simple test setup, the source is at the desired radius:

optima “ r‘
research

TRAD, TOUR, TFRN

For a refractive element, the center thickness remains the same, but the edge
thickness changes:

TRAD, TOUR, TFRN

In the absence of other defects, the effect of a curvature error is largely an error in
the power of the surface.

research

TRAD, TCUR, TFRN

Consider two mirrors 10 mm in diameter, one radius of 10 mm, the other 100 mm,
tested at 0.6328 pm.
For a fixed error of AR- 0.01mm for both mirrors:
• Surface 1: Af=0.005 mm, ДС-O.OOOImnrr1, Asag- 0.001545 mm
о This represents an error of about 4 fringes
• Surface 2: Af-0.005 mm, ДО0.000001 rnm*1, Asag" 0.0000125 mm
о This represents an error of about 0.040 fringes
For a ftxed error of AC= 0.001 mm*1 for both
mirrors:
• Surface 1: Af=0.0505 mm, AR=0,101 mm, Asag= 0.01543 mm
e This represents an error of about 40 fringes
• Surface 2: Af=5.556 mm, AR=11.11 mm, Asag= 0.0125 mm
о This represents an error of about 40 fringes
For a fixed error of one fringe for both mirrors:
• Surface 1: Af=0.0013 mm, AR=0.0025 mm, AC=0.0000253 mm*1
• Surface 2: Af-0.127 mm, ДЯ=Ю.254 mm, ДС-0.0000253 mm*1

if a single uniform tolerance is to be set for all the radii in a system, then
this tolerance should be on the curvature, not the radius. In this case, the
radius tolerances would go as the square of the base radius.
Lenses are usually specified by the base radius, so a tolerance based on the radius
is often appropriate and convenient
• (f radius tolerances are specified, they are done on a line-by-line basis rather than
uniformly
if a surface is required to be planar, then the tolerance should be in fringes.
Radius and curvature tolerances are defined in lens units (lens units-1)
REMEMBER: These are options, using all three will lead to erroneous results!
* Specify the surface power tolerance for each surface based on radius, curvature
OR fringes!

optirrm'v’^=
research

THICKNESS ERRORS

A thickness error indicates the the center thickness or air spacing departs from the
desired value. The error can be in the thickness of glass elements or in the spacing
between elements.

thickness

THICKNESS ERROR

The major effect from a thickness error is also a change in the power of the optic:
= cp1 + q>2

0.3000
0,7300

seise
ВL48
00
3,3000

0.00
00
В,1000

las Hfis «о
iNTeaFEROsaRM BETWEEN CQKPXSUSHTIDNS t RNQ Z
3.00
пш. 00
C i \2£mifvSfm£S\LSNS, ZMX

optima X research

TTHI

Thickness errors may result in adjustment to the thickness of the next or any
following air spacing. This would allow the remaining optical components to be in
their nominal positions despite any prior thickness errors. The adjustment can be
applied on a surface by surface basis.
Imagine a lens with a thickness tolerance of 1 mm. Where does the extra 1 mm
thickness go?
• Does the whole increase in length by 1 mm?
• Does the next air gap get reduced by 1 mm to keep the total system length the same?
• Does a spacer get put in or taken out elsewhere in the system to keep the total
system length constant?

You decide what is done on a surface by surface basis!

The syntax for the TTHi operand is:
• TTHi Surface, Compensator_Surface
о The CompensatorJSurface thickness is increased/decreased in order to maintain
the same total system length after the TTHi tolerance is applied о The default
compensator is the next air gap in the system following the surface but it can be set
to any thickness (prior to or after the thickness being toieranced)
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 16 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 18 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optin. ..search
/К
TT
H1
The top figure is the nominal design. The middle design adjusts for the thickness
error. The bottom design does not

optir...
»
Aii*ese
TT
arch Hi
The effect of thickness and spacing errors is very dependent on the system.
On surfaces where the slope of the marginal ray angle is large, the effects can be
quite large.
In piano-convex type elements, thickness errors usually introduce very little
aberration.

SURFACE OFFSETS * †

*For the singlet lens, the optical axis is a line joining the centers of curvature of the two surfaces, The surface can be polished so
that the mechanical axis of the lens is not coincident with the optical axis.
Surface offsets can be described in terms of any ONE of the following:
Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 20 Advanced Optica) Design Using ZEMAX
* Decerttration
* Tilt
† Wedge
These are ail equivalent definitions. Thus, you should only use one to describe each surface offset! Do not use more than one
(i.e. decentration AND tilt) to describe the offset for a given surface!
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Copyright ©2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 19 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optsmsN^
researc
h
TSDX, TSDY

A surface decenter error occurs when the center of curvature for the surface is not
on the mechanical axis of the element.

TSDX, TSDY

An element with a decentered surface can also

be considered to be made up of two separate
components: a centered Sens with a thin glass
wedge.

Design Using ZEMAX

optima’*v^-esearch
TSTX, TSTY, TiRX, TiRY

Single surface decenters effectively can be considered as wedge errors in the

element. The wedge can also be defined in terms of degrees (TST*) or lens units
(TIFT),

TSTX, TSTY, TiRX, TIRY

The angle of the wedge (in degrees) is given by:

r
TIRY\
1
л
TIRX>
Q
tan = tan
v Dia j v Dia j

Again, the choice of tolerance operand may vary, but remember to only tolerance
the effect once.
Most often, optics are polished so that one surface defines the center and the
second surface only is wedged relative to that surface.
* Thus, you generally will only analyze surface decenter tolerances for one surface of a
lens element
For spherical surfaces, the effect of a surface decenter is the same as a surface tilt.

optima research

TSTX, TSTY, TIRX, TIRY

Tilting one surface relative to the other

introduces comatic and astigmatic variations to
the wavefront.

SURFACE IRREGULARITY

The shape of each surface may not be perfectly spherical.

This means that the surface contributes additional aberration to the optica! design.
Two methods of modeling surface irregularity are available:
• Irregularity composed of spherical aberration and astigmatism
• Irregularity represented as a sum of Zernike terms

optima^™
research

T1RR

This operand represents the surface irregularity as a sum of equal amounts of

spherical aberration and randomly oriented astigmatism. The effect of this error is
that the wavefront introduced by the surface under test is not perfectly converging.

TEZI

Random irregular surface deformations can be modeled more generally using

Zernike Standard Polynomials (up to 231 terms), in contrast, the TIRR operand,
uses only spherical aberration and astigmatism terms, represents only quadratic
and quartic surface deviations.
When using TEZI, the Standard or Even Asphere nominal surface is converted to a
Zernike Standard Sag surface with the same sag, and the errors/bumps are added
to the surface according to the min and max values in the Tolerance Data Editor.
The max tolerance value represents the RMS sag error in lens units. The min
values is automatically set to the negative of the max value.
The number of min and max Zernike terms can also be specified.
• Lower order terms represent “low frequency” irregularity (i,e. smooth variations)
• Higher order terms represent surfaces “higher frequency” irregularity (more bumps)
Since the TEZI models random surface error, Monte Carlo analysis is often required
for meaningful results instead of just Sensitivity or Inverse Sensitivity analysis.
If the nominal surface is not Standard or Even Asphere, the parameters of the
surface should be toieranced directly (more on this in a moment).

30Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optimaV^/
research

REFRACTIVE INDEX VARIATIONS

The index of refraction for a material is determined by a dispersion formula which

fits real, measured dispersion data to an empirical formula.
For any one melt, and for any piece selected from within that melt, the real
dispersion wiii differ from the dispersion predicted by the dispersion coefficients in
the glass catalog.
This difference can be modeled in ZEMAX as an offset in refractive index and Abbe
number.
The effect of this change in the index is to change the direction of each ray on
refraction.

optima jrs
researc
h
TIND

The layout has significantly increased An for effect: the main result of index error is
a change in power.

T1N
D
The toierance value on the index applies the defined tolerance as an offset to the
index at the d-waveiength.
If the materia! is a catalog gSass or a model glass, then over the wavelength
range from 0.3 to 2.5 microns, an offset of the index will be applied at all defined
wavelengths in a non-linear fashion. Otherwise, the offset is constant with
wavelength.

research

TIND

Tight index tolerance requirements can adversely impact a design:

• The desired material may not be readily available
• The cost of materials increase rapidly with index requirement
• Melt cycles may not be favorable
Always start with a loose glass tolerance, An = ±0.001 is good starting point.
Tighten up index constraints only if tolerance analysis shows it necessary.
Use of a focal position compensator can generally account for changes in focal
length.

ELEMENT TILTS AND DECENTERS

In addition to manufacturing defects, we must also consider errors in system

assembly.
Element tilts and decenters refer to mechanical decenters and tilts of the element,
or groups of elements, within the housing.
The path of a ray directed along the optical axis is deviated by an amount that is a
function of the amount of the decenter and the focal length of the element.

optima/
research

TEDX, TEDY

The operands refer to a lateral displacement of the element in the x or у direction.

TEDX, TEDY

The effect of a decentered element is very

similar to that of a tilted or decentered surface
(coma/astigmatism introduced).

Using ZEMAX

opti n^^research

TETX, TETY, TETZ

Tilt operands model the effects of an element tilted with respect to the X, Y and/or Z
axes. The tilt may be about a surface vertex or any other surface, including a
dummy surface.

n
и

TETX TETY TETZ

Surface or element tilts or decenters, in isolation, have similar effects on the

wavefront (coma/astigmatism introduced).

■ IMiy-ll, ......................... « ш 1.2022

j§| 0.9202
"/ 0.2202
i
0.7092

0,4022

2.2022

»I5 0.2Й02 Щ 0Л002

ИИ 0,0000
TNTERFEROGSflH BETWEEN CflNFIGURRTICNS i tiNB 2
Ш$ HRS ND ште.
Й.ЕЕЕЙ ttlCRWS fit Йт0Ш. ОШ
RINKS mt is t .m. C i 42B1fl)^SflMPl£S\TSfiV000S. Ш
ХШ.Т * B.80. YTILT a

optima Xrsseareh

TETX, TETY, TETZ

The tilt operands can also be applied to a group of elements as well as the
individual elements.
We will cover this topic in more detail later.

So far we have considered only the effects of errors with regard to a singlet Other
considerations may be necessary to consider with more complex systems.

ABBE DISPERSION

This error would not generally impact a singtet design as singlets usually are not
used polychromatically.
The Abbe dispersion tolerance models variations in index across the defined
wavelength band.
If the material is a catalog glass or a model glass, then over the wavelength range
from 0.3 to 2.5 microns, this operand modifies the index at wavelengths other than d
light, In a non-linear fashion by a modified dispersion relation.

nF-nc = r>d-1
Vd

Otherwise, this operand is ignored.

optima^™
researc
h
The effect of an error in the Abbe V-number also introduces a change in focal
ABBE DISPERSION
length, but at wavelengths other than the primary.
1 .0000
О ■ 9ЕИИЭ

S'b

EFtt

0,1

ВШ

й ,mm
C QNFIGU R RTX D NS 1111111Я N D 2
ft S3BPLE CEDS TRtPt£T.
а.етза ft». Bfr
DEC,
PffK TQ VHLLEf = B,722i tfRVfiS. * L .ОТЙв.
SURFRCS* I№£E
ЕЖГГ PiiPXL ШЙЬЕХЕК; 1,Й23££«Ш1 lf3LL3Mst£K&
_______________________________i
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 40 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

TCON
This is the operand used to tolerance the conic constant of the surface, it is a
dimensionless parameter.

This tolerance is used for surfaces with non-zero nominal conic constants.

TSDI
This Is a tolerance on the Semi-Diameter of the surface, it is in lens units.

optima^rc
researc
h
TPAR

Any of the parameter values can also be considered in the tolerancing.

The meaning of the parameters depends on the surface type involved. These
include things such as aspheric coefficients, coordinate break terms, and gradient
index parameters.
The TPAR parameter number item refers to the parameters 0 through 12, in the
order entered in the LDE.
The units for the parameter tolerance depend on the surface type.
See the surface types chapter of the ZEMAX manual for a full description of the
applicable parameters for a surface.

TEDV

The tolerance on extra data values are similar to the parameter tolerances. The
meaning of each entry in the EDE can be found in the surface types chapter of the
manual.
The coefficients are used with surfaces such as extended asphere or polynomial or
binary diffractive elements.

optima ^ rc
researc
h
TUDX, TUDY, TUTX, TUTY, TUTZ

These operands refer to user-defined decenters and tilts. These tilt and decenter
operands are similar to the ТЕ** operands discussed earlier.
There are two primary differences:
* The user is responsible for inserting ail necessary coordinate breaks and pick-ups
• These operands can be used around existing coordinate breaks
This allows these operands to model very complex pivoting and decentering.

TOLERANCE OPERANDS

This covers most of the available tolerance operands,

• Additional operands are available for non-sequentia! systems
We will discuss how and when to use the various operands as we proceed through
the course.
Before attempting to tolerance a lens, always consider the possible ranges on
tolerance operands.
The following is a genera! listing of some reasonable tolerance ranges based on
several technical papers and discussions with manufacturers. The ranges provided
on the next slide are generalized. You should always check with the specific
manufacturers that you will be working with to verify their particular tolerance
ranges.
In general, the higher the required precision, the higher the cost.

optifra^i™
researc
h
OPERAND RANGES

These are some reasonable parameter ranges:

Operand Commercial Precision High
Precision
Wavefront error 0.25 X RMS 0.1 X RMS <0.07 X RMS
2 X P“V 0.5 X P-V <0.25 X P-V

Thickness 0.1 mm 0.05 mm 0.005 mm

Radius 0.5% 0.1% 0.02%
Index 0.001 0.0002 0.00001
Surface Decenter 0.1 mm 0.01 mm 0.001 mm
Surface Tilt 1 arc min 30 arc sec 3 arc sec

Sphericity 2 fringes 0.5 fringes 0.1 fringes

Irregularity 1 fringe 0.25 fringe <0.1 fringe
Element tiit 5 arc min 3 arc min 1 arc min
Element decenter 0.254 mm 0.0254 mm 0.005 mm

TOLERANCE RANGES

The previous table gives a reasonable set of starting points. The selected optical
and mechanical fabricators as well as other factors can lead to requirements which
may depart significantly from these values.
Always determine a reasonable range of tolerances based on the best available and
applicable data.

optima X, research

TOLERANC1NG AND PRODUCIBiLITY

The result of the proper tolerancing allows the designer to estimate the likelihood
that system performance will meet the design goal.
For example, if 1000 of these systems are built, 98% will have an average MTF of
greater than 50% at 35 line pairs/mm at the edge of the field.

COMPENSATORS

optima^™
researc
h
COMPENSATORS

The ability to designate and use compensators is a significant asset in a

tolerance analysis.
A compensator is a design parameter which can be used to offset the effect of an
error in another parameter.
Use of one or more compensators ioierancing can provide for a much larger range
of acceptabie parameter values.
Consider: TRAD, TTHI, TiND as well as others predominantly changed the element
power.
# Compensate: Shift the image location to the new best focus

A compensator should be used whenever the allowable parameter ranges introduce

significant cost factors into the design.
Select compensators which can provide the greatest performance impact,
Usually at least one compensator is available, the back focal distance is most
common.
Try to use the compensator or compensators which can adjust for the introduced
error: focal shift will not compensate for tilts or decenters, adjusting the focal plane
orientation will.

optima^"
research

COMPENSATORS

Use of a compensator can loosen the constraints on other parameters, but it

can complicate the assembly of the optica! system.
Commonly used compensators include:
• Back focal distance {Remember, what is best focus?)
• Focal plane tilt (compensate for asymmetric errors)
• Focal plane decenter (boresight errors)
Compensators represent "degrees of freedom" in an optical design, and generally,
the more, the better.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 53 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
opting
resear
ch
IF ONE COMPENSATOR IS GOOD,..

A lot is not necessarily better. Try not to start out with too many compensators in the
design.
Compensators often represent mechanical degrees of freedom, adjustments which
must be made during the assembly/alignment process. Because the mechanical
position must be free to move, optical alignment in such systems can be difficult to
accomplish and even more difficult to maintain.
Compensators can also be optical parameters, requiring some optical elements to
be finished and assembled before the compensating component can be finished.

TOLERANCING A SINGLET

о ptima^re search

TOLERANCE EXAMPLE

The best way to start an investigation of toierancing is with a very simple design, a
singlet iens, used on-axis at one wavelength.
First we will use the appropriate tolerance operands with the default tolerance
ranges.
Then we will modify the tolerances to perform error budgeting.

Open up sc_to!_singlet

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 4 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced
optima T
Optical Design Using ZEMAX
J
research
SINGLET
This iens has a 75 mm focal length, operating at F/7.5.

optima'1^™
researc
h
SINGLET

We will only use those parameters which will impact the singlet
For this design there are:
* 2 errors in curvatures
* 1 error in glass thickness
* 2 errors in surface irregularities
* 2 errors of mechanicai tilt/decenter
* 1 error in surface shape: either tilt, wedge, or decentration
* 1 error in index
A total of 9 items that will be wrong.

WHERE DO YOU START

Select a criteria:
• Usually this will be related to the merit function which was used to optimize the
original design
Set the initial tolerance ranges:
• Start with looser tolerances and selectively tighten through several tolerance runs.
• Don’t make things so loose that it can’t be assembled.
• Don’t make things so tight that the cost skyrockets.
Evaluate the results:
• There are many possible solutions, select one that provides good performance
without unwarranted effects on cost or assembly.

optimaV^
research

PREPARING FOR TOLERANGING

To tolerance this lens, we start by removing ail variables and solves, if any.
• This is done because we cannot change the design during tolerancing
• Use Ctrl Z to set solves to variables
• Use Tools > Optimization > Remove All Variables to fix the variables
Open the Tolerance Data Editor Select Tools > Default Tolerances
Tolerance the radius in millimeters SsBf-ftptsTrfswflces г"i-.
Ш«ииж - v :.■■■■....... .I-..!.
T

• Use Tilt {TIR)X in degrees :7-":"

• Deselect the unnecessary options jSaSST

¥> IS*' ' --Esspeesr- : :jaiOTOO”1

■т'Гд|
;G.2qOO50; ШШШ
йадаооо «II
riSpiFS)Y & "{оЖоГ

V -Г
TZewW ; . ■' -irr.’- IlSISI:

:
2...... i
: ' •■■■: ......................................
Щ
S :
I

Browse through the TDE to see what ZEMAX does by default.

Note ZEMAX defines a default compensator: the back focus
distance The default test wavelength is set to 0.6328 pm
The front lens surface will be toieranced using a change in radius, the piano back
surface will be based on fringes.
The thickness of surface 2 will be compensated by the default compensator (back
focus) like the other operands. Thus, no special thickness compensation necessary
• Change this operand to TTH1 2 2 to disable specific surface compensation
The tolerance set has surface tiit operands on both surfaces. We will select one
surface as the base, and aiiow ail the tilt in the other.
• In this case, defining the axis based on the piano surface is okay:
о Delete the TSTX 3 operand

Need to catch up? Open sc_toLsinglet2

optima
^i /
esearc RUN THE TOLERANCING
h
There is now one tolerance operand for each possible defect. Select Tools >
Tolerancing > Tolerancing Change the tolerancing settings as follows:

Click on OK to begin the tolerance run.

ANALYSIS

Lots of information is provided in the Analysis of Tolerances.

First, the selected tolerancing settings are given, as well as the nominal value of the
selected criteria, in this case an RMS spot size of 0.004048.
The next sections are the result of the toierancing, the sensitivity analysis, statistical
information based on the sensitivity analysis, and the results of several Monte Carlo
runs.
We will look at each of the parts separately.

optima X research

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
Following the sensitivity analysis is the statistical information:
Nominal RMS Spot Radius:
* Baseline criteria value
Estimated change:
♦ Based on RSS of each operand
о For each operand, the difference between tie nominal criteria and the perturbed
criteria is squared. The average of the two squares {for min and max perturbed
values) is then taken.
о The average squared value for ail of the operands are then added together and
then a square root is taken of this sum.
Estimated RMS Spot Radius:
* Sum of nominal and estimated change
This defines a “worst case”.
Compensator statistics
• Minimum and maximum shifts in the compensator
* Mean shift in compensator (remember several operands had no shift)
• Standard deviation (but those that did, shifted a lot)
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optirm'V'™
research

MONTE CARLO ANALYSIS

Listed is the criteria value for each trial system, and the performance departure from
nominal.
A discussion of the performance metric:
• Nominal criteria
• The best criteria value of the trials
• The worst criteria value of the trials
• The mean of the criteria values of alt of the trials
• The standard deviation of the criteria values of ali of the trials
A discussion of the compensator:
• The image shift farthest inside the nominal focus
• The image shift farthest outside the nominal focus
• The mean of the focus shifts for alt of the triais
• The standard deviation of the focus shifts for ali of the triais

optima/ rc
research

MONTE CARLO ANALYSIS

Finally is a indication of the likelihood of any random system wili perform to a given
level.
• 20 (Vlonte Carlo runs is not really enough
о Number of runs should equal the square of the number of operands
• At least 90% of the lenses should perform better than the worst case
estimate We’ve got fast computers: Rerun the tolerance but:
• First, open up a Ray Fan piot (set the “Plot Scale” to 10)
• Open up the Toierancing dialog and set the Monte Carlo tab as shown below:

' Set-Up) Сйва&У -MaltaCad- .

SKenreCotbfiOn*.-. '■ .. j“ " _ Stefefe ' -у.|ЗЗот2 ’ 3:
—
I® '”"”"i
fcflt® i
Slip;

j- ■ ■ dL \йадаГ \ Щщ,
Copyright ■•§ 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 12 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima^research

TOLERANCE FOR A SHORT RUN

Now that we have a reasonably close set of tolerances, what does that tell us about
the overall performance?
This really depends on the type of system being considered.
if we are only going to build one lens, then we really need to closely evaluate the
expected performance of the "worst case" design.
You can get very close by just looking at the "RSS” analysis. This is a conservative
"worst case” method.
The Monte Carlo analysis can be interpreted to indicate the probability that any one
lens built has a certain level of performance.
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

TOLERANCE FOR LARGE RUN

if we are going to build 10,000 of these Senses, then the Monte Carlo provides
very useful information.
The Monte Carlo analysis generates as many different designs as you want, to get
a feel for what percentage of lenses will meet (or exceed) your performance
specification. This is a reasonable approach for large production runs.
ZEMAX reports the value of each compensator, so a "range" of expected
compensator values can be determined. This is very useful data for manufacturing.
Each compensator implies a mechanical or other adjustment.
Let’s look at one of the Monte Carlo systems.

optima ^research

SAMPLE MONTE CARLO LENS

The first 20 lens design have been saved. Open up one of them.
Look at the LDE:
• Lens surfaces are of surface type Irregular
• Lens is encased within coordinate breaks
• Glass is of type "offset"
• Image plane distance: marginal focus adjusted by defocus of nominal system
Open up some analysis tools:
• Spot diagram
• Ray Fan
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

SAMPLE MONTE CARLO LENS

Here is one possible case:

optirna^research

SPECIFYING THE OPTICS

The element drawing and ISO drawing will indicate the required tolerances per the
ISO 10110 specification.
These can be accessed via the Analysis menu > Layout (Use nominal file, not MC
one; Set Surface to 2, Show as Singlet)

For more information on the ISO 10110 specification, see the OSA book “ISO
10110: Optics and Optical instruments” by Ronald Kimmel
Copyright© 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 18 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

ncpp nFFIMFR ТП1 FRANIPF4

Ът 1мм Я Ж 1мг Яиям 1 S 1 м IM шит Я MBF мм* мм* 1 M мним %ш0

optima X research
ARBITRARY TILTS AND DECENTERS

In some situations, using ТЕ** to tolerance element tilt and decenter may not allow
for proper system tolerancing.
The user-defined TU** operands may be used instead. These operands have
several additional requirements:
* The user needs to insert the appropriate coordinate break surface/surfaces for
each occurrence in the nominal system before starting tolerancing.
* The user must define the appropriate pickups, if necessary.
User defined tilts and decenters can model complex pivoting about virtually any
surface.
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

PICK-UPS AND DOUBLE PASS SYSTEMS

Consider tolerancing an optica! system which is used in double pass* in this type of
system, the events are not totally independent.
Each pass through a given component must have:
* Same shape - curvature, irregularity, etc
• Same materia! - same index, Abbe offsets
* Same location
• Same orientation
о etc.
The way used to design such a system is usually to use pick-ups to insure these
requirements hold. To tolerance using these pick-ups and coordinate breaks
requires using TUDx and TUTx. We will go through an example of this shortly.

TOLERANCING COMPOUND GROUPS

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

DEFINING COMPONENT GROUPS

in addition to surface and element tolerances, it is also necessary to consider tilts

and decenters of groups of elements.
Optical assemblies may consist of a few or several sub-assemblies which can be
misaligned relative to the system mechanicai axis.____________

optim
a,1Дц
TOLERANCE NESTING RULES
^sear
ch
Monte Carlo analysis considers the effects of ai! tolerance errors simultaneously.
Tilt and decenter operations must be applied in a specific manner to prevent any
conflict or ambiguity in the operand definition.
In performing ТЕ** operations, ZEMAX inserts coordinate break surfaces before
and after the surface group.
• The tilts and decenters performed by the first coordinate break must be undone by
the second coordinate break
♦ The two operations must be performed at the same iocation in 3D space
о ZEMAX uses pickup solves to enforce this condition If the surface ranges for
the tolerance operands overlap, the effect of the coordinate break will not be
uniquely defined.
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

TOLERANCE NESTING RULES

By properly "nesting” tolerances, an unambiguous order can be given to the tilts and
decenters.
• For example, arbitrary tilts and decenters of a series of lenses, which in turn are
placed in a housing that is tilted and decentered.
The nesting rules are very simple:
* Alt element tilt and decenier tolerances must be nested,
♦ The outermost pair of surfaces in each nested group must be first.

\/
optima^ ™
research

TOLERANCE NESTING RULES

Here is an example of a valid set of operands:

• TETX5 12
♦ TETX 5 10
* TETX 11 12
Here is an invalid set of operands:
• TETX 5 12
* TETX9 15
• TETX 5 15
The second operand is invalid because it violates rule 1. The third operand is invalid
because it violates rule 2.
Note that an operand is considered nested even if it shares one or both surface
limits with a previous operand, so that TETX 5-15 may be followed by another TETX
5-15 or by TETX 5-12 or TETX 13-15, but not TETX 4-13,

COMPLEX ELEMENT TILT TOLERANCES

The "first" surface is always where the tilting takes place, but it need not be the
vertex of the element. This lens is tilted about 4 different points:

optima ^research

COMPOUND TOLERANCE TECHNIQUES

Good prior organization can help keep compound toierancing "simple”:

• Insure the nesting levels are correct
• Does the nesting make sense?
• Have all mechanical groupings been considered?
о it helps to have rough mechanical drawings

TOLERANCING A COOKE TRIPLET

researc
h
COOKE TRIPLET
Open up the file sc_tol_cooke.
The Cooke triplet or Cooke Anastigmat was one of the first well-
corrected

COOKE
TRIPLET
Since the Cooke triplet is often used for photographic purposes, we wii! use MTF
specifications for the tolerancing.

optimaN^
research

COOKE
TRIPLET
The performance specification is:
* On-axis MTFA (average of tangential and sagittal)
о greater than 0.40 at 100 tp/mm
о greater than 0.64 at 50 ip/mm
# Edge of field MTFA
о greater than 0.47 at 50 ip/mm
This corresponds to about a 10% degradation in MTF on- and off- axis
Tolerancing offers a diffraction MTF average option, but ail fields would be
evaluated at the same frequency, so to use separate frequencies and constraints,
use a user defined merit function.

COOKE TRIPLET
Open the Field Data dialog. Notice that we have the three normalized +Y fields as
we would expect but there are also two -Y field points (fields 3 and 5).
Since we will be using a user defined merit function, we must specify the fields to
be used during tolerancing in the Field Data dialog, not the Tolerancing dialog.
Since the perturbed lens systems created by the tolerancing algorithm will have
decentered and/or tilted surfaces/eiements, we cannot assume the field symmetry
we normally are able to. Hence, the -Y field points.
Tips' if ; --
"d. : ,-jjC.V.
да : ■да"' да-: ” WN . ■
» i pT la йода !ШГ" IMST" &ю^i<xГ•^ & щр |п,аато '■
,

дашр ■ ■■■ ■■ ■
р£г;;:.. ftm: фили».:.Гфмюв"''|аяШ:''фяа»-ИР»и>-''|
Г y-p-iT-s fr;

I; I fтг— gsr/; 1р^|2Н1®ЕС'5НГ

...................
ч' .i . a.^9,■,■■■-■■ :'j. . w . i ' ■ ,tW
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 33 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
The only compensator will be the back focus which we don’t need to constrain.
'-.Ope Typts ! j! >-3*i&id YFrfeef j j 11 j Т&Щей-■ j Height:'
2 0РЕШШЗ-; FOR. 08-AXIS ПШ) ' 4
:: ;r; Й : C- ШШШiO-'..ijar :..:oor. o. :n:o. o.
■ ::-OT Г .......:......... .......
|л rr. i :■ llltilll ■ p.onrj- n.-" ■ i
'j L".' er ....-......... Л..: ,-:
dv :«.-' OPEaSHG>S:.-?0R ESGExOF: FIELD ■
7 .ТГ:. r. - ■5 i-.s-u :i- :;."v
■: rj 7 .......... r. :.«ar. 7.iv::--
■i :r:s
optima research n.'
:
C-.Cv о.:х-з :..a;oo c.
>0 Г" sr. .r.fioe-i
И B Kay. need-to rrhelp” the optimizer.- ■■. ..................
■ ./.im я.йьч а^.^и
.. . ■ SETTING
-й...- : UP THE MERIT FUNCTION
S
i

Take a look at the defined merit function. The merit function caicuiates/constrains
the average MTF values at the specified field points.
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 34 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research
/ '"Ч,
SETTiNG UP THE MERIT FUNCTION
Notice that there are two RWCE operands at the bottom of the merit function as
weii. What is purpose of these operands?
In generating lenses for both sensitivity and Monte Carlo analysis, it is possible that
a given perturbed Sens system cannot be optimized. In the case of MTF
optimization, it is very possible that small changes in the solution vector will not
produce a change in the merit function:
• MTF may not be measurable
• insufficient sampling

The RWCE operands calculate the RMS wavefront error relative to the geometric
centroid, for the on-axis and edge of field points:
• Smaii changes in the compensators will change the value of this operand
о Merit function will be driven by this operand until the MTF can be computed, о
After the MTF can be computed, the iow weighting of the RWCE operands
effectively removes them from consideration e Because these operands draw
the MTF in, the MTF sampling can be reduced, significantly reducing the
computation time.

optima X research
SYSTEM MTF

Open an FFT MTF plot. Change and save the settings:

* Sampling: 1 2 8 X 1 2 8
* Select "Show Diff Limit”
• Max Freq: 100
• Field: 1
1.» ]№V

^■
ц ,4
3 l3
S .a

.ft
t,M sa.ee lae.m SPnTZNL nSQUMCY IM GTCLBS П31 NXLLXNETER

COOKS TRIPLET
«тощ» Ш1 то ш,ш*а JM».
виКглСв* ДЛЯДс

TOLERANCE OPERANDS
Open up the
TDE,
..
T5P«.: .•••Sutf." •'WojrtttiJL... Win ■

■ -x ;#;еШ ■■ ■: ■■ : 2,0000
ЩЩШШШ l'.*. <5

.....7=:-v- iliilil
шш ■ »■
;. S
■.-. ■
.... “VA_
Г:'V». .
■ ;...■ M. ■■
■It .■.
■■.."
. _i*jj............... '-I-. .■* ■j.
- . *.. ■ъА : Ж w
llilif .... :s
my ..v

.■ .: ■ ■■ .
.........
■ л. ■V.з ". . !■ :■ :■■ Ш-
■.
is isaa» .sit. ;

::v .... ■ .
Щшйй
■i.:: ;.. ■■ ■ . 4:
1. -T: r. . ■. .■ . :■■■?
'.v:: . ■: ■: ' ЩЗШШР ■ ■ =■
. =■-■ * ■
_ ■■■• .■
;
ШШШШ iissa Г.Л
v.:-r llllil#
: -Л-f шшш ■■ -. ..J'

...
§11
wm Й am 1Я»: ШШ i

optima''*^
research

TOLERANCE OPERANDS
Here are the remainder of the operands in the TDE:

f'» . \vw ■■ .

f" : TV V.at ■; fiottinal:

:
. y : . ::
*■ :Mi: . ■■■ ' - ., .
t v
:v..- шш
... Ш . ■s.-'"- :v
. ■ :::v U0 mm ■ .t.; ■ ■
..... sm Hills .-.a-V.-
I. . - - ... ..■■ .
:. ■ tt «-Л5ЭД
! V \\i\-.

"I.......:
If1 •i
r
■ ■■ v ' .j
темя

ЖV 7^1.......
EC____________
;

TOLERANCE OPERANDS

Here are the tolerance ranges in the TDE:

• Radius Millimeters 0,20
• Thickness Millimeters 0.20
о No compensator
• Decenter X/Y Millimeters 0.20
e Front surfaces oniy
• S + A Irreg Fringes 0,20
• Index 0.0002
• Abbe 0.01
For element tolerances:
• Decenter X/Y 0.20
• Tilt X/Y Degrees 0.20
Focus will be the only compensator

optimaN^'
research

FIRST TOLERANCE RUN

Open the Tolerance dialog (Tools > Tolerancing > Toierancing)

Change the tolerancing settings as follows:

' «гакг (SSTSSS: 3 ■ ■ '■ " ■ jS«mS

m’SMOTieCa-to’Saw; ■ pb HsSWit |—
K^tCRfSPtiK* ■■ 1 " '
- Soift FFTTT~X 3 .мь ■ : ■'
Sew I U*.' / Rmst i j-. \ tm J .: ..

■ 1 t -ДК j . С«В?Г |. . ; ( . .. - ■ : - v

Run the tolerance analysis

Obviously we need to tighten up the tolerances ranges to meet the

requirements.

Advanced Optical Design Using
ZEMAX

optima^•**
researc
h
ANALYSIS

We will use "Inverse Sensitivity" to constrain the ranges.

We need to determine how much we can allow the performance to degrade and still
be within the desired MTF minimums.
From the MTF plot, it looks like none of the systems are meeting the on-axis
specification at 100 Ip/mm (greater than 0.40),
We need to limit the departure of the system by constraining the merit function.

We will switch to one of the “built-in” criteria options: RMS Wavefront

Open the Tolerancing dialog, switch the Criterion to RMS Wavefront and click on
the “Check” button to determine the RMS wavefront of the nominal system. The
value is about 0.14 waves.
Here is what we will now do:
We could manually adjust each tolerance and repeat the analysis, but there is a
faster way: inverse sensitivity tolerancing.
Suppose we want the iens to have a predicted perturbed RMS wavefront error of
about 0,20 waves or less. We need to tighten the loose tolerances.
You can determine the approximate increment to use for inverse tolerancing using
the following formula:
Max criteria - Nominal Here: increment = — = 0.009
increment ~------— ^4 ]
V# of tolerances
We will choose Inverse Increment, with an increment of 0.009
ZEMAX will restrict the tolerance operand ranges for any operand which exceeds
this maximum MF.
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 43 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optimaV*^
research

ANALYSIS

Open three MTF plots:

* Set one to field 1, Max freq 100, Show Diffraction Limit
* Set one to field 4, Max freq 50, Show Diffraction Limit
* Set one to field 5, Max freq 50, Show Diffraction Limit
Open the Tolerancing dialog and change the settings as follows:
w
. . . . .»: r -■ 1 -.i -\
..........Ода®,: ^
1 :;р*кЦч5' fRMSWavetont

jpmSfSsa . Сайй-r . ’■

a
’■ „ Savt ~ 1 ioatl . j ■ ■ Fields: F1 ; 2|-' '■ ■ £' ■

3
Run the tolerance analysis.

ADJUSTING TOLERANCES

in using inverse sensitivity analysis, ZEMAX adjusted the allowable parameter

ranges as necessary to insure no single effect increased the merit function more
than 0.009 from the nominal.
The Tolerance Data Editor will show the new ranges. Determine whether the ranges
are generally in the commercial, precision, or high precision range.

research

INVERSE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

Here are the results on-axis (field 1), This is starting to look a bit better, but it still
needs to improve. About half of the Monte Carlo simulations meet our
requirements (>0,40 at 100 Ip/mm for fteid 1)

We are seeing even better performance at the edge of the field. Most of the
Monte Carlo simulations meet our requirements (>0.47 at 50 Ip/mm for fields 4
and 5), (Remember, the specification Is for the average MTF performance. The
MTF analysis plots the tangential and sagittal responses individually.)

«■mint fwtmirf зн CYCLES pa i

. —I___ 1
. L ■............. ■..... 141 141 1ШЖИ YttIPUET

КШ: - - -____ It TO
Ш *,№S3 № да ™

optima^research
WHAT DO WE DO NEXT?

There are several methods which could be used with inverse Sensitivity to bring the
design the rest of the way in:
• Use the User-Defined Merit Function
о Inverse Limit: 0.001 (this is just slightly higher than the nominal MF value)
о Paraxial Focus compensation initially
• Use Diffraction MTF Average Merit Function
о Delete off-axis fields о Inverse Limit: 0.46,
MTF frequency to 100 о Reenter off-axis
fields о Inverse Limit: 0,58, MTF Frequency
to 50
• Use a scripted tolerance to automate process
о Use RMS Wavefront to get close о Use
Merit Function for final analysis о Scripted
tolerancing will be covered next

Copyright ® 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 50 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Vx
optima ▼researc
h
INVERSE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

Here are the results on-axis after using the defined MF criteria, Inverse Limit of
0.001, Paraxial Focus compensation. Ail of the Monte Carlo systems are now
meeting the on-axis specification.

________________________FOLYCHROHRTIC DIFFRACTION H7F

COOKS TRIPLET
CJRTS FOR 0.4B4>t та 0.4.563 *»•,
SURFACEi IMHCE ____

optimaV^resear
ch

EVALUATION

Take a look at how ZEMAX has tightened the tolerances (Tools > Tolerancing >
Toierancing Summary).
The mechanical constraints are getting the tightest, as well as one of the surface
decenters.
it may be necessary to reevaluate some other operands, possibly tightening up
other requirements to loosen up these. Better statistics couid be obtained by using
more MC runs and possibly more optimization cycles, both of which take
significantly more time.

Copyright ® 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

SCRIPTED TOLERANCING

aptimaVteseareh

TOLERANCE SCRIPTS

Tolerance scripts are command files which define a procedure for tolerancing a
lens. Scripts can be used to simulate a multi-step process for the alignment of a
lens during tolerancing. Each step may use different compensators, constrained by
different merit functions.
Any or ail of these operations may be included in tolerance scripts:
* Add or remove compensators
• Load new merit functions
• Monitor and report any value that ZEMAX can compute in the merit function
о This includes ZPLM or UDOP
* Save Senses at any point in the procedure to a ZMX tile
Tolerance scripts are text files ending with a ,TSC extension. Script files must be
stored in the root ZEMAX directory.

Copyright ® 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

The tolerance script is run several times during the tolerance analysis:
* First to compute the nominal lens data
о The nominal value reported when running a script is the value of the last merit
function loaded by the script
* Twice for each operand in sensitivity analysis
о Once for the min value, once for the max value
* Several times for each operand during inverse sensitivity analysis
о Min and max range each may be reduced iteratively
* Once for each Monte Carlo lens generated

optima Xresearch

SCRIPT COMMANDS

Tolerance script files consists of an unlimited number of simple text commands:

•:
о indicates a comment line which is ignored during execution
• CLEARCOMP
о Removes all currently defined compensators. New compensators must be defined
before calling OPTIMIZE
• CLOSEF1LE

о Closes the current output file

CMCO surf param muiticonfiguration
CEDV surf param compensator
extra data compensator
COMP surf code compensator
CPAR surf param parameter compensator
о Used to define new compensators
• FORMAT m.n [EXP] formats REPORT statements
• LOADMERiT fiiename.mf
о Load merit function file, replacing any existing merit function. ZEMAX will
automatically adjust surface numbers to account for any coordinate break or
dummy surfaces inserted during tolerancing. The .mf tile must be stored in the root
ZEMAX directory,

Copyright ® 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 52 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 56 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
opti
ma i SCRIPT COMMANDS
^sea
rch
Script commands:
• OPENFILE “Filename’ mode
о Opens a new data file for REPORT values
* OPTIMIZER
о Executes "n" cycles of the damped least squares optimizer. If "n” is 0 or omitted,
optimization runs in automatic mode.
* PERTURB
о Used to randomly perturb a system parameter
* REPORT "text" operand
о Prints any user defined text as well as the value of any operand in the currently
loaded merit function, if the operand is zero, the entire merit function wiii be
printed, if operand is -1, no operand value is reported (used to enter blank lines
and comments).
* SAVEn
о Saves the current lens file with the name TSAVnnnn.ZMX,
* UPDATE
o Updates the current file, used after PERTURB commands.
Further description of these commands can be found in the manual.
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 55 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optir».
» ,Лу i
eseare SCRIPTED TOLERANCE EXAMPLE
h
/ "X
Consider the process for tolerancing and aligning a rifle scope:
• The basic system is afocal
• A graduated reticle is located at an interna! focus
• The axial ray should be aligned with the mechanical axis
We wifi set up this process using a tolerance script.
Open up the file \Short course\SCJToS JRfIScp

SCRIPTED
TOLERANCE EXAMPLE

Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX

optima ^research

SCRIPTED
TOLERANCE
The steps we need to consider in aligning this system:
• The reticle will be positioned at an intermediate image, using the thickness from the
preceding piano iens surface {thickness of surface 5) as a compensator
• The thickness after the reticule will be adjusted to coiiimate the output. Afocai mode and
an angular default merit function will be used to optimize coHimation.
• The tilt and decenter of the final elements will be adjusted to maintain the axial ray
position.
• Eye relief needs to be at least 90 millimeters

We will need to create separate merit functions for each of these tasks.
Scripted tolerancing needs user-defined fields. Note that y-symmetric fields have
been defined in the Field Data dialog

INTERMEDIATE IMAGE OPTIMIZATION

In locating the reticle, the goal Is the same as in any other RMS spot size
optimization, locate the surface at the best image position. The only difference is
that the default merit functions ail locate the best image at the final surface in the
system.
Looking at the table of optimization operands, it looks like TRA1 fits our needs:
• Transverse ray aberration radius measured at the specified surface with respect to
the chief ray. Similar to TRAR, except a surface other than the image surface may be
specified.
That only leaves the problem of setting up appropriate sampling:
• Easy way: Let ZEMAX do it for you!
о Generate a default merit function: RMS - Spot Radius - Chief Ray
о Change the operand type from TRAR to TRA1 ^ {Ctrl-C followed
by lots of Ctri-V's) о Set the Surface number to 6
There must be a better way...how about a ZPL macro that does the job for us?

optima X research
INTERMEDIATE IMAGE
OPTIMIZATION
Create the following macro {you can leave the comments out) and save it in the
"Macros” directory.
$ This macro miii':'shaoige.-::aB.Y"opeEand':':3aamed':'.,ERAiR':'ti3--:TB!AI:':'aDad.-set::'.th8'.:
£ixsfc'.':satting::'fiiitlJ § for the operand to 6.
CLOSEtflMBOU #■ This-rmn-ns'-onУ4quiet":-mode -which- hides-■ the■■ macro- output- window ■- A£'
»."TRAR" § This is the operand type that the loop will look for
FOR i, 1, 300, 1
x=GPERfi,l) # Ms.-rtmiKi tfee .operand-code:number for the-idn-xowyin-.-th&yHFEy:
... . y=QC0Dt&fF'-#:.TBis,:i.etU£R3-,the--.operand--code::mimbsr--£Gr th.e.::TRAR--operand-
typeу,,-,---,:-,:; IF x-=y | If the loop finds an operand named TRAR...
SETOPERAHD i, 11, "TRAI" § The operand паже i3 changed to TRAI SETOPERAMD i, 2, б I
The first setting {inti) for the operand is sat to S
ELSE EMU IF
KEXT .. ................... .........................................
After defining the default merit function described on the previous slide, run the
macro.
Now save the modified merit function as "reticle.mf.

BORES1GHT
OPTIMIZATION
For the boresight adjustment, we need coordinate breaks around the eyepiece
assembly. Notice the coordinate breaks set on surfaces 13 and 19. Negative pick-
ups on the second CB surface pickup from the first CB, The order flag on the
second C8 is reversed. There is something missing however. What is it?

OptimaV^l
research

BORESIGHT
OPTIMIZATION
We need to ensure that the second CB is coincident with the first!
• insert a dummy surface after the second C8
• Set a Position solve on the thickness of surface 18 (From: 13, Length: 0)
• Copy the thickness of the second CB to the new dummy surface following it
• Set a Pickup solve on the thickness of the second CB (From: 18, Scale: -1)
Delete the existing merit function (in the MF editor, select Edit > Delete Ail)
The merit function simply traces the axial chief ray to the exit pupil:
• REAR surf=21 wave=2 hx=hy=px=py=0.0, target= 0.0 weight =1.0
о This MF operand ensures that file axial ray is aligned with the mechanical axis
The compensators will be the y-decenter and x-tilt of the final lens assembly:
• Parameter 2 and 3 of surface 13
Now save the merit function to the \ZEMAX directory:
• atign.mf

Copyright O 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 64 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima ^research

COLLIMATION OPTIMIZATION

The optimization process will determine the system with the best coliimation as this
will give the minimum angular radius at the exit pupil (coincident with the IMA”
surface in this example).
The compensator will be the separation from the reticle to the three element relay
lens (thickness of surface 6).
For the merit function, delete the existing merit function and then use a default:
* RMS - Angular Radius ~ Centroid
Add a chief ray solve to constrain IMA surface to be at the location of the paraxial
exit pupil and place an additional operand to check the exit pupil location and report
the eye relief:
* Place Chief Ray Height Solve on the Thickness of Surface 20 (Height = 0)
о This solve ensures that the IMA plane (eye) is at the paraxial exit pupil
• Add an operand at the top of the merit function: TTHI surfl =20 surf2=2G weighted.
о This is the eye relief
Now save the merit function to the VZEMAX directory:
• rms.mf
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 83 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima X research

CREATING SCRIPTS

Use Notepad to create the tolerance script file:

• CLEARCOMP
• LOADMERIT
RETICLE.MF « COMP 5 0
• OPTIMIZE 4
« CLEARCOMP
• LOADMERIT ALIGN.MF
• CPAR13 2
• CPAR13 3
• OPTIMIZE 4
• CLEARCOMP
• LOADMERIT RMS.MF
• COMP 6 0
• OPTIMIZE 4
• REPORT "Eye relief: "1
Save the script in the ZEMAX directory using the name rifie.tsc.

Copyright O 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 64 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

TOLERANCE OPERANDS

Build up a default set of tolerance operands.

ш Don’t use the back focus compensator
* Do not use Tilt X/V for surfaces {redundant for spherical surfaces)

Remove any TTHI operands;

* Thickness 5 (will be used as a compensator)
* Thickness 6 (will be used as a compensator)
* Thickness 18 (Position solve is in place)
* Thickness 20 (Chief Ray Height solve is in place)
No intermediate air thickness compensators {set “Adjust" = “Surf for all remaining
TTHi operands)
Use surface decenters on front surfaces only
* After deleting the unneeded TSDX/TSDY operands, the number of TSD)OTSDY
operands left should equal the number of glasses in the lens

Need to catch up? Open sc_toi_rf!scp2

чг «-A'

optimaj^research
RUN THE TOLERANCING

Open the tolerancing dialog and set it up as follows;

After running the analysis:

• The eye relief constraint was met
* System performance was generally poor
о Estimated RSS performance is more than one order of magnitude greater than the
nominal {RSS MF -0.0075}
о This could be improved by running Inverse Sensitivity

SCRIPTED TOLERANCING

Scripted tolerancing is a powerful tool which can help in both tolerancing and
assembly of optical systems. By determining the ranges on al! the
intermediate adjustments, the mechanical assembly can be simplified.
Scripted tolerancing can also be used in cases where the standard tolerancing
process is very time-consuming.
* For example, in the case of the Cooke triplet, the initial tolerancing could have been
done using an RMS spot or wavefront criteria using the back focus compensator.
Then the MTF merit function could have been applied. Since the system was near the
wavefront optimum, only one or two optimization cycles should be required. This can
result in a significant time saving.

TOLERANCING IN DOUBLE PASS

optimal™
research

USER DEFINED TOLERANCES

Let's consider toierancing an optica! system which is used in double pass, in this
type of system, the events are not totally independent.
Each pass through a given component must have:
• Same shape - curvature, irregularity, etc
• Same materia! - same index, Abbe offsets
• Same location/orientation (tlit/decenter)

We need to use carefully placed coordinate breaks, pickups and user-defined

tolerances to mode! such an optical system

USER DEFINED TOLERANCES

We wii design a simple one lens relay and insert coordinate breaks and pickups as
necessary in the nominal system.
To tolerance these coordinate breaks, we will use the TU** series tolerance
operands for tolerancing. These are the Tolerance User-defined Decenter and Tilt
operands.
Systems used in double-pass configurations can be readily tolerenced in ZEMAX.
Remember to use pick-ups and to manually test to insure all pick-ups are as
required.
We will design a single lens system, EPD about 25 mm, EFL about 100 mm at finite
conjugates (object distance of 96.6312).
Select a stock lens from one of the manufacturer catalogs to save time. (LDX168
from Melles Griot wili work nicely) Remove the MRH solve.

optima^"
researc
h DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN

Insert a surface before the IIVIAge and make it a MIRROR. Place the mirror 50 mm from
the lens.
To insert the second instance of the lens, insert the lens again at the IMAge surface. Re-label
the surfaces If desired.
Use pick-ups on the radii and glass columns aii along the return path.

Use position solves for the thicknesses for the second instance of the lens and to locate the
IMAge surface.
Set the object thickness to 96.6312.

DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN

We must have gotten all the signs right: the lenses

identically overlap.

ZEMAX

optirmV^
research

DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN

For toierancing, we want to consider the effects of tilting and decentering of the
lens. We will use the front vertex location along the axis as the pivot point We must
return to this point any time we initiate or complete the movement.
To begin:
• Put coordinate breaks around each occurance of the optic.
• After traveling through the lens, return to the pivot point to return to the original
coordinate system
• Do this for the second pass as well, make sure the pivot is always initiated at the
same location.

Setup first set of coordinate breaks

• insert CBs before and after first instance of lens
о Add dummy surface between second C8 and mirror о Copy thickness of surface 3
to dummy (to maintain the mirror position) о Add Position solve on rear surface of
lens to position second CB at location of first CB (From Surface 1)
о Use a reverse Pickup solve on the second CB to return to the back of the lens
о Reverse the Order flag on the second CB о Set minus Pickups for the
parameters of the second CB

optima Xresearc^
EXACT INSTRUCTIONS

Setup second set of coordinate breaks

• insert CBs before and after second instance of lens
о Reverse the Order flag on the second CB (surface 10) о Set Pickups
(positive) for parameters of the first CB (surface 7) to pickup from surface 1
о Set Pickups (positive) for parameters of the second CB (surface 10) to pickup from
surface 4
• Add a dummy surface after the mirror
• Hide the two dummy surface (surfaces 5 and 7)
e Surface Properties > Draw > Do Not Draw This Surface checkbox
• Add Position solve on dummy surface (surface 7) to iocate next C8 at location of first
CB (From Surface 1)
• Add Position solve on CB (surface 8) to iocate next surface at the location of the
back of the lens (From Surf 3)
• Add Position solve on surface 10 to locate the last CB at the location of file first CB
(From Surf 1)
• Add Position solve on last CB to iocate the IMAge surface at the Object (From Surf 0)
Need to catch up? Open scJ;o!J3blPass2

DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN
Here is a set up for this system:

<4l«j l.iiilor
p'ii viffi Ш& ШШШШ' Й ‘ Hi
1 ... SUE £; Type Coanant | Radius | Thickness [ ' Glass'! v':- | 3£ftLrDi'&to£t££ [
■. OBI Standard Infinity .'36.6312 П o.ootm

Й Щ
itj-aijir.eis 5.. Щ I 1 Й
:r: . O.VOOP
,=r.v в OF U::;SC| ji)4.01 V
■l..'.CV
t pj c:-v .^.L/OVO :.- .
:
3* Standard; Vi BACK OF LDXldaj 7©-103.0200 -4.2000 m 15.0000 U
1 L .i PJ -
1 c.vctji
■ Standard; ...... Binary infinity SO.0000 " 13..734Q;
■;* ■ : ." . Infinity ■"P.OO-Mi [T 1 f
7 ■ Standard: Г вишу. ■ Infinity _ -4.2000 Ы --. 13.7019
... \’i '
Г- ?*аг:;;й:.л :«t"K -in:.::- ■. i.V= r I:K"
<frv>v. — *• l
.10* ::tStandetdi FROST OF ШХ168 : 103.0200 Pi 0.0000 -.5.0000 Hi
■:
i ~ .....
к '
"c-Jt-.: i ■: . il 1 O.Oi^jr-

| ISA Standard' [ 1 Infinity J "! M■■■■ 0.4849

:
*Ss

optimaVresearch

DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN

• Tilt the surface about x {10 degrees) and decenter in у (2 mm) to test

Be sure to set the tilt/decenter values back to zero after testing!

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 12 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X1research
DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN
For the tolerances, we can start with the default set, and remove or modify the
operands as appropriate.
* Do not use Tilt X/Y {redundant for spherical surfaces) or Decenter Y {on-axis only)
for surface tolerances
• Do not use Decenter Y/Tiit Y for element tolerances {on-axis only)
• Do not use Abbe tolerancing {monochromatic)
The only ТТИ1 operands we need are for surfaces 2 {the lens thickness) and 5
(mirror position)
• Set Surf=Adjust
Replace the TExx operands for surfaces 2-3 with TUxx operands
* Change ail operands to their TU equivalent (i.e. TEDX becomes TUDX)
• Change the surface to 1 for all TUxx operands
Remove ail operands for the second instance of lens (ail for surfaces 9 and 10)
Use surface decenters on front surfaces only
# Remove TSDX for surface 3
To maintain symmetry, use the object distance as the compensator
# Change the default compensator to surface 0
Fix the Semi-Diameter of the mirror (required for fringe tolerancing)
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 11 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima ~ re
research

DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN

Here is the resulting set of tolerances:

Tvpfi Surf ." Jfbfitiaai \ : Mitt 'V йах •••' \

i rc&i?) ■ COUP Q 0,0000 -5.0000 5.0000:

.................. '
. .......... ■ ■1
-

:
r=.y:-

W
...... ............................
„J:!?;!':....................... £=. c : -i. г ■. у; у
........... Ш
Tffll . ■

■■■'ГШ1;.
Ш : ~ ■■■■-■ ■ -.\.К i.i ■
-1 ТПЖ
Ш i.- . ■ ■■■

■■ ■: гг-
Ш - ■! il':

:
'16.0ШГ
ь
ЙШЙ 5 1 ■■■ :..:l !!!■ : ■

:: =:v:i.-. v- el _
i.
1
:!~t i
eli
■
..
. i. ■■■ Hi; r..
-о..;.!:--

' : v.
Il i
i ...
тШ$Штж
I ::ri-; *
■r ........ fi

DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN

We have taken care of modeling the element tilts/decenters for the second pass
through the lens by using the TUxx operand along with the coordinate breaks we
have already setup but what about surface tilts and irregularities?
To tolerance surface tilts and/or irregularities:
* Make both of the second pass surfaces Irregular о
Apply Pickups (positive) to the original surfaces
=> Surface 9 picks up from surface 3 (rear surface of lens)
=> Surface 10 picks up from surface 2 (front surface of tens)

Need to catch up? Open sc_toi_DblPass3

optirnaV^research

DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN

We will do an RMS spot size tolerance and save some Monte Carlo files so that we
can insure the toieranced Sens is positioned as expected.
The compensator is not the image distance so we can’t use Paraxial Focus
compensation
Here are the settings:

DOUBLE-PASS DESIGN

Verify that there is only one tens in any of the MC_t**** files
Observe the use of the pickups on the Coordinate Break and Irregular surfaces

optirmN*^^

researc
h

TOLERANCING ZOOM SYSTEMS

TOLERANCING WITH MULTIPLE CONFIGURATIONS

Multi-configuration systems can be toleranced one configuration at a time, or

simultaneously. Doing each configuration individually Is usually faster.
When performing inverse sensitivity analysis for all configurations at once, each
configuration will yield the tightest tolerances which will then apply to ail
configurations coliectively.
We will demonstrate the multiple configuration tolerancing capabilities of ZEMAX
using a scanning system.
Open up sc_scan3.
This scanning system consists of a rotating flat mirror and a spherical focusing lens.
There are five different mirror rotation positions modeled using multiple
configurations.
This system has already been optimized for RMS spot size. Open up a spot
diagram and shift between configurations (Ctrt-A). The spot size varies from about
60 to 160 microns depending upon the mirror rotation.

Copyrights 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 17 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima4^
research

TOLERANCING WITH MULTIPLE CONFIGURATIONS

There are five different mirror rotation positions modeled using multiple
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

SETUP TOLERANCES
We wii! start with a default set of tolerances and then modify the default set as
necessary. We will then add the operands needed to accommodate the multiple
configuration nature of this system.
Tools > Optimization > Remove Ail Variables
There is one solve in place which we need to remove. Which one is it?
Build a default set of tolerances. As usual, since we only have spherical lenses,
use Decenter X/Y for surfaces but not Tilt X/Y.
We do not need to do Abbe tolerancing as we are working monochromatically.
The compensator will be back focus.
Remove all TTH! operands except for surfaces 6 and 7. We will not use
intermediate thickness compensators.
Remove the TETX operand for surface 4. We will be tolerancing the X-tlit of the
scanning mirror using the TMCO operand.
Remove TSDX/TSDY for surface 8, We wii! tolerance the surface decenter on the
front of the lens only.
Fix the Semi-Diameter of the mirror (surface 4) to 18.
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 19 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optima
research

TMCO

The TMCO operand allows us to tolerance a specific operand in the MCE for a
specific configuration. Thus, we will add 5 TMCO operands in the Tolerance Data
Editor, one for each scan tilt position.
Add 5 TMCO operands at the bottom of the TDE.
* Set the Row for each operand equal to 1.
• Each operand will have a different Config# (from 1 to 5).
Set the Min value for each operand to -2 and the Max to 2,
One scan position may be more sensitive to tilt perturbation than another. When we
perform inverse tolerancing across all configurations at once, each configuration’s
tilt range will be adjusted accordingly.

Need to catch up? Open sc_toLscan1

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optimM
research
SENSITIVTY ANALYSIS

.■catena* Radius . .iS]-' '

w.:
■XtltfS. |р,1„нагоив

fisl cs--’-

The nominal RMS spot size averaged across ati of our configurations is about 100
microns. The estimated perturbed spot size is about 133 microns.
Suppose we wanted a maximum perturbed criteria of 105 microns for ail of our
configurations?
0.105-0.100
Increment = V25 0.00
1
After running inverse Increment analysis with an increment of 0.001, the estimated
perturbed spot size is now about 114 microns.
Take a look at the tightened ranges for the TMCO operands. Each scan position
has a different level of sensitivity. The actual system should be assembled with
tolerances equal to the most sensitive of the five positions.
Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 22 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima д research

MULTIPLE CONFIGURATION COMPENSATORS

Muiti-configuration parameters can also be used as compensators by using the

CMCO operand. The arguments for this operand are the same as for the TMCO
operand {operand row# and configuration#).
When using multiple CMCO operands, the operands must be defined in order of
operand number then configuration:
# For example, al! CMCO operands for MCE operand 1 must precede CMCO
operands for MCE operand 2
• For example, for the CMCO operands for MCE operand 1, the CMCO operands
must be listed in order of configuration number

optiHi s«.
^search

SPEEDING UP TOLERANCING

Tolerancing is, by its very nature, a very detail-oriented and time consuming
process.

There are a number of strategies that can be used to reduce the computational
effort and time taken.

Some are simply sensible engineering choices, others are features we have
specifically added to help reduce the computational complexity.

optima Tiresearch
INTELLIGENT DESIGN

There are a number of ways in which a smart designer goes about tolerancing a
design. These include, but are not limited to, the following:

Don’t use Auto optimization cycles. Remember that the optimization stage simulates
a shop-floor or user adjustment, like focusing a projector onto a screen, its not
important that you reduce the spot to the last picometer! Three or four cycles of
optimization are usually ail that $ needed.

Use as few configurations/waveiengths/field points as are necessary. This is not the

same number as was needed to optimize in the first place! Try to identify the worst
case, and tolerance that

If the nominal design is rotationally symmetric, try aligning all the tilts/decenters so
that the worst-case is along y, and just use Y-symmetric fields instead of XY.

Remove weak tolerances. If TIND or TABS, for example, have little effect, they can
be removed, certainly in the early stages. And if TIND and TABB are weak, why are
you using more than one wavelength? ;-)

TOLERANC1NG EVOLUTION

Remember that, just as with optimizing, as the design matures, you can change
your strategy.

Early in the process, focus on worst-case scenarios so that your design gets "into
the right ballpark”.

Add more detail as your confidence in the candidate design grows.

Run final tolerancing runs with ail tolerances, wavelengths, configurations etc...but
only invest the time this will take once you have some reasonable degree of
confidence that the design wil! pass the test!

optimaN^
research

SMART TOOLS

That said, ZEMAX does have some tools built into the tolerancer to help improve
speed. The major tools are:

* Paraxial Focus Compensation

•Tolerance Cache

• Polynomial Sensitivity

PARAXIAL FOCUS COMPENSATION

This works by ignoring aii the compensators you have defined, and, instead,
defining a back-focus compensator

This mode does NOT use rigorous optimization of the back focus, instead, it splits
the last thickness into two surfaces:
• A surface with a paraxial image height soive, which moves you to the paraxial
image plane. This is the bulk of the back focal distance.
* A re-focus surface, that moves you back to the real image piane. This is a small
correction factor.
During toierancing, the paraxial marginal ray solve automatically updates to keep
the design at paraxial focus at the surface-before-last. The constant re-focus
thickness is then applied to the final thickness.

The speed advantage is that no cycles of optimization are required. Only one ray
needs to be traced to update the paraxial height soive.

optima X research

AN EXAMPLE

Open the Cooke triplet sample file {Samples > Sequential > Objectives > Cooke 40
degree fieSd.zmx)

Click on Tools > Miscellaneous > Quick Focus, and adjust for best Spot Size Radial,
relative to the centroid of the spot:

Quick Focus
* Spi.it Shi: Rads! ■XTX^poS Only

■' Spot Sse YGnl,:

Vaveiicfst Eiiiji У Use

Centroid

OK. | Cancei ... i

THE LENS DATA EDITOR

The LDE shows that the back focal thickness is 42.208

i
3
Surf:fYpe—: ■■ Comment ■ Radius 1
OBJ standard a;s:;t::■.■■■
;Tnf Infinity E-
:Xnd:tY
in SU:: V ■■■■
2*- Standard -435.760 V ...
IH i.;.; v
ic .'a 20.292 V 4■ 750 ;Y :: d:
"Standard
:» 73. i-V-W V
N Standard! ■ ■ “18,3- M о-42*20Б-4
jim < 'at--- ___
!<\; '^Standard
,-:7 ' " XC.l infinity iis

optima4^
researc
h
NOW CHANGE IT

Doubie-click on the thickness of surface 6, and in

the solve dialog box, choose MARGINAL RAY
HEIGHT

Click on the IMAge surface, and press INSERT to enter a new surface

Use Tools > Miscellaneous > Quick Focus to adjust this new surfaced thickness for
best Spot Size Radial.

BACK TO THE LENS DATA EDITOR

Look at the surfaces now in the LDE, below. The sum of the two thicknesses is the
same as the original single surface thickness
Try perturbing other lens parameters. Note that the solve updates, but the refocus
surface does not. This is what “paraxial compensation" does.
Lens Data Editor
"SpMes' Ыр- ::."л
1 :;:surf :Typ Comment--:- Radius :- Thickness
j -/
eOBJ /:/;::■:■■■
t.. Infinity
. ■■■■■Stand inf ittity
■ V V .
2. ■ -
:
■ ..." V
standard V
...„. Ш 5
■±! . . ................ . 4.750 V
■-- .■■С; 2£>. 292 V
Ill . . . 7 s
standar back focal distance -18,395 42 - 4X5' M
■. d Standar . Infinity -0.207
7 :
IMA d -
j Infinity
Standar
b'zuu,' Z-CIVI/ЛЛ uyvesiplnwti udl'jWSilM “З mvaniWili uptittil мАХ
У иййР'ШЩТЕ:

optima^*-*
research

WHEN TO USE PARAXIAL FOCUS COMPENSATION

Two extreme cases:

In systems with relatively poor target performances, and coarse tolerances,

especially radius, thickness (i.e. perturbations which can be easily compensated by
focal shift).

In exquisitely well balanced systems with very tight tolerances. This is a little
counter-intuitive, but when a system is very well corrected it performs close to its
paraxial performance, and tight tolerances have only a first-order effect.

Paraxial Compensation should NOT be relied upon for final system evaluation! Its
only purpose is to give you a fast "first-cut” in the above two cases.

Copyright © 200T ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima^***
research

TOLERANCING CACHE

imagine you run a Sensitivity (or inverse Sensitivity) analysis, and you need to
tighten some tolerances. You tighten them, and then re-run the Sensitivity analysis.
How should ZEMAX handle the tolerances which you did NOT change?
The Tolerance Cache lets you store the resuits of a previous sensitivity analysis,
and use them again without recalculating the effects of tolerance operands that
have not changed between runs. When used with care, this is a great time saver in
all kinds of tolerancing problems.

optimaV^
research

TOLERANCING CACHE
When “Recompute Changed” is used, only those tolerances which were changed
between runs are recomputed.

ZEMAX will automatically clear the cache if any of the tolerancing settings (i.e.
criterion choice or sampling settings) are changed. ZEMAX will not, however, reset
the cache if changes are made to the lens data in a given file.

The cache should only be used when no changes have been made to the lens
system itself. If changes are made, set the “Cache” setting to “Recompute
All” in the next tolerancing run.

When using the cache, compensator data are not displayed in the tolerancing
summary at the end of each tolerancing run (though the criterion values shown do
consider the effects of compensation).

Separation of data by fields and configurations is not supported when using the
cache feature.

Copyright © 200T ZEMAX Development Corporation 36 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima д research

POLYNOMIAL SENSITIVITY TOLERANCING

This is another option in the Cache drop-down, it is similar to paraxiai compensation

in that rigorous optimization of compensators is not performed, but it is much more
general and has a far stronger theoretical basis.
Imagine you perturb some parameter, and optimize ali
compensators. The change in performance wii! likely
look something like this:

ZEMAX

researc
h
POLYNOMIAL SENSITIVITY TOLERANCING

Over a small range of perturbation (and in tolerancing we are only looking at

perturbations on the order of manufacturing error) the performance curve can be fit
to a relatively low-order polynomial
P-AfSS+CS 2 +D6 3 +:if<54

where 5 is the tolerance perturbation value and P is the resulting criterion. For the
3-term fit, a total of 4 equally spaced points are used within the minimum and
maximum tolerance values. A total of 6 points are used for the 5-term fit.

ZEMAX lets you choose the first three terms, or ail five terms, of this polynomial

TERM LIMITS

You need four data points to fit to a third-order polynomial, and six for a fifth-order.
Here are the four data points we choose when fitting to a three-term function:

Optical Design Using ZEMAX

optimaN^
researc
h
A GOOD FIT

The fit is very good

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 44 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima 7"
research

FASTER TOLERANCING

The beauty of this is that once we have a mathematical equation for how the
criterion varies as a function of the tolerance perturbation, subsequent calculations
are almost instantaneous!

For example, if we choose to tighten the tolerance on the decenter of our first lens
element, there is no need to recalculate the tolerancing criterion by brute force.

instead, we simply plug the tolerance perturbation into our fitted polynomial
equation and evaluate the new criteria.

optim research
a

OPTIMIZING FOR
MAN U FACTU
RABILITY
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright © 200? ZEMAX Development Corporation 44 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X
research
TOLR

Imagine a solution space for a given optimization problem that looked like this:

Which is the better solution, A or B?

optima X research

TOLR

Solution В has a better merit function than A, and so is “better" on that

definition. But, think about manufacturing...

The problem with solution В is that if you build the system and the actual (as-built)
value for the variable shown is different than the optimized value, the merit function
will likely go up significantly given the steep nature of the valley that the optimized
value lies in.

While solution A has a slightly higher merit function value than solution B, the
valley surrounding solution A is fairly shallow. Thus, if the actual variable value
that you get for solution A is not exactly the optimized value, the merit function will
not likely go up significantly.

This often happens because we optimize the ‘perfect’ system first, and then do the
tolerancing. What if you could do the initial optimization, already accounting for the
size of the tolerances on all the parameters? Well, you can!
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

ZEMAX aiiows you to account for tolerances when optimizing by using the TOLR
optimization operand.
Here is how TOLR works;
• First, you need to design/optimize an optical system with reasonable performance.
* Next, buiid your set of tolerances and compensators in the Tolerance Data Editor.
* in the Toierancing dialog (Tools > Tolerancing > Tolerancing), setup the tolerancing
options that you want and then dick “Save” at the bottom of the window.
о You will need to use one of the built-in toierancing criteria (“Merit Function" is not
a valid choice when using TOLR—this wouid create an infinite ioop).
• Add TOLR to your defined merit function and optimize!

Note; The saved settings file name must be of the format TOLRnnn.TOP, where nnn is the 3
digit integer specified on the TOLR operand file argument. You then reference nnn in the
merit function editor when calling TOLR

optima X research

TOLR
TOLR can be used by itself or in conjunction with other operands. It can be used by
any optimizer, e.g. DLS, OD, Globa! Search, Hammer.

It returns three numbers;

Data - 0 returns the RSS (root-sum-square) estimated change in performance due

to the tolerance operands
Data - 1 returns the nominal (unperturbed) merit function
Data - 2 returns the predicted performance (which is just data item 0 plus data item
1 of course)
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

opt t maV’res ear c

ALIGNMENT ANALYSIS

What do you do after the tolerancing has been performed, and the parts (optical and
mechanical) have been specified, ordered and received?
Assembling an optical system can be a simple task, especially if the only adjustment
or compensation is to the back focal distance of a rotationally symmetric design.
What about situations with several compensators or tilted or decentered
components?
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

ALIGNMENT ANALYSIS

ZEMAX can also be used when the system is being put together, if the system
being assembled can be tested using an interferometer, then ZEMAX can use the
information from the interferometer to determine the adjustments necessary to the
components to optimize the system’s performance.
This is done using a "Zernike Phase" surface. The interferometer will measure the
wavefront aberration of the system under test at the exit pupil By placing a phase
mask with the same aberrations at a pupil plane within ZEMAX, and adjusting the
positions of the elements, the sources of the errors can be determined.

optimaV^research

7PPMIKP rnppPiriPKITQ
Н» Пня 111 I C* CP Г 1 1 Vi# I Iw III I ^3
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

WHAT ARE ZERNIKE POLYNOMIALS?

Zernike polynomiais are one of an infinite possible number of orthogonal basis

polynomials that span the space of a unit circle.
These polynomiais are commoniy used in optics to describe the wavefront phase in
the exit pupil of an optica! system.
ZEMAX supports two common variations of the many different possible Zernike
forms:
• The “Fringe'1 set
• The “Standard" set from Noil (see the ZEMAX manual for details or "Zernike
polynomials and atmospheric turbulence”, R. Noli, J. Opt. Soc. Am,, Vot. 66, No, 3,
March 1976.)

optimN^
researc
h
FRINGE VS. STANDARD

The Fringe polynomiais

• Also called the “Air Force” polynomials
• Consist of 37 terms
• Each term has a peak value of 1 wave at the edge of the unit circle
• Not a complete set, but a subset of the Bom & Wolf polynomials, with mostly
rotationally symmetric higher order terms included
• These are “orthogonal'’ but not "norma!”
The Standard polynomials
• Similar to Bom & Wolf, but numbered in a specific fashion according to Noli
• ZEMAX supports up to 231 terms, corresponds to order 20
• Each term is normalized to yield 1 when integrated over the pupil
• These are truly “orthonormai”

ORTHOGONAL VS. ORTHONORMAL

Orthogonal polynomials have this property:
2K 1
J JZiZjpdpdS-AjjSij
9=0p=0
Where
5 jj ~ 0, i # j 5||

- 1.1 - j

Orthonormai polynomials have this additional property:

А у — 1
Orthonormai = Orthogonal and Normalized

optiiiyC
resear
ch
FRINGE COEFFICIENTS

The ftrst few ‘'Fringe"

coefficients (to third order)
are:
Z1 1
Z2 (R) * COS (A)
Z3 (R) * SIN (A)
Z4 (2RA2 -1)
Z5 (RA2) * COS (2A)
Z6 (RA2) * SIN (2A)
Z7 (3RA2 - 2) R * COS (A)
Z8 (3RA2 - 2) R * SIN (A)
Z9 {6R4 - 6RA2+ 1)
Z10 (RA3) * COS (ЗА)
Z11 : (RA3) * SIN (ЗА)
Note all have a peak vaiue of
unity.

STANDARD COEFFICIENTS
The first few standard coefficients (to third order) are:
*Z1 1
•Z2 4A(1/2) (R) * COS (A)
•Z3 4л{1/2) (R) * SIN (A)
»Z4 Зл(1/2) (2RA2 -1)
•Z5 6л(1/2) (RA2) * SiN (2A)
♦Z6 6A(1/2) (RA2) * COS (2A)
•Z7 8A(1/2) (3RA3 - 2R) * SIN (A)
*Z8 8A(1/2) (3RA3 - 2R) * COS (A)
#Z9 8A(1/2) (RA3) * SIN (ЗА)
• Z 10 8A{1/2) (RA3) * COS (ЗА)
• Z11 5A{1/2) (6RA4~6RA2+ 1)
AH are normalized to yield:
2 1 K

fJZjZjpdpdO-Sjj 0 =0 p =G

optimaV’researcb
/X
HOW ZEMAX COMPUTES THE ZERNIKE
COEFFICIENTS
ZEMAX computes the OPD in the pupil
Assuming entrance pupil coordinates (so that a perfect unit circle is achieved), the
coefficients of the polynomials are fit for minimum RMS deviation between the
polynomial and the actual data.
if any surface apertures are present, ZEMAX does no fitting for these points,
although the functions could be evaluated at the “dark” regions to yield meaningless
data.
The fit coefficients are listed in a table.
Load the Double Gauss 28 degree field lens file and compare the Fringe and
Standard data.

WHAT THE
ZERNiKES MEAN
The Fringe coefficients tell you how many waves at the edge of the pupil you
have of each aberration type.
Because the Fringe polynomials are all normalized to a value of unity at the edge of
the pupil; they read off in waves at the edge of the pupil directly,
The Standard coefficients are normalized to minimize the RMS wavefront error
to that term.
Therefore, the Standard coefficients read off in units of RMS waves directly.
• Fringe coefficients tell you waves of OPD at the edge.
• Standard coefficients tell you waves of RMS over the pupil.

optima ” ™
research

RMS CALCULATIONS USING

STANDARD ZERNIKES
Load the Cooke triplet file, and compute the Standard coefficients on-axis (field 1} at
the primary wavelength (wavelength 2 ) .
Note the “big” terms are
* Z1: Piston
о ZEMAX usually ignores piston, but it is there to keep the terms orthonormai
* Z4: Focus
* Z11: Spherical
Each term is the RMS contribution of that term.
If you compute the RMS using
* RMS = sqrt(z4*z4 + z11 *z11}
it is very ciose to the RMS value ZEMAX computes from the raw data.
Note we don’t include piston in the RMS since it does not degrade image quality.

RMS
OFF-AXIS
Now change the field position to 3; the edge of the field.
Many other terms come into play!
The “RMS to the chief ray” is the RMS including the tilt terms
# The tilt terms are Z2 and Z3.
• These shift the image but do not degrade it
The “RMS to the centroid” is the RMS excluding the tilt terms
The centroid reference is generally more useful, since a tiny shift in an otherwise
good image does not really degrade performance.

resear
ch

ALIGNMENT ANALYSIS AND ZERNIKE

Cl IRFArFQ
%9\J i\i Cw%3

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 62 Advanced Optica! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima
V"
hm'jXvresearch
гг!
INTERFEROMETER FEEDBACK

Suppose you have measured the individual components in a iens system and know
them to be good, but the system as a whole performs poorly due to alignment
errors.
We wit! explore a simulation of measuring such a system, and using the Zernike
surface, will simulate the removal of the alignment errors.

optima X1research
GOOD SYSTEM
Start with a good system: Load iens file SC_ZERN1 .ZMX
Note this is two lenses used to expand a beam (i.e. Galilean beam expander). The
lenses are well corrected spheres.

Note the use of Afocal Image Space since we are in collimated space, as well as
the REAY constraint in the merit function to hold the magnification.

Copyright © 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 64 Advanced Optics! Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima %r e s earth
7
MISALIGNMENT SIMULATION
To compute the Zernike aberrations for this lens, choose Analysis > Aberration
Coefficients > Zernike Fringe Coefficients.
The terms are al! near zero, since there is very little О PD error in this iens.
What if we simulate a decenter of the lens?
insert coordinate breaks before and after the second iens.
Set pickup solves on the second coordinate break dx and dy values.
Add a dx of +0.10 mm and a dy of -0.20 mm.

optimaV^
research

ABERRATED LENS

Now we get about 2 waves of a strange coma-like aberration. Look at the Zernikes
now, and see that there are contributions up to about Z25.
OBJ J DEG hi ~

OPTICAL PKTH
LENS H8S N0 TITLE,
MftXXMLH SCALE? * 5,00Й KRV5S. 0,550

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima X research

ALIGNMENT EXERCISE

Now suppose that you did not know what the misalignments were, but had
measured the aberrations using an interferometer
Can you solve the inverse problem, which computes the alignment errors given the
wavefront aberration?
Here’s how:
* Insert a dummy surface colocated with the stop or any pupil plane
о Why is this a critical step?
* Add the Zernike phase terms to the surface that correspond to the measured
aberrations*
* Now make potential misalignments errors variables, and let the global optimizer
find a potential fit!

optimaV^
research

ALIGNMENT EXERCISE

Load the file SC_Z£RN2,ZMX which has the tedium done for you already.
Note:
• The Zernike Phase surface at the stop
• The phase coefficients are the same as was computed (or "measured" in
our simulation)
• The coordinate breaks with variables and pickups
Now build a default merit function which minimizes the RMS wavefront error.
Optimize, and ZEMAX quickly "reverse engineers" the decenters!

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

Copyright 2007 ZEMAX Development Corporation 66 Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
optima x research

RECAP

This technique allows you to estimate the magnitudes of various alignment

errors given only the measured wavefront error.
* 1) Measure the GPD and describe them in Zernike form
# 2) Add coordinate breaks and pickups in ZEMAX to simulate potential misalignments
• 3) Place the measured Zernike aberrations on a Zernike phase surface at a pupil plane
* 4) Optimize for zero OPD in the usual way
Note this method works even if the nominal optical system has measurable residual
aberrations.
# For nominal systems with noticeable residual aberrations, it is best to place the
Zernike phase surface at the exit pupil of the optical system (use Chief Ray Height
solve to locate exit pupil)

optirna^^
research

TOLERANCING

ZEMAX provides a flexible and powerful tolerancing capability.

It is important to remember that not all possible errors are considered by ZEMAX:
* ZEMAX ignores scratches and digs
* The irregularity model may or may not be accurate for any given lens surface
* Scattering, inhomogeneity, and other wilt generally further degrade the system
It is generally a good idea to do a worst case analysis, and still leave yourself
“room” for the effects that are ignored.

Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX
Advanced Optical Design Using ZEMAX

CONCLUSION

rra^j4
optima X
research
THANK YOU!

Thank you for taking this course!

Further support is always available
* support@optima-research.com
* www.zemax.com for
о updates
о contributions of ZEMAX flies
* www.0ptima-research.cx3m

* Now "live" on the Optima website:

ZEMAX Discussion Forum

о A place for users to talk about all things “ZEMAX”

SigFit-User-Course-Outline-Basic
No ratings yet
SigFit-User-Course-Outline-Basic
4 pages
According Jis 1993: Nominal Dimensional HXB T1 T2 R A Ix Iy Ix Iy ZX Zy
No ratings yet
According Jis 1993: Nominal Dimensional HXB T1 T2 R A Ix Iy Ix Iy ZX Zy
5 pages
HviscTutorial1
No ratings yet
HviscTutorial1
13 pages
DIAT Pune Workshop - Flyer - 24-9-2024
No ratings yet
DIAT Pune Workshop - Flyer - 24-9-2024
1 page
Investigation of Aircraft Landing in Variable Wind Fields: Nasa Contractor 3073
100% (1)
Investigation of Aircraft Landing in Variable Wind Fields: Nasa Contractor 3073
93 pages
IMCRO-517 Lecture 1
No ratings yet
IMCRO-517 Lecture 1
32 pages
OpticStudio UserManual En
No ratings yet
OpticStudio UserManual En
2,530 pages
Numerical and Experimental Study of Venturi Scrubb PDF
No ratings yet
Numerical and Experimental Study of Venturi Scrubb PDF
156 pages
OpticStudio UserManual
No ratings yet
OpticStudio UserManual
1,574 pages
Optical System Design
No ratings yet
Optical System Design
9 pages
IMCRO-517 Lecture 4
No ratings yet
IMCRO-517 Lecture 4
25 pages
Teaching Lens, Optical Systems and Optomechanical Systems Design at The Irvine Center For Applied Competitive Technologies (CACT)
No ratings yet
Teaching Lens, Optical Systems and Optomechanical Systems Design at The Irvine Center For Applied Competitive Technologies (CACT)
13 pages
Zemax Intro
No ratings yet
Zemax Intro
19 pages
Ar and MR Corr
No ratings yet
Ar and MR Corr
10 pages
Lecture 4
No ratings yet
Lecture 4
24 pages
Lecture 5
No ratings yet
Lecture 5
21 pages
Introduction to Optical System Design With OpticStudio (1)
No ratings yet
Introduction to Optical System Design With OpticStudio (1)
14 pages
Ze Max Manual
No ratings yet
Ze Max Manual
805 pages
Towards Automatic Freeform Optics Design Coarse An
No ratings yet
Towards Automatic Freeform Optics Design Coarse An
11 pages
OptimizedMulti elementLensDesign
No ratings yet
OptimizedMulti elementLensDesign
10 pages
A numerical model of the EDM　process considering the effect of multiple discharges PDF
No ratings yet
A numerical model of the EDM　process considering the effect of multiple discharges PDF
46 pages
Practical Convection Heat Transfer
No ratings yet
Practical Convection Heat Transfer
11 pages
ECEN 4616/5616: Class Website With Past Lectures, Various Files, and Assignments
No ratings yet
ECEN 4616/5616: Class Website With Past Lectures, Various Files, and Assignments
41 pages
26 Ecen
No ratings yet
26 Ecen
37 pages
Lecture 2
No ratings yet
Lecture 2
41 pages
Chapter 1 - Introduction To Marine Navigation
No ratings yet
Chapter 1 - Introduction To Marine Navigation
14 pages
ODZPh_Optical design with Zemax PhD Basics 2 Fundamentals
No ratings yet
ODZPh_Optical design with Zemax PhD Basics 2 Fundamentals
40 pages
Seneca College: Fiber Optics Communications
No ratings yet
Seneca College: Fiber Optics Communications
18 pages
2004 - Gardner - Experiments On Stainless Steel Hollow Sections Part 2 Member Behaviour of Columns and Beams PDF
No ratings yet
2004 - Gardner - Experiments On Stainless Steel Hollow Sections Part 2 Member Behaviour of Columns and Beams PDF
14 pages
Hydraulic Bench Applications Venturi Meter
No ratings yet
Hydraulic Bench Applications Venturi Meter
8 pages
Aberration of Lenses 1
No ratings yet
Aberration of Lenses 1
21 pages
Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Basics
No ratings yet
Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Basics
50 pages
Lecture 1
No ratings yet
Lecture 1
32 pages
Opt Is Works
No ratings yet
Opt Is Works
9 pages
MAXELL Catalogo General
No ratings yet
MAXELL Catalogo General
48 pages
Slide 8
No ratings yet
Slide 8
21 pages
OpticStudio UserManual en
No ratings yet
OpticStudio UserManual en
2,622 pages
Zemax Intro: - Basic Ray Tracing Practical Only For Paraxial Analysis
No ratings yet
Zemax Intro: - Basic Ray Tracing Practical Only For Paraxial Analysis
9 pages
ZeMax Manual
No ratings yet
ZeMax Manual
766 pages
Quiz - Solution - Design A Sing
No ratings yet
Quiz - Solution - Design A Sing
9 pages
The Big Bang Theory Transcript
No ratings yet
The Big Bang Theory Transcript
12 pages
Unit 1 - Boolean Algebra
No ratings yet
Unit 1 - Boolean Algebra
28 pages
OPTI 517 - HW1 - Jillella
No ratings yet
OPTI 517 - HW1 - Jillella
11 pages
521.tutorial - Zemax Tolerancing - Haynes
No ratings yet
521.tutorial - Zemax Tolerancing - Haynes
10 pages
Statics of Rigid Bodies Notes
No ratings yet
Statics of Rigid Bodies Notes
5 pages
DAE SUPPLY 2019 Date Sheet (Revised Course)
No ratings yet
DAE SUPPLY 2019 Date Sheet (Revised Course)
6 pages
2012 Chem E Car Job Safety Form For IHL
No ratings yet
2012 Chem E Car Job Safety Form For IHL
13 pages
Vdocuments - MX - Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Basics Uni Jenade Designwithzemoptical
No ratings yet
Vdocuments - MX - Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Basics Uni Jenade Designwithzemoptical
61 pages
Radar Absorbing Materials - Mechanisms and Materials: February 1989
No ratings yet
Radar Absorbing Materials - Mechanisms and Materials: February 1989
37 pages
Answers A-11: Fire Protection Systems
No ratings yet
Answers A-11: Fire Protection Systems
1 page
IG2 Paper
No ratings yet
IG2 Paper
12 pages
IAL Physics SB2 Answers 7A
No ratings yet
IAL Physics SB2 Answers 7A
3 pages
ODZ - Optical Design With Zemax 6 Advanced Handling
100% (2)
ODZ - Optical Design With Zemax 6 Advanced Handling
21 pages
Agile Foundation Courseware – English
From Everand
Agile Foundation Courseware – English
Nader Rad
No ratings yet
Integrated Opto Mechanical Anal - Doyle, Keith B.,Michels, Gregor PDF
No ratings yet
Integrated Opto Mechanical Anal - Doyle, Keith B.,Michels, Gregor PDF
405 pages
Vickers Counterbalance Valve CBV 10
No ratings yet
Vickers Counterbalance Valve CBV 10
2 pages
Mechanics Worksheet
No ratings yet
Mechanics Worksheet
6 pages
Zemax in General
No ratings yet
Zemax in General
31 pages
TOGAF® Version 9.1
From Everand
TOGAF® Version 9.1
The Open Group
3/5 (2)
Ascorbic Acid
No ratings yet
Ascorbic Acid
2 pages
Helamin Brochures PDF
No ratings yet
Helamin Brochures PDF
4 pages
Getting Started With ZEMAX
No ratings yet
Getting Started With ZEMAX
66 pages
Zemax Cassegrain Telescope Design Tutorial
No ratings yet
Zemax Cassegrain Telescope Design Tutorial
1 page
Lecture4 - Tolerancing in Zemax
No ratings yet
Lecture4 - Tolerancing in Zemax
14 pages
(Joseph M Geary) Introduction To Lens Design PDF
100% (2)
(Joseph M Geary) Introduction To Lens Design PDF
481 pages
OpticalSystemsDesignwithZemaxOpticStudio Lecture1
No ratings yet
OpticalSystemsDesignwithZemaxOpticStudio Lecture1
70 pages
Designing Optics Using Zemax OpticStudio
100% (2)
Designing Optics Using Zemax OpticStudio
43 pages
Lecture3 Optimisation
No ratings yet
Lecture3 Optimisation
23 pages
Tolerance On Material Inhomogenity and Surface Irregularity - Wen Rui
No ratings yet
Tolerance On Material Inhomogenity and Surface Irregularity - Wen Rui
14 pages
ODZ - Optical Design With Zemax 1 Introduction
100% (1)
ODZ - Optical Design With Zemax 1 Introduction
23 pages
Scientific Notation With Significant Figures
100% (3)
Scientific Notation With Significant Figures
58 pages
OpticStudio GettingStarted PDF
No ratings yet
OpticStudio GettingStarted PDF
223 pages
Dokumen - Tips - Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Basics Designforp Optical Design With Zemax
100% (1)
Dokumen - Tips - Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Basics Designforp Optical Design With Zemax
38 pages
Vdocuments - MX - Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Iapuni Jenade Designwithzemaxforphd
No ratings yet
Vdocuments - MX - Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Iapuni Jenade Designwithzemaxforphd
59 pages
Abrasive Jet Machining
No ratings yet
Abrasive Jet Machining
12 pages
Vdocuments - MX Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Basics Iapuni Jenade Designforphd
No ratings yet
Vdocuments - MX Optical Design With Zemax For PHD Basics Iapuni Jenade Designforphd
45 pages
Zemax Tutorial V03
100% (1)
Zemax Tutorial V03
15 pages
Azure DevOps Engineer: Designing and Implementing Microsoft DevOps Solutions
From Everand
Azure DevOps Engineer: Designing and Implementing Microsoft DevOps Solutions
Rob Botwright
No ratings yet
MAXON CINEMA 4D S24: A Tutorial Approach, 8th Edition
From Everand
MAXON CINEMA 4D S24: A Tutorial Approach, 8th Edition
Prof. Sham Tickoo
No ratings yet
GT Lab Manual PDF
No ratings yet
GT Lab Manual PDF
92 pages
Core Lab New
No ratings yet
Core Lab New
105 pages
MAXON CINEMA 4D R16 Studio: A Tutorial Approach, 3rd Edition
From Everand
MAXON CINEMA 4D R16 Studio: A Tutorial Approach, 3rd Edition
Prof. Sham Tickoo
No ratings yet
Getting Started Using ZEMAX
No ratings yet
Getting Started Using ZEMAX
74 pages
Introduction to Java Programming, 2nd Edition
From Everand
Introduction to Java Programming, 2nd Edition
Prof. Sham Tickoo
5/5 (1)
ANSYS Workbench 2021 R1: A Tutorial Approach, 4th Edition
From Everand
ANSYS Workbench 2021 R1: A Tutorial Approach, 4th Edition
Prof. Sham Tickoo
No ratings yet
SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016: A Tutorial Approach
From Everand
SOLIDWORKS Simulation 2016: A Tutorial Approach
Prof. Sham Tickoo
5/5 (1)
ANSYS Workbench 2023 R2: A Tutorial Approach, 6th Edition
From Everand
ANSYS Workbench 2023 R2: A Tutorial Approach, 6th Edition
Prof. Sham Tickoo
No ratings yet
Blackmagic Design Fusion 7 Studio: A Tutorial Approach
From Everand
Blackmagic Design Fusion 7 Studio: A Tutorial Approach
Prof. Sham Tickoo
No ratings yet
Exploring Bentley STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 6)
From Everand
Exploring Bentley STAAD.Pro V8i (SELECTseries 6)
Prof. Sham Tickoo
No ratings yet
ANSYS Workbench 2019 R2: A Tutorial Approach, 3rd Edition
From Everand
ANSYS Workbench 2019 R2: A Tutorial Approach, 3rd Edition
Prof. Sham Tickoo
No ratings yet

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.